AMRESCO INC
S-3/A, 1996-01-16
INVESTMENT ADVICE
Previous: AMRESCO INC, 8A12BT/A, 1996-01-16
Next: PHC INC, 10-Q, 1996-01-16



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 16, 1996
    

   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-65329
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
   
                         PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-3
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             ---------------------

                                 AMRESCO, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
                      DELAWARE                                             59-1781257
          (State or other jurisdiction of                               (I.R.S. Employer
           incorporation or organization)                             Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                          1845 WOODALL RODGERS FREEWAY
                                   SUITE 1700
                              DALLAS, TEXAS 75201
                                 (214) 953-7700
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                           --------------------------

                               L. KEITH BLACKWELL
                         GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                          1845 WOODALL RODGERS FREEWAY
                              DALLAS, TEXAS 75201
                                 (214) 953-7700
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                           --------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
                  MICHAEL M. BOONE                                      PATRICK DELANEY
              HAYNES AND BOONE, L.L.P.                            LINDQUIST & VENNUM, P.L.L.P.
               3100 NATIONSBANK PLAZA                                   4200 IDS CENTER
                  901 MAIN STREET                                 MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
              DALLAS, TEXAS 75202-3789                                   (612) 371-3211
                   (214) 651-5000
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box.  / /

    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box.  / /

    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /

    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box.  / /

    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS  THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 16, 1996
    
PROSPECTUS
DATED         , 1996
                                  $50,000,000

                                     [LOGO]

                       % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003

                            ------------------------

   
The     % Senior Subordinated  Notes due 2003 (the  "Notes") offered hereby  are
senior  subordinated obligations of  AMRESCO, INC. (the  "Company"). Interest on
the Notes is payable on  the fifteenth day of  each month, commencing March  15,
1996  and will accrue at  the rate of     % per  annum until maturity or earlier
redemption. The Notes mature on January  15, 2003. The Notes are not  redeemable
prior  to January 15, 2001. However, the  Notes are redeemable thereafter at the
option of the Company  at par plus  accrued interest upon not  less than 30  nor
more  than 60 days' notice to the holders thereof. The Notes will be issued only
in fully registered form and in  denominations of $1,000 and integral  multiples
thereof. The Notes will be unsecured general obligations of the Company and will
be subordinated to all existing and future "Senior Indebtedness," as defined, of
the Company. As of December 31, 1995, Senior Indebtedness of the Company and its
subsidiaries  totaled  approximately  $281.0  million. The  Notes  will  also be
structurally subordinated in right  of payment to all  other liabilities of  the
Company's  subsidiaries, which at December 31, 1995, totaled approximately $28.6
million. The shares of  capital stock, the  Company's 8% Convertible  Debentures
due  2005,  and any  other  indebtedness that  the  Company may  issue  which is
subordinated to the Notes by its terms will be junior to the Notes. The  Company
will  redeem, at  par plus  accrued interest  to the  date of  redemption, Notes
tendered by the personal representative or  surviving joint tenant or tenant  by
the entirety of a deceased holder, after presentation of necessary documents, up
to an annual maximum of $30,000 per holder and subject to a maximum aggregate of
$300,000  during any  twelve month period.  The Company has  made application to
list the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange. See "Description of the Notes."
    

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE  12 FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT SHOULD  BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.

                            ------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING      PROCEEDS TO
                                                 PUBLIC         DISCOUNT(1)        COMPANY(2)
<S>                                         <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Note..................................         %                 %                 %
Total (3).................................         $                 $                 $
</TABLE>

(1) The  Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
    liabilities,  including  liabilities under  the Securities  Act of  1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."

   
(2) Before  deducting offering  expenses  payable by  the Company  estimated  at
    $300,000.
    

(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
    days  of  the date  of  this Prospectus,  to  purchase up  to  an additional
    $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, at the Price to Public  less
    Underwriting  Discount, solely for the  purpose of covering over-allotments,
    if any. If the Underwriters exercise such option in full, the total Price to
    Public, Underwriting Discount and  Proceeds to Company  will be $          ,
    $       and $       , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                            ------------------------

The  Notes are offered by  the Underwriters named herein,  subject to prior sale
and when,  as and  if  delivered to  and accepted  by  the Underwriters.  It  is
expected that delivery of certificates for the Notes will be made at the offices
of Piper Jaffray Inc. in Minneapolis, Minnesota on or about          , 1996.

PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
   
                 J.C. BRADFORD & CO.
    
   
                                                   MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.
    
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

   
    The  Company is subject to the  informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended (the "Exchange  Act"). In accordance with  the
Exchange  Act, the Company files reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission"). The  reports,
proxy statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the public
reference  facilities  that the  Commission maintains  at  Room 1024,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,  and at the Commission's regional  offices
located  at 7  World Trade  Center, 13th  Floor, New  York, New  York 10048, and
Northwestern Atrium  Center,  Suite  1400, 500  West  Madison  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661. Copies of  these materials can be  obtained at prescribed rates
from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at the principal offices  of
the  Commission, 450 Fifth  Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549. The Company's
Common Stock  is  listed  on  the Nasdaq  National  Market  and  reports,  proxy
statements  and other information concerning the Company may be inspected at the
offices of the  Nasdaq National Market,  1735 K Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20006.
    

    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a registration statement on Form
S-3 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as  amended
(the  "Securities  Act"),  with respect  to  the Notes.  This  Prospectus, which
constitutes a  part of  the Registration  Statement, does  not contain  all  the
information  set forth in the Registration Statement, certain items of which are
contained in schedules and exhibits  to the Registration Statement as  permitted
by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission.  Statements  made  in the
Prospectus concerning the contents of any  documents referred to herein are  not
necessarily  complete.  With  respect  to  each  such  document  filed  with the
Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the
exhibit for a more complete description, and each such statement shall be deemed
qualified in its entirety by such reference.

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

   
    The following  documents, which  have been  filed by  the Company  with  the
Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, are hereby incorporated by reference in
this  Prospectus: (i) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1994, (ii) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q  for the quarter ended March 31,  1995,
(iii)  Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q for the quarter  ended June 30, 1995, (iv)
Quarterly Report  on Form  10-Q for  the quarter  ended September  30, 1995,  as
amended  by its Form 10-Q/A No. 1 dated  October 25, 1995, (v) Current Report on
Form 8-K dated  November 22,  1995 and  (vi) Current  Report on  Form 8-K  dated
December 13, 1995.
    

    All  documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to
the termination of the Offering shall be deemed to be incorporated by  reference
herein.  Any  statement contained  in a  document incorporated  or deemed  to be
incorporated by  reference herein  shall be  deemed superseded  or modified  for
purposes  of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein (or
in any other subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference
herein) modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall  not  be  deemed,  except as  so  modified  or  superseded,  to
constitute a part of this Prospectus.

    The  Company  will  provide without  charge  to each  person,  including any
beneficial owner, to whom this Prospectus  is delivered, on the written or  oral
request  of any such person, a copy of  any or all of the documents incorporated
by reference (other than exhibits to  such documents which are not  specifically
incorporated  by reference in such documents).  Written requests for such copies
should be directed  to the Company,  1845 Woodall Rodgers  Freeway, Suite  1700,
Dallas,  Texas  75201,  Attention:  L.  Keith  Blackwell,  General  Counsel  and
Secretary. Telephone requests  may be  directed to L.  Keith Blackwell,  General
Counsel and Secretary of the Company at (214) 953-7700.

                                       2
<PAGE>
[Map of the United States showing the locations of the Company's Asset
Acquisition and Resolution offices, Mortgage Banking offices, Real Estate
Pension Advisory office and Corporate Headquarters, and a listing of
International Offices in Toronto and London.]

   
    The  Company intends to furnish holders of the Notes with (i) annual reports
containing audited financial statements and  (ii) quarterly reports for each  of
the  first  three quarters  of each  fiscal year,  which will  contain unaudited
summary financial information.
    

    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE  OR MAINTAIN  THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE  NOTES AT A
LEVEL ABOVE  THAT  WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN  THE  OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE EFFECTED IN THE  OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

    The following are certain defined terms used in this Prospectus:

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
"ACACIA" means Acacia Realty Advisors, Inc.

"ACACIA ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the Company of the real estate
    pension advisory business of Acacia Realty Advisors, Inc.

"ACC" means AMRESCO Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company.

"AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL" means, collectively, ARMC and AMRESCO Residential Credit
    Corporation, subsidiaries of the Company.

"ARMC" means, AMRESCO Residential Mortgage Corporation, a subsidiary of the
    Company.

"ASSET PORTFOLIO" means a pool or portfolio of performing, non-performing or
    underperforming commercial, industrial, agricultural and/or real estate
    loans.

"BEI" means BEI Holdings, Ltd.

"BEI MERGER" means the merger of Holdings with and into a subsidiary of BEI on
    December 31, 1993.

"CKSRS" means CKSRS Housing Group, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership.

"COMPANY" means, unless otherwise stated in this Prospectus or unless the
    context otherwise requires, the Company and each of its subsidiaries.

"CONDUIT PURCHASERS" means investment bankers and other financial intermediaries
    who purchase or otherwise accumulate pools or portfolios of loans having
    common features (E.G., real estate mortgages, etc.), with the intent of
    securitizing such loan assets and selling them to a trust that secures its
    funds by selling ownership interests in the trust to public or private
    investors.

"CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES" means the Company's 8% Convertible
    Subordinated Debentures due 2005.

"CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE INDENTURE" means that certain Indenture
    dated November 27, 1995, governing the Convertible Subordinated Debentures.

"CREDIT AGREEMENTS" means the Revolving Loan Agreement and the Warehouse
    Agreements.

"EQS" means, collectively, EQ Services, Inc. and Equitable Real Estate
    Investment Management, Inc.

"EQS ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the Company of the third-party
    securitized, commercial mortgage loan Master Servicer and Special Servicer
    business of EQS.

"FACE VALUE" means, with respect to any loan or Asset Portfolio, the aggregate
    unpaid principal balance of a loan or loans.

"FANNIE MAE" means the Federal National Mortgage Association.

"FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

"FREDDIE MAC" means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

"HOLDINGS" means AMRESCO Holdings, Inc.

"HOLLIDAY FENOGLIO" means Holliday Fenoglio, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company.

"MASTER SERVICER" means an entity which provides administrative services to
    securitized pools of mortgage-backed securities.
</TABLE>
    

                                       4
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
"NATIONSBANK CONTRACT" means the asset management contract, as amended,
    originally dated July 1, 1992, among the Company, NationsBank Corporation
    and certain of its bank subsidiaries.

"NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A.

"PRIMARY SERVICER" means an entity which provides various administrative
    services for loans such as collecting monthly mortgage payments, maintaining
    escrow accounts for the payment of ad valorem taxes and insurance premiums
    on behalf of borrowers, remitting payments of principal and interest
    promptly to investors in mortgages or the Master Servicer of a pool and
    reporting to those investors or the Master Servicer on financial
    transactions related to such mortgages.

"OFFERING" means the offering of Notes made hereby.

"REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT" means the Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of
    September 29, 1995 and as subsequently amended, among the Company,
    NationsBank of Texas, as Agent, and the Banks which are parties thereto from
    time to time.

"RTC" means the Resolution Trust Corporation.

"SECURITIZATION" and "SECURITIZED" mean a transaction in which loans originated
    or purchased by an entity are sold to special purpose entities organized for
    the purpose of issuing asset-backed securities.

"SPECIAL SERVICER" means an entity which provides asset management and
    resolution services for non-performing or under-performing loans within a
    pool of performing loans and/or mortgages.

"WAREHOUSE" means a type of lending arrangement whereby loans funded and held
    for sale are financed by financial institutions or institutional lenders on
    a short-term basis.

"WAREHOUSE  AGREEMENTS"  means,  collectively,  (i)  the  $25.0  million  credit
    facility  dated as of April 28, 1995, among ACC, the Company and NationsBank
    of Texas, (ii) the credit facility dated as of August 15, 1995, between  ACC
    and  Residential  Funding Corporation  and (iii)  the $150.0  million credit
    facility dated as of November 1,  1995 and as subsequently amended,  between
    ARMC and Prudential Securities Realty Funding Corporation.
</TABLE>
    

                                       5
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY

   
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH,  THE  MORE DETAILED  INFORMATION  AND  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO, APPEARING  ELSEWHERE OR INCORPORATED BY  REFERENCE
IN  THIS PROSPECTUS.  UNLESS OTHERWISE  INDICATED, THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  GIVE  EFFECT TO  THE  EXERCISE OF  THE  UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES.
    

                                  THE COMPANY

   
    GENERAL.   The  Company is  a leading  specialty financial  services company
engaged primarily in  Asset Portfolio  acquisition and  resolution and  mortgage
banking.  The  Asset  Portfolio  acquisition  and  resolution  business involves
acquiring at a  substantial discount to  Face Value and  managing and  resolving
Asset  Portfolios to maximize cash recoveries.  The Company manages and resolves
Asset Portfolios acquired  by the Company  alone, acquired by  the Company  with
co-investors and owned by third-parties. The Company's mortgage banking business
involves  the  origination, placement  and servicing  of commercial  real estate
mortgages. In addition, the  Company has formed  a residential mortgage  banking
business  through which the  Company will purchase  and securitize portfolios of
residential mortgages of borrowers who do not qualify for conventional loans and
whose borrowing needs are not  being met by traditional financial  institutions.
The  Company has also entered the  real estate pension advisory business through
the purchase of substantially all of the advisory contracts of Acacia.
    

    HISTORY.  The  Company is the  product of  the December 1993  merger of  two
Asset  Portfolio management and resolution  service companies: BEI and Holdings.
Holdings was  the  former Asset  Portfolio  management and  resolution  unit  of
NationsBank  of Texas, which was created  in 1988 in connection with NationsBank
Corporation's acquisition from the FDIC of certain assets and liabilities of the
collapsed First RepublicBank. BEI, a publicly-held company that was in the  real
estate   and  asset  management  services   businesses,  began  providing  asset
management and resolution services to the RTC in 1990. BEI also participated  in
certain  non-real estate service  businesses, which were  not retained after the
BEI Merger. The BEI Merger created one of the largest Asset Portfolio management
and resolution service companies in the  United States. Since 1987, the  Company
and  its predecessors have  managed approximately $30.0  billion (Face Value) of
Asset Portfolios.

    DEVELOPMENT OF  BUSINESS  STRATEGY.   The  Company's  original  business  of
managing  and resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties developed as a result
of the takeover of failed thrifts and banks by the federal government's  deposit
insurance  agencies  in  the  late  1980s.  Due  to  the  substantial  volume of
under-performing and  non-performing loans  and foreclosed  assets (much  of  it
commercial  real estate loans and properties)  and a lack of sufficient internal
staffing, the  RTC and  FDIC turned  to  private contractors  to assist  in  the
management and resolution of Asset Portfolios.

    In  early 1994,  the Company  made the  strategic decision  to diversify its
business lines and to  reduce the Company's dependence  on asset management  and
resolution contracts with governmental agencies and certain other entities. As a
result,  the Company shifted its  strategic focus in order  to take advantage of
business opportunities in the specialty  finance markets that capitalize on  the
Company's competitive strengths and reputation within its core business.

    ASSET ACQUISITION AND RESOLUTION BUSINESS.  The Company manages and resolves
Asset Portfolios acquired at a substantial discount to Face Value by the Company
alone  and by  the Company  with co-investors.  The Company  also resolves Asset
Portfolios owned by  third parties. Asset  Portfolios generally include  secured
loans  of varying  qualities and  collateral types.  The resolution  of an Asset
Portfolio typically involves  either (i) negotiating  with debtors a  discounted
payoff,  which may be accomplished  through a refinancing by  the obligor with a
lender other than the  Company or (ii) foreclosure  and sale of the  collateral.
Since  the Company's objective  is to resolve  an Asset Portfolio  as quickly as
practicable, the  Company's  policy  is  to not  extend  credit  to  debtors  by
advancing  cash or by renewing and  extending their obligations. As of September
30, 1995,  the  Company's  management  and  resolution  service  contracts  with
third-parties   (including   Asset  Portfolios   owned   by  the   Company  with
co-investors) covered Asset Portfolios having an aggregate

                                       6
<PAGE>
Face  Value  of  $2.7  billion  of  which  $411.3  million  was  represented  by
securitized  commercial mortgage pools with respect  to which the Company is the
named Special Servicer. At September 30, 1995, the Company's total investment in
Asset Portfolios was $175.8  million compared to $70.9  million at December  31,
1994  and $48.8 million at  September 30, 1994. For  the nine month period ended
September 30, 1995 and  the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994, $54.3  million
(78%) and $139.1 million (88%) respectively of the Company's gross revenues were
attributable to its Asset Portfolio acquisition and resolution business.

    MORTGAGE  BANKING BUSINESS.  The Company performs a wide range of commercial
mortgage banking services, including originating, underwriting, placing, selling
and servicing of commercial real estate loans through its Holliday Fenoglio  and
ACC  mortgage banking units.  Holliday Fenoglio was one  of the largest mortgage
bankers in the United States in 1994 (based on origination volume) and primarily
serves commercial real  estate developers and  owners by originating  commercial
real  estate loans. Holliday Fenoglio primarily targets developers and owners of
higher-quality commercial  and  multi-family real  estate  properties.  Holliday
Fenoglio  originates  prospective  borrowers  through  its  own commission-based
mortgage bankers in its offices located in Atlanta, Boca Raton, Buffalo, Dallas,
Houston, New York City  and Orlando. The loans  originated by Holliday  Fenoglio
generally  are funded  by institutional lenders,  primarily insurance companies,
with Holliday Fenoglio  retaining the Primary  Servicer rights on  approximately
20%  of such loans.  The Company believes  that Holliday Fenoglio's relationship
and credibility  with the  institutional lender  network provide  the Company  a
competitive advantage in the commercial mortgage banking industry.

    ACC, which originated approximately $260.7 million of commercial real estate
mortgages  during the nine months ended September 30, 1995, is a mortgage banker
that originates and  underwrites commercial  real estate loans  that are  funded
primarily  by Conduit  Purchasers rather than  by institutional  lenders such as
insurance  companies.  ACC,   therefore,  makes   certain  representations   and
warranties  concerning the loans it originates. These representations cover such
matters as  title to  the  property, lien  priority, environmental  reviews  and
certain  other matters. ACC primarily targets originators of commercial mortgage
loans for  commercial real  estate  properties that  are  suitable for  sale  to
Conduit  Purchasers accumulating loans for  securitization programs. ACC markets
its services  directly  through  ACC's  offices located  in  Dallas,  Miami  and
Washington,  D.C., as well as through  a network of approximately 20 independent
mortgage brokers located throughout the United States. ACC recently  established
a relationship with the 22 office commercial real estate finance unit of a major
insurance  company whereby the insurance company has agreed to refer prospective
borrowers to the Company  in instances where the  prospective borrower does  not
meet   the  insurer's  requirements   (typically  borrowers  for  medium-quality
commercial properties).  Since ACC  commenced  its underwriting  activities  and
through  September 30, 1995, Holliday  Fenoglio has originated approximately 31%
of the loans underwritten by ACC, with Holliday Fenoglio and ACC each  receiving
fees for their respective services.

    As  of September  30, 1995, the  Company was the  servicer for approximately
$3.1 billion of  commercial mortgages of  which $117.0 million  was as a  Master
Servicer  and $3.0 billion was  as a Primary Servicer.  On October 27, 1995, the
Company acquired  additional  servicing business  in  the EQS  Acquisition.  See
"Recent   Developments  --  Acquisition  of  EQS."  The  Company  has  formed  a
residential mortgage banking  business through which  the Company will  purchase
and  securitize  portfolios  of non-conforming  residential  mortgages.  For the
nine-month period  ended  September  30,  1995, $14.1  million  (20.2%)  of  the
Company's  gross revenues  were attributable  to the  Company's mortgage banking
business.

    BUSINESS STRATEGY.   The Company seeks  to continue to  increase its  market
share  in its  existing business lines  and to enter  related businesses through
both internal growth and acquisitions.  See "Recent Developments." Key  elements
of this strategy include:

    - increasing  the amount  that the  Company invests  for its  own account in
      Asset  Portfolios  by  capitalizing  on  its  expertise  in  managing  and
      resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties;

    - continuing  to provide high quality  management and resolution services to
      co-investors and other third-party owners of Asset Portfolios;

                                       7
<PAGE>
    - expanding its presence in the traditional mortgage banking market  through
      greater  market penetration and  by participating in  the expanding market
      for securitization of  commercial and residential  real estate  mortgages;
      and

    - developing its new real estate pension advisory business to complement the
      Company's existing business lines.

    The  Company is  a Delaware  corporation. The  Company's principal executive
offices and  mailing  address are  1845  Woodall Rodgers  Freeway,  Suite  1700,
Dallas, Texas 75201 and its telephone number is (214) 953-7700.

                                  THE OFFERING

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Notes offered.....................  $50,000,000   principal  amount  of            %  Senior
                                    Subordinated Notes  due 2003.  See "Description  of  the
                                    Notes -- General."
Denomination......................  $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
Maturity..........................  January 15, 2003.
Interest payment dates............  Monthly, commencing March 15, 1996, and on the fifteenth
                                    day of each month thereafter. The first interest payment
                                    will represent interest from the date of issuance of the
                                    Notes through March 14, 1996.
Redemption at option of the
 Company..........................  The Notes may not be redeemed prior to January 15, 2001.
                                    Thereafter,  the Notes  may be  redeemed in  whole or in
                                    part at any time at the option of the Company, upon  not
                                    less  than 30 nor more than  60 days' written notice, at
                                    par plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. See
                                    "Description of the Notes -- Redemption at Option of the
                                    Company."
Repayment option upon death.......  Upon the death of any holder of Notes, the Company  will
                                    redeem,  at  par  plus accrued  interest,  such holder's
                                    Notes upon request up to $30,000 in principal amount per
                                    holder per year  subject to an  aggregate limit for  all
                                    holders  of $300,000  in principal amount  in any twelve
                                    month period and certain conditions being met, including
                                    the condition that the Company  would not be in  default
                                    on   any  Senior  Indebtedness  as   a  result  of  such
                                    redemption. See "Description of  the Notes --  Repayment
                                    Option Upon Death."
Subordination.....................  The  Notes are subordinated to  the prior payment of all
                                    existing   and   future    Senior   Indebtedness.    See
                                    "Description  of the Notes  -- Subordination." The Notes
                                    will  also   be   structurally   subordinated   to   all
                                    liabilities  of and  the rights of  holders of preferred
                                    stock, if any, of the Company's subsidiaries. The  Notes
                                    are  not secured by any collateral. Upon consummation of
                                    the Offering, only the capital stock and the Convertible
                                    Subordinated Debentures of the Company will be junior to
                                    the Notes. At December 31, 1995, Senior Indebtedness  of
                                    the  Company and its  subsidiaries totaled approximately
                                    $281.0 million. At December 31, 1995, other  liabilities
                                    of  the  Company's  subsidiaries  totaled  approximately
                                    $28.6 million. Following the Offering, the Company  will
                                    have  the  ability  to  incur  a  significant  amount of
                                    additional indebtedness,  including  indebtedness  which
                                    may have rights that are senior to
</TABLE>
    

                                       8
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    or  equivalent  to  those  of the  Notes  in  respect of
                                    payments   and   distributions   on   liquidation.   See
                                    "Description  of the Notes -- Restrictions on Additional
                                    Indebtedness."
Limited rights of acceleration or
 repurchase.......................  Payment of  principal on  the Notes  may be  accelerated
                                    upon  the occurrence  of Events of  Default (as defined)
                                    only upon the action of the Trustee or the holders of at
                                    least 25% in aggregate  principal amount of  outstanding
                                    Notes,  and such  acceleration may  be rescinded  by the
                                    holders of a majority of the aggregate principal  amount
                                    of  the outstanding Notes  if all Events  of Default are
                                    remedied and all payments due are made before a judgment
                                    or decree  for payment  of money  due is  obtained.  See
                                    "Description of the Notes -- Events of Default."
Covenants.........................  The  indenture under which the Notes will be issued (the
                                    "Indenture") will contain certain covenants that,  among
                                    other  things, will  limit (i) the  Company's ability to
                                    incur Indebtedness for Money Borrowed (as defined), (ii)
                                    the payment of dividends or distributions to holders  of
                                    the Company's equity securities and (iii)
                                    consolidations,   mergers  and   transfers  of   all  or
                                    substantially all of the Company's assets. All of  these
                                    covenants, however, are subject to a number of important
                                    qualifications.   See  "Description  of   the  Notes  --
                                    Covenants."
Listing...........................  The Company has  made application to  list the Notes  on
                                    the New York Stock Exchange.
Trustee...........................  Bank One, Columbus, N.A.
</TABLE>
    

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The  net proceeds from the  sale of the Notes  offered hereby by the Company
will be used to reduce the Company's outstanding borrowings under the  Revolving
Loan  Agreement. After  application of  the net  proceeds, approximately  $
million will be available for borrowing under the Revolving Loan Agreement to be
used for general corporate  purposes, which may  include funding investments  in
Asset  Portfolios, acquiring new  businesses or making  strategic investments in
companies that complement the Company's business lines and strategies. See  "Use
of Proceeds."

                                  RISK FACTORS

    Prior  to making an investment decision, prospective purchasers of the Notes
should consider all of the information  set forth in this Prospectus and  should
evaluate the considerations set forth in "Risk Factors."

                                       9
<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    The  summary  data  presented  below  under  the  captions  "Summary  Income
Statement" and "Summary Balance Sheet Data" for and as of the end of each of the
fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1994, are derived  from
the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company  and  its predecessors
audited by  Deloitte  &  Touche LLP  and  included  herein. In  the  opinion  of
management  of  the  Company,  the  data presented  for  the  nine  months ended
September 30, 1994  and 1995,  which are  derived from  the Company's  unaudited
consolidated financial statements, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring  adjustments)  necessary  for  a fair  presentation  of  the financial
position and results of operations for such periods. Results for the nine months
ended September 30,  1995, are  not necessarily  indicative of  results for  the
entire  fiscal  year. See  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," the Consolidated Financial Statements  and
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    -----------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                       1992(1)         1993         1994(2)       1994(2)        1995
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT:
Revenues:
  Asset management and resolution fees............       $166,857      $168,313      $120,640      $101,221       $27,278
  Asset Portfolio income..........................             --         2,642        13,089         8,433        23,662
  Mortgage banking fees...........................             --            --         6,176         1,967        14,077
  Other revenues..................................          1,273         1,207        17,279        16,184         4,585
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total revenues................................        168,130       172,162       157,184       127,805        69,602
Operating expenses................................        134,085       127,731       119,730        92,579        46,860
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating income..................................         34,045        44,431        37,454        35,226        22,742
Interest expense..................................             19           754         1,768         1,696         2,771
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from continuing operations before taxes....         34,026        43,677        35,686        33,530        19,971
Income tax expense................................         10,730        17,371        14,753        13,874         7,541
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from continuing operations.................         23,296        26,306        20,933        19,656        12,430
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations..........         (1,063)       (2,088)       (2,185)         (976)        2,425
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income........................................        $22,233       $24,218       $18,748       $18,680       $14,855
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Earnings per share from continuing operations.....          $2.04         $2.33         $0.88         $0.83         $0.51
Earnings per share................................           1.95          2.15          0.79          0.79          0.61
Weighted average number of shares outstanding.....     11,419,536    11,288,688    23,679,239    23,515,800    24,429,822
</TABLE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    -----------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                        1992           1993          1994          1994          1995
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.........................         $4,228       $43,442       $20,446       $41,733       $12,720
Investment securities.............................             --            --            --            --        27,222
Investment in Asset Portfolios:
  Loans...........................................             --        33,795        30,920        17,272       114,676
  Partnerships and joint ventures.................             --         2,503        22,491        14,157        30,052
  Real estate.....................................             --         2,504        14,054        14,201        11,046
  Asset-backed securities.........................             --            --         3,481         3,481        19,982
Total assets......................................         44,238       163,653       172,340       162,582       291,082
Notes payable.....................................          4,656        22,113        15,500         4,406       104,222
Mortgage warehouse debt...........................             --            --            --            --         5,693
Nonrecourse debt..................................             --         6,000           959         4,761        30,605
Total indebtedness................................          4,656        28,113        16,459         9,167       140,520
Shareholders' equity..............................         18,735        91,699       113,586       114,558       129,024

OTHER DATA:
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)............            N/A(4)        58.9x        21.2x         20.8x          8.2x
EBITDA (5)........................................        $40,294(1)     $45,668      $43,177       $37,325       $25,436
Interest coverage ratio (6).......................            N/A(4)        60.6x        24.4x         22.0x          9.2x
Face Value of assets under management.............     $8,060,400    $5,756,900    $3,088,700    $2,436,800    $3,040,700
Commercial mortgage loans originated (for the
 period ended):
  Face Value......................................             --            --      $610,000      $185,200    $1,585,000
  Number of loans.................................             --            --           106            28           255
Commercial mortgage loans serviced:
  Face Value......................................             --            --    $2,555,000    $2,592,000    $2,970,000
  Number of loans.................................             --            --           592           559           749
</TABLE>
    

                                       10
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes  the Company's  operations for  the two  months ended  December 31,
    1992, and the combined  operations of its predecessor  entities for the  ten
    months ended October 31, 1992.

(2) Summary  Income Statement and Other Data  for the fiscal year ended December
    31, 1994, and  the nine months  ended September 30,  1994, reflect data  for
    Holliday  Fenoglio  effective  August 1,  1994,  the effective  date  of its
    acquisition by the Company.

(3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist of operating  income before  income taxes and  fixed charges.  Fixed
    charges consist of interest expense.

(4) The  Company had nominal interest expense in 1992 and it was not meaningful,
    therefore, to calculate these ratios for the year ended December 31, 1992.

   
(5) EBITDA is  calculated  as  operating  income  (excluding  gain  (loss)  from
    discontinued  operations)  before interest,  income taxes,  depreciation and
    amortization. The Company has included information concerning EBITDA because
    EBITDA is one measure of an issuer's historical ability to service its debt.
    EBITDA should not  be considered as  an alternative to,  or more  meaningful
    than,  net income as an indicator  of the Company's operating performance or
    to cash flows as a measure of liquidity.
    

   
(6) Interest coverage ratio means the ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense.
    

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS SHOULD  CAREFULLY CONSIDER,  AMONG OTHER  THINGS, THE
FOLLOWING FACTORS IN EVALUATING THE  COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS BEFORE  PURCHASING
THE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.

UNCERTAIN NATURE OF THE ASSET ACQUISITION AND RESOLUTION BUSINESS

    The  outsourcing of  the management and  resolution of  Asset Portfolios has
grown rapidly  since the  late  1980s; accordingly,  the asset  acquisition  and
resolution  business is  relatively young and  still evolving.  This business is
affected by long-term  cycles in  the general  economy. In  addition, the  Asset
Portfolios  available for purchase by investors and/or management by third party
servicers such  as the  Company  has declined  since  1993. The  Company  cannot
predict  what will be a  normal annual volume of Asset  Portfolios to be sold or
outsourced  for  management  and  resolution.  Moreover,  there  cannot  be  any
assurance  that Asset Portfolio purchasers/owners  for whom the Company provides
Asset Portfolio  management services  will not  build their  own management  and
resolution  staffs and reduce or eliminate  their outsourcing of these services.
As a result of these factors, it is difficult to predict the long-term future of
this business.

STRATEGIC SHIFT IN BUSINESS LINES

    In early 1994,  the Company  made the  strategic decision  to diversify  its
business  lines and to  reduce the Company's dependence  on asset management and
resolution contracts with governmental agencies and certain other entities.  The
Company  has substantially  increased its  investments in  Asset Portfolios. The
Company also  pursues  private  sector  Asset  Portfolio  management  contracts,
generally  through co-investing in Asset Portfolios. Since 1993, the Company has
also entered the commercial and residential mortgage banking businesses and  has
purchased a pension advisory business.

    As a result, the Company must simultaneously manage (i) a significant change
in  its customer mix, (ii) the investment  of the Company's own capital in Asset
Portfolios and (iii) the development of new business lines in which the  Company
has  not  previously  participated. All  of  these activities  will  require the
investment of  additional  capital and  the  significant involvement  of  senior
management  to  achieve a  successful outcome.  There is  no assurance  that the
Company will successfully execute this strategic transition.

GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

    Periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession,  rising  interest  rates  or
declining  demand for real  estate may adversely affect  certain segments of the
Company's business. Although such economic conditions may increase the number of
non-performing loans available  for sale to  or for management  by the  Company,
such  conditions could adversely affect the  resolution of Asset Portfolios held
by the Company for its own account or managed for others by the Company, lead to
a decline in prices or demand for collateral underlying Asset Portfolios or,  in
the  case of Asset Portfolios  held for the Company's  own account, increase the
cost of capital invested by the Company  and the length of time that capital  is
invested  in a  particular portfolio, thereby  negatively impacting  the rate of
return upon resolution of the portfolio. Economic downturns and rising  interest
rates  also may reduce the number of mortgage loan originations by the Company's
mortgage banking  business  and  thereby  may  adversely  affect  the  Company's
mortgage banking business.

FINANCIAL LEVERAGE

   
    Following  the Offering, the Company will have substantial indebtedness and,
as a result,  significant debt service  obligations. As of  September 30,  1995,
after  giving  effect  to  all  the  adjustments  described  in "Capitalization"
(including the Offering), the Company would have had approximately $     million
aggregate  amount of indebtedness outstanding, representing  approximately     %
of its total capitalization. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
    

    The ratio of the Company's debt to equity could have important  consequences
to  purchasers of  the Notes, including:  (i) limiting the  Company's ability to
obtain  necessary   additional  financing   to  fund   future  working   capital
requirements, Asset Portfolio investments, capital expenditures, acquisitions or
other  general corporate requirements,  (ii) requiring a  significant portion of
the Company's  cash  flow  from  operations to  be  dedicated  to  debt  service
requirements,  thereby reducing  the funds  available for  operations and future
business opportunities, (iii) requiring all  of the indebtedness incurred  under
the Revolving Loan Agreement

                                       12
<PAGE>
to be repaid prior to the time any principal payments are required on the Notes,
thereby  potentially impairing  the Company's  ability to  make payments  on the
Notes, and (iv) increasing the  Company's vulnerability to adverse economic  and
industry  conditions. In  addition, since  certain of  the Company's borrowings,
including borrowings under  the Revolving  Loan Agreement, will  be at  variable
rates  of  interest, the  Company will  be vulnerable  to increases  in interest
rates. The Company may incur additional indebtedness in the future, although its
ability to do so will be restricted by the Indenture and the Credit  Agreements.
The  ability of  the Company  to make scheduled  payments under  its present and
future indebtedness, or to  refinance such indebtedness,  will depend on,  among
other  things,  the  future operating  performance  of the  Company,  changes in
interest rates, general economic conditions,  and the perception in the  capital
markets  of the Company's  business, results of  operations, leverage, financial
condition and business  prospects. Each of  these factors is  to a large  extent
subject  to  economic,  financial,  competitive  and  other  factors  beyond the
Company's control.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

    The  Credit Agreements  contain numerous  financial and  operating covenants
that will  limit the  discretion of  the Company's  management with  respect  to
certain  business matters.  These covenants will  place significant restrictions
on, among other things, the ability of the Company to make certain payments  and
investments, and to sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate
with  other  entities.  See  "Description  of  Other  Indebtedness."  The Credit
Agreements also require the Company to meet certain financial ratios and  tests.
A  failure to  comply with  the obligations  contained in  the Credit Agreements
could result in  an event of  default under  any of the  Credit Agreements,  the
Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture  Indenture or  the  Indenture,  which could
permit acceleration of the related indebtedness and acceleration of indebtedness
under other  instruments that  may contain  cross-acceleration or  cross-default
provisions. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES

   
    The  Notes will be subordinated in right  of payment in full to all existing
and future Senior Indebtedness of  the Company, which includes all  indebtedness
under the Revolving Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 1995, after giving effect
to  the Offering and the application of  the net proceeds therefrom, the Company
and  its   subsidiaries  would   have   had  Senior   Indebtedness   aggregating
approximately $    million and would have had up to $    million available under
the  Revolving Loan  Agreement which, if  borrowed, would be  included as Senior
Indebtedness. In the  event of the  liquidation, dissolution, reorganization  or
any  similar proceeding regarding the Company, the assets of the Company will be
available to pay obligations on the Notes only after Senior Indebtedness of  the
Company  has been paid in full. Accordingly,  there may not be sufficient assets
remaining to pay amounts due on all or any of the Notes. See "Description of the
Notes -- Subordination."
    

   
    The Notes will be effectively subordinated to indebtedness, preferred  stock
(if any) and liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. As of December 31, 1995,
the  aggregate amount  of these  liabilities of  the Company's  subsidiaries was
approximately $220.1 million (excluding $118.8 million representing intercompany
notes of  subsidiaries payable  to the  Company). The  Company's operations  are
conducted  principally through  its wholly-owned  subsidiaries. Accordingly, the
Company will be dependent  upon the cash  flow of, and  receipt of dividends  or
advances from, its subsidiaries in order to meet its debt obligations, including
the  Company's obligations under  the Notes. Since the  Notes are obligations of
the parent  company  only,  the  Company's subsidiaries  are  not  obligated  or
required  to pay any  amounts pursuant to  the Notes or  to make funds available
therefor in the form of dividends or advances to the Company. In addition, since
the Company is  a holding company,  its principal assets  consist of its  equity
ownership  position in its  wholly-owned subsidiaries. The  claims of holders of
the Notes effectively  will be subordinated  to the prior  claims of holders  of
preferred  stock,  if  any, and  creditors,  including trade  creditors,  of the
Company's subsidiaries.
    

    In addition  to  being  subordinated  to  all  existing  and  future  Senior
Indebtedness  of  the Company,  the  Notes will  not be  secured  by any  of the
Company's assets. The Revolving Loan  Agreement is secured by substantially  all
of  the  assets  of  the  Company not  pledged  under  other  credit facilities,
including stock of  a majority  of the  Company's subsidiaries.  If the  Company
becomes insolvent or is liquidated, or if payment

                                       13
<PAGE>
under  the  Revolving  Loan  Agreement is  accelerated,  the  lenders  under the
Revolving Loan Agreement would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to
a secured  lender  under applicable  law  and  pursuant to  the  Revolving  Loan
Agreement.  Accordingly, such  lenders will have  a prior claim  with respect to
such assets and subsidiary capital stock.

LIMITED COVENANTS

   
    The covenants in the Indenture are  limited and are not designed to  protect
holders  of the Notes in the event of a material adverse change in the Company's
financial condition or results  of operations. The  provisions of the  Indenture
should  not be a  significant factor in  evaluating whether the  Company will be
able to comply  with its obligations  under the Notes.  See "Description of  the
Notes."
    

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING

    The  Company's  ability  to  execute  its  business  strategy  depends  to a
significant degree on its ability  to obtain additional indebtedness and  equity
capital.  Other  than  as  described  in this  Prospectus,  the  Company  has no
commitments for additional  borrowings or sales  of equity and  there can be  no
assurance  that the Company  will be successful in  consummating any such future
financing transactions on terms satisfactory to the Company, if at all.  Factors
which  could affect the Company's access to the capital markets, or the costs of
such capital, include  changes in interest  rates, general economic  conditions,
and  the perception in the capital markets of the Company's business, results of
operations, leverage, financial condition and business prospects. Each of  these
factors  is to  a large extent  subject to economic,  financial, competitive and
other  factors   beyond  the   Company's  control.   See  "Capitalization"   and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

DEPENDENCE ON SECURITIZATION PROGRAM

    The Company likely will become more  dependent upon its ability to pool  and
sell  loans in the secondary  market in order to  generate cash proceeds for new
originations and  purchases.  Accordingly,  adverse  changes  in  the  secondary
mortgage  market could impair  the Company's ability  to originate, purchase and
sell mortgage loans on  a favorable or timely  basis. Any such impairment  could
have  a  material adverse  effect  upon the  Company's  business and  results of
operations. In addition, in  order to gain access  to the secondary market,  the
Company  may rely  on monoline insurance  companies to provide,  in exchange for
premiums,  a  guarantee   on  outstanding  senior   interests  in  the   related
securitization  trusts  to enable  it to  obtain  a "AAA/  Aaa" rating  for such
interests. Any  substantial  reductions  in  the size  or  availability  of  the
secondary  market  for the  Company's loans,  or  the unwillingness  of monoline
insurance companies  to guarantee  the senior  interests in  the Company's  loan
pools,  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position
and results of operations.

RISKS OF HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

    The Company has in the past and  may in the future enter into interest  rate
or  foreign  currency financial  instruments  used for  hedging  purposes. While
intended to  reduce  the effects  of  volatility  in interest  rate  or  foreign
currency price movements, such transactions could cause the Company to recognize
losses depending on the terms of the instrument and the interest rate or foreign
currency price movement.

COMPETITION

    The  Asset Portfolio management  and other financial  services industries in
which the  Company  operates  are  highly competitive.  Some  of  the  Company's
principal  competitors in  certain business  lines are  substantially larger and
better capitalized than the Company. Because of these resources, these companies
may be better able than  the Company to obtain  new customers, to acquire  Asset
Portfolios,  to  pursue new  business opportunities,  or  to survive  periods of
industry consolidation. See "Business -- Competition."

    The Company believes that  its ability to acquire  Asset Portfolios for  its
own  account  will be  important  to its  future  growth. Acquisitions  of Asset
Portfolios are often based  on competitive bidding, where  there are dangers  of
bidding  too low (which generates  no business), as well  as of bidding too high
(which could win  the portfolio  at an economically  unattractive price).  Asset
Portfolio acquisitions also require significant capital.

                                       14
<PAGE>
There  currently is substantial competition for Asset Portfolio acquisitions and
such  competition  could  increase  in  the  future.  See  "Business  --   Asset
Acquisition and Resolution Business -- Asset Portfolio Investment."

LIMITED MARKET FOR THE NOTES

   
    The Notes are not currently authorized for quotation on any quotation system
or  listed on any securities exchange. The  Company has made application to list
the Notes on  the New York  Stock Exchange. No  assurance can be  given that  an
active  trading market  for the Notes  will develop  or that the  Notes will not
trade at a discount to their principal amount.
    

                                       15
<PAGE>
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

    ACQUISITION OF CKSRS.   Effective June  30, 1995, the  Company acquired  for
approximately  $1.3  million  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  CKSRS,  a
Miami-based commercial mortgage banking limited partnership specializing in  the
origination,  sale  and servicing  of  mortgages on  multi-family  properties in
Florida.

    ACQUISITION OF  EQS.    On  October 27,  1995,  the  Company  completed  the
acquisition  of  the third-party  securitized,  commercial mortgage  loan Master
Servicer and  Special  Servicer  businesses  of  EQS.  The  purchase  price  was
approximately  $16.9 million. At September 30, 1995, the EQS businesses acquired
by  the  Company  had  contracts  to  service  approximately  $6.0  billion   of
securitized  commercial mortgage loans. The Company  believes that it is now one
of the  largest servicers  of  securitized commercial  mortgages in  the  United
States.

   
    ACQUISITION  OF ACACIA.  Effective November  20, 1995, the Company completed
the purchase for approximately $4.5 million of substantially all of the  pension
fund advisory contracts and certain other assets of Acacia. Acacia provides real
estate investment advisory services to pension and other institutional investors
in  respect  of investments  in office,  industrial  and distressed  real estate
properties. Through these contracts, approximately 35 clients have invested over
$970.0  million  in  commercial   real  estate  representing  approximately   63
properties   with  over  13.5  million  square  feet  of  commercial  space  and
approximately 670 apartment units. Acacia is based in Boston.
    

    CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURE OFFERING.   On  November 27,  1995,  the
Company completed an offering conducted in Europe (the "Convertible Subordinated
Debenture  Offering"), pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities
Act, of $45.0  million aggregate  principal amount  of Convertible  Subordinated
Debentures. The net proceeds (aggregating approximately $43.0 million) from such
offering  were used to repay borrowings  under the Revolving Loan Agreement. The
Convertible Subordinated  Debentures bear  interest  at 8%  per annum  and  will
mature  on  December 15,  2005.  There is  no  sinking fund  or  amortization of
principal prior to  maturity. The  Convertible Subordinated  Debentures are  not
redeemable  prior to December 15,  1996. The Convertible Subordinated Debentures
are convertible at the option  of the holders into shares  of Common Stock at  a
conversion  price of  $12.50 per  share (equivalent to  a conversion  rate of 80
shares of Common Stock per  $1,000 principal amount of Convertible  Subordinated
Debentures),   subject  to   adjustment  in  certain   events.  The  Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures   are  unsecured   obligations  of   the  Company   and
subordinated  to all existing and future  Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture  Indenture) of the  Company. The  Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures contain  certain rights  of the  holder to  require the
repurchase of the  Convertible Subordinated  Debentures (i)  upon a  Fundamental
Change (as defined in the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture) and (ii)
if  the  Company  is  not able  to  maintain  a  Net Worth  (as  defined  in the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture  Indenture) of  approximately $141.0  million
(which  includes the net proceeds to the  Company from the Common Stock offering
described below) plus the net proceeds to the Company from any other offering of
Common Stock by  the Company subsequent  to the date  hereof. There are  certain
other  covenants restricting dividends on and  redemptions of capital stock. See
"Description of Other Indebtedness -- Convertible Subordinated Debentures."

   
    The Convertible Subordinated Debentures have  not been registered under  the
Securities  Act and  may not  be offered  or sold  in the  United States without
registration under the Securities Act or absent an applicable exemption from the
registration requirements  of  the Securities  Act.  On January  11,  1996,  the
Company  filed  with the  Commission  a registration  statement  on Form  S-3 to
register the resale by  Debentureholders of shares of  Common Stock issuable  to
such holders upon conversion of the Convertible Subordinated Debentures.
    

    COMMON  STOCK  OFFERING.   On  December 13,  1995,  the Company  completed a
registered public  offering of  2,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock (the  "Common
Stock  Offering"). Subsequent  thereto, the  Company sold  an additional 300,000
shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
The net  proceeds  from  such offering,  including  the  over-allotment  shares,
aggregated  approximately $25.1 million and were  used to repay borrowings under
the Revolving Loan Agreement. The price to  the public was $11.75 per share  and
the price to the Company per share was $11.10 (after an underwriting discount of
$  .65 per share). In addition to the  offering of shares of Common Stock by the
Company, two institutional shareholders sold an aggregate of 2,300,000 shares of
Common Stock (including  300,000 shares  sold pursuant  to the  exercise of  the
underwriters'  over-allotment option). The Company  did not receive any proceeds
from the sale of these shares.

                                       16
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net proceeds to the  Company from the sale  of the Notes offered  hereby
(after  deducting underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of the Offering)
will be  approximately  $       million ($       million  if  the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full).

   
    The  Company  intends  to  use  the net  proceeds  to  reduce  the Company's
outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Revolving  Loan  Agreement  (which  had  an
outstanding  balance of approximately  $67.5 million at  December 31, 1995). For
the year  ended  December  31,  1995, the  weighted  average  interest  rate  on
indebtedness  under the Company's  bank credit agreement  (which was replaced on
September 29, 1995 by the Revolving Loan  Agreement) was 8 3/10% per annum.  The
indebtedness  under  the predecessor  credit  agreement and  the  Revolving Loan
Agreement was  incurred  primarily  in  connection  with  investments  in  Asset
Portfolios,   the  acquisition  of  CKSRS,   the  EQS  Acquisition,  the  Acacia
Acquisition and other general corporate  purposes. After application of the  net
proceeds  to the Company  of the Offering, $     million  would be available for
reborrowing under the Revolving Loan Agreement to be used for general  corporate
purposes,  which may include funding  investments in Asset Portfolios, acquiring
new businesses or making strategic investments in companies that complement  the
Company's  business lines and  strategies. The Company  has no understandings or
agreements in respect  of any  material acquisition. See  "Description of  Other
Indebtedness  --  Revolving  Loan Agreement"  and  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial Condition  and  Results of  Operations --  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources."
    

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
    The  following table presents the capitalization of the Company at September
30, 1995, and  (i) as adjusted  to reflect the  EQS Acquisition, the  incurrence
through  December 31, 1995  of $135.6 million of  indebtedness under a warehouse
facility, the  Acacia Acquisition,  completion of  the Convertible  Subordinated
Debenture  Offering and  completion of  the Common  Stock Offering,  and (ii) as
further adjusted to reflect the application  of the estimated net proceeds  from
the  sale of the Notes offered hereby  as described under "Use of Proceeds." The
table should be read in  conjunction with the Consolidated Financial  Statements
of  the Company, the notes thereto  and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and   Capital
Resources" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                                                            AS       AS FURTHER
                                                                              ACTUAL    ADJUSTED (2) ADJUSTED (3)
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>          <C>
Debt(1):
  Notes payable...........................................................  $  104,222   $  60,806    $
  Mortgage warehouse debt.................................................       5,693     141,294      141,294
  Nonrecourse debt........................................................      30,605      30,605       30,605
  Senior Subordinated Notes...............................................          --          --
  Convertible Subordinated Debentures.....................................          --      45,000       45,000
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
    Total debt............................................................     140,520     277,705
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common Stock, par value $0.05 per share; 50,000,000 authorized shares
   and 24,193,464 issued shares, as adjusted(4)...........................       1,210       1,310        1,310
  Capital in excess of par................................................      78,790     100,470      100,470
  Reductions for employee stock...........................................        (620)       (620)        (620)
  Treasury stock, 24,339 shares...........................................        (160)       (160)        (160)
  Retained earnings.......................................................      49,804      49,804       49,804
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity............................................     129,024     150,804      150,804
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
    Total capitalization..................................................  $  269,544   $ 428,509
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------------
(1)  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition and
     Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description  of
     Other   Indebtedness"  and  Note  5  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements for a description of this indebtedness.

   
(2)  Gives effect to the  EQS Acquisition, the  incurrence through December  31,
     1995  of $135.6  million of  indebtedness under  a warehouse  facility, the
     Acacia Acquisition and completion of the Convertible Subordinated Debenture
     Offering and the Common Stock Offering.
    

(3)  Gives effect  to  the offering  of  Notes by  the  Company hereby  and  the
     application  of  the  net  proceeds  therefrom  as  described  in  "Use  of
     Proceeds."

(4)  Does not include an aggregate of 1,775,948 shares of Common Stock  reserved
     for  issuance at September 30, 1995, upon the exercise of outstanding stock
     options and 2,405,665 shares available  for future grants of options  under
     the  Company's stock  option plans.  See Note  11 of  Notes to Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

                                       18
<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    The  summary  data  presented  below  under  the  captions  "Summary  Income
Statement" and "Summary Balance Sheet Data" for and as of the end of each of the
fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1994, are derived  from
the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company  and  its predecessors
audited by  Deloitte  &  Touche LLP  and  included  herein. In  the  opinion  of
management  of  the  Company,  the  data presented  for  the  nine  months ended
September 30, 1994  and 1995,  which are  derived from  the Company's  unaudited
consolidated financial statements, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring  adjustments)  necessary  for  a fair  presentation  of  the financial
position and results of operations for such periods. Results for the nine months
ended September 30,  1995, are  not necessarily  indicative of  results for  the
entire  fiscal  year. See  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," the Consolidated Financial Statements  and
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    -----------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                       1992(1)         1993         1994(2)       1994(2)        1995
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT:
Revenues:
  Asset management and resolution fees............       $166,857      $168,313      $120,640      $101,221       $27,278
  Asset Portfolio income..........................             --         2,642        13,089         8,433        23,662
  Mortgage banking fees...........................             --            --         6,176         1,967        14,077
  Other revenues..................................          1,273         1,207        17,279        16,184         4,585
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total revenues................................        168,130       172,162       157,184       127,805        69,602
Operating expenses................................        134,085       127,731       119,730        92,579        46,860
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating income..................................         34,045        44,431        37,454        35,226        22,742
Interest expense..................................             19           754         1,768         1,696         2,771
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from continuing operations before taxes....         34,026        43,677        35,686        33,530        19,971
Income tax expense................................         10,730        17,371        14,753        13,874         7,541
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from continuing operations.................         23,296        26,306        20,933        19,656        12,430
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations..........         (1,063)       (2,088)       (2,185)         (976)        2,425
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income........................................        $22,233       $24,218       $18,748       $18,680       $14,855
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Earnings per share from continuing operations.....          $2.04         $2.33         $0.88         $0.83         $0.51
Earnings per share................................           1.95          2.15          0.79          0.79          0.61
Weighted average number of shares outstanding.....     11,419,536    11,288,688    23,679,239    23,515,800    24,429,822
</TABLE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    -----------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                        1992           1993          1994          1994          1995
                                                    -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.........................         $4,228       $43,442       $20,446       $41,733       $12,720
Investment securities.............................             --            --            --            --        27,222
Investment in Asset Portfolios:
  Loans...........................................             --        33,795        30,920        17,272       114,676
  Partnerships and joint ventures.................             --         2,503        22,491        14,157        30,052
  Real estate.....................................             --         2,504        14,054        14,201        11,046
  Asset-backed securities.........................             --            --         3,481         3,481        19,982
Total assets......................................         44,238       163,653       172,340       162,582       291,082
Notes payable.....................................          4,656        22,113        15,500         4,406       104,222
Mortgage warehouse debt...........................             --            --            --            --         5,693
Nonrecourse debt..................................             --         6,000           959         4,761        30,605
Total indebtedness................................          4,656        28,113        16,459         9,167       140,520
Shareholders' equity..............................         18,735        91,699       113,586       114,558       129,024

OTHER DATA:
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)............            N/A(4)        58.9x        21.2x         20.8x          8.2x
EBITDA (5)........................................        $40,294(1)     $45,668      $43,177       $37,325       $25,436
Interest coverage ratio (6).......................            N/A(4)        60.6x        24.4x         22.0x          9.2x
Face Value of assets under management.............     $8,060,400    $5,756,900    $3,088,700    $2,436,800    $3,040,700
Commercial mortgage loans originated (for the
 period ended):
  Face Value......................................             --            --      $610,000      $185,200    $1,585,000
  Number of loans.................................             --            --           106            28           255
Commercial mortgage loans serviced:
  Face Value......................................             --            --    $2,555,000    $2,592,000    $2,970,000
  Number of loans.................................             --            --           592           559           749
</TABLE>
    

                                       19
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes  the Company's  operations for  the two  months ended  December 31,
    1992, and the combined  operations of its predecessor  entities for the  ten
    months ended October 31, 1992.

(2) Summary  Income Statement and Other Data  for the fiscal year ended December
    31, 1994, and  the nine months  ended September 30,  1994, reflect data  for
    Holliday  Fenoglio  effective  August 1,  1994,  the effective  date  of its
    acquisition by the Company.

(3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist of operating  income before  income taxes and  fixed charges.  Fixed
    charges consist of interest expense.

(4) The  Company had nominal interest expense in 1992 and it was not meaningful,
    therefore, to calculate these ratios for the year ended December 31, 1992.

   
(5) EBITDA is  calculated  as  operating  income  (excluding  gain  (loss)  from
    discontinued  operations)  before interest,  income taxes,  depreciation and
    amortization. The Company has included information concerning EBITDA because
    EBITDA is one measure of an issuer's historical ability to service its debt.
    EBITDA should not  be considered as  an alternative to,  or more  meaningful
    than,  net income as an indicator  of the Company's operating performance or
    to cash flows as a measure of liquidity.
    

   
(6) Interest coverage ratio means the ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense.
    

                                       20
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW
    On December 31, 1993, BEI merged with Holdings. The BEI Merger was accounted
for as a "reverse acquisition" whereby Holdings was deemed to have acquired  BEI
for  financial reporting purposes. However,  BEI, renamed AMRESCO, INC., remains
the continuing  legal  entity and  registrant  for Commission  filing  purposes.
Consistent  with the  reverse acquisition  accounting treatment,  the historical
financial statements of AMRESCO, INC. presented for the year ended December  31,
1993, and the two months ended December 31, 1992, are the consolidated financial
statements  of Holdings and differ from the consolidated financial statements of
BEI as previously reported. The results of operations of BEI have been  included
in the Company's financial statements from the date of acquisition.

    The  Company's business  originally consisted  almost entirely  of providing
Asset Portfolio management and resolution  services for government agencies  and
certain   financial  institutions.  In  1994,  the  Company  concluded  all  its
significant business relationships with government agencies and the  NationsBank
Contract  and also began to shift its  focus toward Asset Portfolio investing by
the Company and the  development of new lines  of financial service  businesses.
Since  the BEI Merger,  the Company has  extended its business  lines to offer a
full range of mortgage  banking services, has increased  its interests in  Asset
Portfolios   and  has  disposed  of   certain  non-core  business  lines.  These
significant changes in the composition  of the Company's business are  reflected
in  the Company's results of  operations and may limit  the comparability of the
Company's results from period to period.

    The following discussion  and analysis presents  the significant changes  in
the  financial condition and results of continuing operations of the Company for
the years ended December  31, 1992, 1993  and 1994, and  the nine month  periods
ended  September 30, 1994 and 1995. The historical data for 1992 is presented on
a pro forma basis with Holdings' predecessor businesses as if their  acquisition
had  occurred on January 1, 1992. Such  information may not be comparable to the
Company's current operations. The results  of operations of acquired  businesses
are  included  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  from  the  date  of
acquisition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                              1992       1993       1994       1994       1995
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Management fees.........................................  $  40,222  $  30,521  $  27,991  $  23,468  $  15,136
  Resolution fees.........................................     66,288     88,031     65,773     58,287     11,615
  Asset Portfolio income..................................         --      2,642     13,089      8,433     23,662
  Mortgage banking fees...................................         --         --      6,176      1,967     14,077
  Other revenues..........................................      1,273      1,207     17,279     16,184      4,585
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues before assistance revenue..............    107,783    122,401    130,308    108,339     69,075
  Assistance revenue......................................     60,347     49,761     26,876     19,466        527
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues........................................    168,130    172,162    157,184    127,805     69,602
Expenses:
  Personnel...............................................     49,556     63,618     65,585     52,268     35,961
  Other general and administrative........................     16,130     11,315     27,194     20,910      9,926
  Interest................................................         19        754      1,768      1,696      2,771
  Profit participations...................................      8,052      3,037         75        (65)       446
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses before reimbursable costs..............     73,757     78,724     94,622     74,809     49,104
  Reimbursable costs......................................     60,347     49,761     26,876     19,466        527
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses........................................    134,104    128,485    121,498     94,275     49,631
Income from continuing operations before
 taxes....................................................     34,026     43,677     35,686     33,530     19,971
Income tax expense on continuing operations...............     10,730     17,371     14,753     13,874      7,541
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations.........................     23,296     26,306     20,933     19,656     12,430
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations..................     (1,063)    (2,088)    (2,185)      (976)     2,425
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net Income................................................  $  22,233  $  24,218  $  18,748  $  18,680  $  14,855
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

                                       21
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Revenues from the Company's asset management and resolution services include
fees charged  for the  management of  Asset Portfolios  and for  the  successful
resolution  of the assets within  such Asset Portfolios. The  asset base of each
Asset Portfolio declines  over the life  of the portfolio,  thus reducing  asset
management  fees as assets within that  Asset Portfolio are resolved. Resolution
fees are earned  as individual assets  within an Asset  Portfolio are  resolved.
These  fees, therefore,  are subject to  fluctuation based  on the consideration
received, timing of the  sale or collection of  the managed assets and  reaching
specified earnings levels on behalf of investors or investment partners. Certain
direct  costs incurred, primarily through 1994,  in the management of assets for
the FDIC  were paid  by the  Company and  billed to  the FDIC.  Such costs  were
included  in reimbursable costs and the related payment by the FDIC was included
in assistance revenue.  Such costs  did not affect  net income,  other than  the
costs  of such advanced  funds, but at times  required sizable capital resources
until reimbursed by the FDIC.

    The Company  classifies  its  investments  in  Asset  Portfolios  as  loans,
partnerships  and joint ventures, real  estate, and asset-backed securities. The
original cost of  an Asset Portfolio  is allocated to  individual assets  within
that  Asset Portfolio based on  their relative fair value  to the total purchase
price. The  difference  between  gross  estimated  cash  flows  from  loans  and
asset-backed securities and their present value is accrued using the level yield
method  of accounting. The Company accounts  for its investments in partnerships
and joint ventures using the equity method of accounting, generally resulting in
the pass-through  of  the  Company's pro  rata  share  of the  earnings  of  the
partnership  or joint venture. Real estate is accounted for at the lower of cost
or estimated fair value. Gains and losses on the sale or collection of  specific
assets  are recognized on  a specific identification  basis. Loans, partnerships
and joint  ventures,  and real  estate  are carried  at  the lower  of  cost  or
estimated  fair value. The Company's  investments in asset-backed securities are
classified as  available  for sale  and  are  carried at  estimated  fair  value
determined  by discounting  estimated cash  flows at  current market  rates. Any
unrealized gains (losses) on asset-backed securities are excluded from  earnings
and  reported  as  a separate  component  of  shareholders' equity,  net  of tax
effects.

    Revenues from  the  Company's  commercial mortgage  banking  activities  are
earned  from the origination and underwriting  of commercial mortgage loans, the
placement of such loans with permanent investors and the subsequent servicing of
loans. Loan  placement  and servicing  fees,  commitment fees  and  real  estate
brokerage commissions are recognized as earned. Placement and servicing expenses
are charged to expense as incurred.

    Other  revenues consist  of interest  on the  Company's investments  in cash
equivalents, consulting revenues earned on  due diligence, interest and fees  on
loans  net of loan participations, and other miscellaneous income. Additionally,
the third  quarter  of 1994  includes  the $10.0  million  NationsBank  Contract
conclusion fee.

    In  December  1994, the  Company  elected to  dispose  of the  operations of
AMRESCO Services,  Inc., its  data processing  and home  banking subsidiary,  in
order  to concentrate  efforts in the  Company's primary lines  of business. The
loss from such discontinued operations totaled approximately $1.1 million,  $2.1
million, $2.2 million, and $1.0 million for years ended December 31, 1992, 1993,
and  1994  and the  nine  months ended  September  30, 1994,  respectively. This
subsidiary was sold on June 16, 1995 for a net gain of $2.4 million or $0.10 per
share.

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1994

    REVENUES.   Revenues before  assistance revenue  for the  nine months  ended
September  30, 1995 compared to the corresponding period of 1994 decreased $39.3
million, or 36.2%. This decrease was due, in part, to an $8.3 million, or 35.5%,
decrease in  management  fees  and  a  $46.7  million,  or  80.1%,  decrease  in
resolution  fees. In addition, other revenues  decreased $11.6 million from 1994
to 1995, for a 71.7% decrease, primarily as a result of the NationsBank Contract
that concluded during the third quarter  of 1994 for which the Company  received
an  early conclusion  fee of  $10.0 million in  August 1994.  The decreases also
resulted from  reduced  revenues  from  government  sector  contracts  as  these
contracts  concluded. These decreases  were partially offset  by Asset Portfolio
income, which  increased  $15.2  million,  due  to  a  significant  increase  in

                                       22
<PAGE>
investments  in  Asset  Portfolios, and  a  $12.1 million  increase  in mortgage
banking revenue, primarily due to the inclusion of Holliday Fenoglio, which  was
purchased  in August 1994,  and ACC, which  commenced underwriting activities in
the fourth quarter of 1994.

    EXPENSES.  Total expenses before reimbursable costs decreased $25.7 million,
or 34.4%, for the first nine months of 1995 compared to the corresponding period
in 1994. The first  nine months of  1994 included expenses  of $20.7 million  as
compared  to  none  in the  corresponding  period  in 1995  for  the NationsBank
Contract that concluded in the third  quarter of 1994 and for government  sector
contracts that were concluding during 1994. Additionally, during the nine months
ended  September 30, 1995, general and administrative expenses were reduced by a
$3.7 million change  in estimate  of accounts  receivable bad  debt reserve  and
other   accrued  expenses  related  to  concluded  asset  management  contracts,
particularly the FDIC and RTC contracts. Receivables related to these  contracts
declined  $16.7 million between December 31,  1994 and September 30, 1995. Also,
the decrease in expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 1995,  compared
to  the nine months ended September 30, 1994, reflected the corporate downsizing
initiatives that  began in  the second  half of  1994. The  decline in  expenses
related  to  concluding contracts  was partially  offset by  increased operating
expenses related to the  addition of the mortgage  banking line of business  and
the growth in the asset acquisition and resolution operations. The $1.1 million,
or  63.4%,  increase  in interest  expense  in 1995  reflects  greater borrowing
related to increased investments in Asset Portfolios.

    INCOME TAXES.   The  Company  must have  future  taxable income  to  realize
recorded  deferred  tax assets,  including net  operating loss  carryforward tax
benefits obtained in the BEI Merger. Certain of these benefits expire  beginning
in  1995 and are subject to  annual utilization limitations. Management believes
that recorded  deferred tax  assets will  be realized  in the  normal course  of
business.  The decrease  in the  effective income tax  rate for  the nine months
ended September 30, 1995 was primarily due to permanent tax differences  related
to  mortgages sold by  a partnership in  which the Company  owns an interest for
which the acquired tax basis exceeded the book basis.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993

    REVENUES.   Revenues  before  assistance revenue  for  1994  totaled  $130.3
million  compared to $122.4  million for 1993,  an increase of  $7.9 million, or
6.5%. Management  fees decreased  $2.5  million, or  8.3%, and  resolution  fees
declined  $22.3 million,  or 25.3%, during  1994, principally due  to only eight
months of operations under the NationsBank Contract, as well as reduced revenues
from the government  sector contracts  as the contracts  continued to  conclude.
These  declines  were offset  by  a $10.4  million  increase in  Asset Portfolio
income, a  $6.2  million  increase  in  mortgage  banking  revenue  due  to  the
acquisition  of Holliday  Fenoglio and the  commencement of business  by ACC. In
addition, there was an increase in other revenues of $16.1 million primarily due
to the  $10.0 million  conclusion fee  from the  NationsBank Contract  and  $3.8
million  in  revenue  relating  to  the inclusion  in  1994  of  BEI operations,
primarily from the operations of a subsidiary  for the period prior to its  sale
in the first quarter of 1994 and its resulting sale.

    EXPENSES.    Total expenses  before  reimbursable costs  increased  by $15.9
million, or 20.2%, in 1994  primarily due to an  increase in personnel costs  of
$2.0  million and  an increase in  other general and  administrative expenses of
$15.9 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the profit
participations of $3.0 million. The increase  in personnel costs was due to  the
addition  of  personnel costs  for BEI,  Holliday and  ACC, which  was partially
offset by  reductions in  full time  employees associated  with concluded  asset
management  contracts. Other general and administrative expenses increased $15.9
million over 1993, primarily due to  the inclusion of BEI and Holliday  Fenoglio
in  1994 and the $2.8 million intangible  write-off related to the conclusion of
the NationsBank Contract in 1994. The  decrease of the profit participations  of
$3.0 million, or 97.5%, was primarily due to the modification of the NationsBank
Contract  effective April  1, 1993, that  effected an  exchange of NationsBank's
profit participation in the Company's income before taxes for a rebate of  fees.
See  "-- Year Ended December 31, 1993  Compared to Pro Forma Year Ended December
31, 1992 -- Profit Participation."

    PRO FORMA  INCOME SUMMARY.    Revenues before  assistance revenue  for  1994
totaled $130.3 million compared to pro forma combined revenues before assistance
revenue  of  approximately  $160.3 million,  assuming  the BEI  Merger  had been
consummated as of  January 1,  1993. The $30.0  million, or  18.7%, decrease  is
primarily  due to a decrease in BEI revenues  of $15.3 million and a decrease in
Holdings revenues

                                       23
<PAGE>
of $14.7 million. The decline in revenues is primarily related to the conclusion
of certain  asset management  contracts  during 1994  and  the sale  of  certain
Company  subsidiaries  in  the first  quarter  of 1994.  Income  from continuing
operations for 1994 totaled $20.9 million when compared to pro forma net  income
of  $28.3 million for  1993, after removing  the impact of  merger expenses, net
gain on sales of subsidiaries and discontinued operations for a decrease of $7.4
million, or 26.1%. Earnings per share for income from continuing operations  was
$0.88 for 1994, compared to $1.34 for the previous year for a decrease of $0.46,
or 34.3%.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 COMPARED TO PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992

    REVENUES.    Revenues  before  assistance revenue  for  1993  totaled $122.4
million compared to  $107.8 million in  1992, an increase  of $14.6 million,  or
13.5%.  During  1993,  management  and resolution  fees  from  private contracts
increased approximately $25.1 million,  or 33.4%, primarily  due to the  Company
reaching  the highest incentive fee rate due  to the level of collections on the
NationsBank  Contract.  Resolution  fees   from  the  FDIC  contract   increased
approximately  $7.8  million,  or 105.0%,  primarily  due to  reaching  a higher
resolution fee rate due to the level of cumulative collections. The increases in
resolution fees from  the private and  FDIC contracts were  partially offset  by
decreases  of  approximately  $6.7  million, or  68.4%,  and  approximately $6.8
million, or 47.6%, in management and resolution fees, respectively, from the RTC
contracts. The decrease in fees  on the RTC contracts  was primarily due to  the
lower  volume  of  assets  managed. Effective  April  1,  1993,  the NationsBank
Contract was renegotiated  to reduce fees  by providing for  a 12.25% rebate  of
fees  earned on such  contract. Rebated fees  totaled $7.3 million  for the last
nine months of  1993. Income from  an Asset Portfolio  purchased in August  1993
were $2.6 million.

    EXPENSES.   Total  personnel and  other general  and administrative expenses
were $75.7 million for 1993 compared to  $65.7 million for 1992 for an  increase
of  $10.0 million, or 15.2%. Personnel  expense increased $14.1 million to $63.6
million in 1993 from $49.5  million in 1992. The  majority of this increase  was
due  to 1993 being the  first full year of operations  of Holdings as a separate
entity,  resulting  in  increases  in  employee  benefit  programs,   additional
corporate  personnel  as  well as  staff  additions for  the  private contracts.
Additionally, the incentive compensation  and severance compensation plans  were
expanded in 1993. Other general and administrative expenses decreased in 1993 to
$12.1 million from $16.1 million in 1992.

    PROFIT  PARTICIPATION.  The profit  participation by NationsBank Corporation
began with the acquisition of  Holdings by private investors, effective  October
31,  1992. The profit participation would have been $6.5 million higher, or $8.1
million on a pro forma basis, if the profit participation had been effective  as
of January 1, 1992. Effective April 1, 1993, a rebate of fees on the NationsBank
Contract   was  granted   in  exchange   for  the   termination  of  NationsBank
Corporation's profit participation in Holdings' income before taxes.

   
    PRO FORMA  INCOME SUMMARY.   Pro  forma combined  revenue before  assistance
revenues,  assuming the BEI Merger  had been consummated as  of January 1, 1992,
were approximately  $160.3 million  for 1993  compared to  approximately  $140.3
million  for 1992. The $20.0 million, or  14.3%, increase in revenues was due to
an increase of  Holdings' revenues of  $14.6 million which  has been  previously
discussed  and an increase of $5.4 million for BEI. The $5.4 million increase in
revenues for  BEI  was  primarily  due  to  new  private  asset  management  and
resolution  contracts. Pro forma net income,  after removing the impact of BEI's
merger expenses, net gain on sales of subsidiaries and discontinued  operations,
resulted  in net income of $28.3 million,  up $4.5 million, or 18.9%, from $23.8
million for 1992. Earnings per share was  $1.34 for 1993, compared to $1.14  for
the previous year, for an increase of $0.20, or 17.5%.
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Cash  for  investment in  Asset Portfolios,  originating/underwriting loans,
acquiring loans  for securitization,  general  operating expenses  and  business
acquisitions  is  primarily obtained  through cash  flow and  credit facilities,
including: advances  on  the  corporate and  portfolio  credit  lines,  mortgage
warehouse  lines and nonrecourse debt, retained  earnings and cash flow from the
resolution of Asset Portfolios in which the Company invests.

    On September 29, 1995, the Company entered into the $150.0 million Revolving
Loan Agreement which matures and is payable in full on September 29, 1997.  (The
Revolving  Loan Agreement initially  included a $25.0  temporary bridge facility
that was  permanently  repaid  with  a  portion  of  the  net  proceeds  of  the
Convertible  Subordinated Debenture Offering.) By  its terms, the Revolving Loan
Agreement has  two primary  components:  (i) a  $50.0 million  revolving  credit
facility   (the   "Corporate   Facility")   to   be   used   for   (A)   general

                                       24
<PAGE>
   
working capital purposes, (B) acquisitions of equity interests in other persons,
(C) certain permitted investments, and (D) other business needs approved by  the
Banks  that constitute at least 50% of the lenders in number and have loaned 51%
or more of the  amount then outstanding under  the Revolving Loan Agreement  and
(ii) a $100.0 million revolving credit facility (the "Portfolio Facility") to be
used  to (A) refinance indebtedness incurred  in connection with the purchase of
certain Asset  Portfolios  acquired  prior  to execution  and  delivery  of  the
Revolving  Loan Agreement, (B) finance  future acquisitions of Asset Portfolios,
and (C) finance  acquisitions of  entities for  the purpose  of resolving  Asset
Portfolios  owned  by such  entities. The  banks'  current commitment  under the
Revolving Loan Agreement is limited to a total of $105.0 million, $35.0  million
under the Corporate Facility and $70.0 million under the Portfolio Facility. The
additional  amounts under the Revolving Loan Agreement would become available to
the Company upon the participation  by additional financial institutions in  the
syndicate  for the  loan and  upon an increase  in the  Company's borrowing base
under this agreement. There can be no assurance that such events will occur. The
borrowing terms, including interest, may be selected by the Company and tied  to
either  the NationsBank of Texas'  variable rate (8 3/4%  at September 30, 1995)
or, for advances on a term basis up  to approximately 180 days, a rate equal  to
an  adjusted LIBOR rate (7 5/8% at September 30, 1995 for a term of 30 days). At
September 30, 1995, there was a balance  of $33.0 million at 7 5/8%  outstanding
under  the Corporate Facility  and $39.0 million  at 7 5/8%  and $5.0 million at
8 3/4% for a  total of $44.0 million  outstanding under the Portfolio  Facility.
The  combined balance outstanding  under the Revolving  Loan Agreement was $77.0
million at September  30, 1995. At  December 31, 1995,  the balance  outstanding
under  the  Corporate Facility  was  $6.5 million  at  8 1/2%,  and  the balance
outstanding under  the Portfolio  Facility was  $61.0 million,  including  $21.0
million  at 7 3/4%, $20.0 million at 7  5/8%, $15.0 million at 7 61/98% and $5.0
million at 7 11/16%. The combined  balance outstanding under the Revolving  Loan
Agreement was $67.5 million at December 31, 1995.
    

    The  Revolving Loan Agreement is secured  by substantially all of the assets
of the Company not pledged under  other credit facilities, including stock of  a
majority  of the Company's subsidiaries held  by the Company. The Revolving Loan
Agreement requires  the  Company  to meet  certain  financial  tests,  including
minimum  consolidated tangible  net worth,  maximum consolidated  funded debt to
consolidated capitalization ratio, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio,  minimum
interest  coverage  ratio,  maximum  consolidated  funded  debt  to consolidated
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")  ratio
and  maximum corporate  facility outstanding  to consolidated  EBITDA ratio. The
Revolving Loan Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, will limit
the incurrence of  additional indebtedness, investments,  asset sales, loans  to
shareholders, dividends, transactions with affiliates, acquisitions, mergers and
consolidations,  liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted
in such agreements.

    Prior to entering into the  Revolving Loan Agreement, Holdings maintained  a
$75.0  million line of credit  with NationsBank of Texas  which bore interest at
NationsBank of Texas' floating prime rate or an adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1 1/2%.
This line of  credit was  terminated with the  execution of  the Revolving  Loan
Agreement.

   
    During  July  1995, two  wholly-owned  subsidiaries of  the  Company jointly
entered  into  a  nonrecourse  debt  agreement  for  $27.5  million  to  support
wholly-owned  Asset Portfolio purchases. This nonrecourse facility is secured by
all wholly-owned Asset Portfolios purchased with borrowings under this debt  and
bears  interest at the financing company's prime  rate plus 1 1/2% or LIBOR plus
3%. There was  a balance  outstanding at September  30, 1995,  of $21.9  million
under this nonrecourse debt agreement, $3.4 million at 10 1/4% and $18.5 million
at  8 15/16%.  At December  31, 1995,  the balance  outstanding under  this debt
agreement was  $17.8 million,  $1.3 million  at  10 1/4%  and $16.5  million  at
9 1/32%. This facility matures on July 31, 1998.
    

   
    On  April 28, 1995,  ACC, a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Company, entered
into a $25.0  million warehouse  line of  credit agreement  with NationsBank  of
Texas  (the "NationsBank Warehouse Facility") to support its commercial mortgage
financing. This facility is secured by loans originated through borrowings under
this facility  and  bears interest  at  either  the prime  rate  announced  from
time-to-time  by NationsBank of Texas  or an Adjusted LIBOR  Rate (as defined in
the facility) plus 2%. The Company also is a guarantor on this facility. A total
of $2.7  million at  7 13/16%  and $9.0  million at  7 3/4%  was outstanding  at
September  30,  1995  and  December  31,  1995,  respectively.  The  NationsBank
Warehouse Facility matures on January 25, 1997.
    

                                       25
<PAGE>
   
    On August 15, 1995, ACC, a  wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,  entered
into  a warehouse line of credit  agreement with Residential Funding Corporation
(the  "RFC  Warehouse  Facility")  to  facilitate  multi-family  mortgage   loan
underwriting  and origination. This facility is  secured by the loans originated
through borrowings under  this facility and  the stated interest  rate for  this
line  is an adjusted 30-day LIBOR rate plus 3% (8 33/50% at September 30, 1995).
At September 30, 1995, an advance of $3.0 million was outstanding at an interest
rate of 8 33/50%. At December 31, 1995, $8.6 million was outstanding,  including
$5.0  million at 7 13/20% and $3.6 million at 7 10/27%. Each borrowing under the
RFC Warehouse Facility is due 60 days after funding.
    

   
    On September 27, 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into
a Global  Master  Repurchase  Agreement  to  support  the  purchase  of  certain
commercial  mortgage  pass-through certificates.  A  total of  $8.7  million was
outstanding under this facility at September 30, 1995 and was repaid in full  on
December  15, 1995.  This facility  bore interest at  7 3/8%.  This facility was
secured by the Company's investments in certain asset-backed securities.
    

   
    Effective November 1, 1995, ARMC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the  Company,
entered  into  a  $100.0  million  warehouse  line  of  credit  (the "Prudential
Warehouse Facility"), increased  to $150.0  million on November  30, 1995,  with
Prudential  Securities Realty Funding Corporation to finance the acquisition and
warehousing of residential mortgage loans. This facility is secured by the loans
purchased through borrowings under this facility  and held for sale. The  stated
interest  rate for  this line is  LIBOR (as  defined in the  facility) plus 7/8%
(which can be adjusted retroactively  under certain circumstances to LIBOR  plus
2  2/5%).  At  December 31,  1995,  $135.6  million was  outstanding  under this
facility. The Prudential Warehouse Facility matures on March 29, 1996.
    

    On November  27, 1995,  the  Company completed  the  sale of  $45.0  million
principal  amount  of  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures.  The  net proceeds
(approximately  $43.0  million)  were  used  to  repay  indebtedness  under  the
Revolving Credit Agreement. See "Recent Developments."

    On  December 13, 1995, the Company  completed a public offering of 2,000,000
shares of Common Stock. An additional  300,000 shares of Common Stock were  sold
on  December 19, 1995, upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.
The aggregate net proceeds to the  Company (estimated to be approximately  $25.1
million)  were used to repay indebtedness  under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
See "Recent Developments."

   
    On December 19, 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered  into
a  Global  Master  Repurchase  Agreement  to  support  the  purchase  of certain
commercial mortgage  pass-through certificates.  A total  of $20.6  million  was
outstanding  under  this  facility at  December  31, 1995.  This  facility bears
interest at a rate of 30  day LIBOR plus 1 2/5%  (7 1/3% at December 31,  1995).
This  facility is secured  by the Company's  investments in certain asset-backed
securities.
    

    Accounts receivable decreased from  $20.7 million at  December 31, 1994,  to
$7.7  million at  September 30,  1995, due to  the conclusion  and expiration of
certain asset management contracts.

    In 1996,  the  Company intends  to  pursue (i)  additional  Asset  Portfolio
acquisition  opportunities,  by  acquiring  Asset Portfolios  both  for  its own
account and as an investor with various capital partners who acquire such  Asset
Portfolios,  (ii) acquisitions of new businesses  and (iii) expansion of current
businesses. The funds for such  acquisitions and investments are anticipated  to
be  provided in 1996 by cash flows  and borrowings under the Company's Revolving
Loan Agreement and the  Notes offered hereby. As  a result, interest expense  in
1996 will be higher than the interest expense in 1995.

   
    The Company believes that its funds on hand of $16.1 million at December 31,
1995,  cash flow from operations, its unused borrowing capacity under its credit
lines, the  anticipated net  proceeds  from this  Offering, and  its  continuing
ability  to  obtain  financing  should be  sufficient  to  meet  its anticipated
operating needs and capital  expenditures, as well  as planned new  acquisitions
and  investments, for  at least  the next  twelve months.  The magnitude  of the
Company's acquisition and investment program will be governed to some extent  by
the availability of capital.
    

INFLATION

    The  Company has generally been able to offset cost increases with increases
in revenues. Accordingly, management does not  believe that inflation has had  a
material  effect on its results of operations  to date. However, there can be no
assurance that  the  Company's  business  will  not  be  adversely  affected  by
inflation in the future.

                                       26
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

   
    The  Company  is  a  leading specialty  financial  services  company engaged
primarily in Asset  Portfolio acquisition and  resolution and mortgage  banking.
The  Asset Portfolio acquisition and resolution business involves acquiring at a
substantial discount to Face Value  and managing and resolving Asset  Portfolios
to  maximize cash recoveries. The Company  manages and resolves Asset Portfolios
acquired by the  Company alone, acquired  by the Company  with co-investors  and
owned  by third  parties. The Company's  mortgage banking  business involves the
origination, placement and  servicing of  commercial real  estate mortgages.  In
addition, the Company has formed a residential mortgage banking business through
which  the  Company  will  purchase  and  securitize  portfolios  of residential
mortgages of  borrowers who  do not  qualify for  conventional loans  and  whose
borrowing  needs are  not being met  by traditional  financial institutions. The
Company has also entered the real  estate pension advisory business through  the
purchase of substantially all of the advisory contracts of Acacia.
    

BACKGROUND

    HISTORY.   The  Company is the  product of  the December 1993  merger of two
Asset Portfolio management and resolution  service companies: BEI and  Holdings.
Holdings  was  the  former Asset  Portfolio  management and  resolution  unit of
NationsBank of Texas, which was created  in 1988 in connection with  NationsBank
Corporation's acquisition from the FDIC of certain assets and liabilities of the
collapsed  First RepublicBank. BEI, a publicly-held company that was in the real
estate  and  asset  management   services  businesses,  began  providing   asset
management  and resolution services to the RTC in 1990. BEI also participated in
certain non-real estate service  businesses, which were  not retained after  the
BEI Merger. The BEI Merger created one of the largest Asset Portfolio management
and  resolution service companies in the  United States. Since 1987, the Company
and its predecessors have  managed approximately $30.0  billion (Face Value)  of
Asset Portfolios.

    DEVELOPMENT  OF  BUSINESS  STRATEGY.   The  Company's  original  business of
managing and resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties developed as a  result
of  the takeover of failed thrifts and banks by the federal government's deposit
insurance agencies  in  the  late  1980s.  Due  to  the  substantial  volume  of
under-performing  and  non-performing loans  and foreclosed  assets (much  of it
commercial real estate loans and properties)  and a lack of sufficient  internal
staffing,  the  RTC and  FDIC turned  to  private contractors  to assist  in the
management and resolution of Asset Portfolios.

    In early 1994,  the Company  made the  strategic decision  to diversify  its
business  lines and to  reduce the Company's dependence  on asset management and
resolution contracts with governmental agencies and certain other entities. As a
result, the Company shifted  its strategic focus in  order to take advantage  of
business  opportunities in the specialty finance  markets that capitalize on the
Company's competitive strengths and reputation within its core business. The key
elements of this strategy include:

    - increasing the amount  that the  Company invests  for its  own account  in
      Asset  Portfolios  by  capitalizing  on  its  expertise  in  managing  and
      resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties;

    - continuing to provide high quality  management and resolution services  to
      co-investors and other third-party owners of Asset Portfolios;

    - expanding  its presence in the traditional mortgage banking market through
      greater market penetration  and by participating  in the expanding  market
      for  securitization of  commercial and residential  real estate mortgages;
      and

    - developing its new real estate pension advisory business to complement the
      Company's existing business lines.

                                       27
<PAGE>
ASSET ACQUISITION AND RESOLUTION BUSINESS

    GENERAL.  The Company  manages and resolves Asset  Portfolios acquired at  a
substantial  discount to Face Value by the Company alone and by the Company with
co-investors. The Company also  manages and resolves  Asset Portfolios owned  by
third  parties.  Asset Portfolios  generally  include secured  loans  of varying
qualities  and   collateral  types.   The  Company   estimates  that   typically
approximately  85% of  the loans  in the Asset  Portfolios in  which the Company
invests are in payment default at  the time of acquisition. Although some  Asset
Portfolios  include  foreclosed real  estate and  other collateral,  the Company
generally seeks Asset  Portfolios that do  not include such  assets. Some  Asset
Portfolio  loans are loans  for which resolution  is tied primarily  to the real
estate securing  the loan.  Other loans,  however, are  collateralized  business
loans, the resolution of which may be based either on cash flow of a business or
on  real estate and other collateral  securing the loan. Collateralized business
loans generally have  smaller Face Values  and often are  more quickly  resolved
than  more traditional  real estate  loans. The  Company intends  to focus  to a
greater extent on collateralized business loans.

    The Company  obtains information  on available  Asset Portfolios  from  many
sources.  Repeat business and  referrals from Asset  Portfolio sellers with whom
the Company previously  has transacted  business are an  important and  frequent
source  of Asset Portfolios. The Company has developed relationships in which it
is a  preferred  Asset Portfolio  purchaser  for certain  sellers.  The  Company
believes  that  it  receives  many  Asset  Portfolio  solicitations  that result
primarily from the Company's reputation as an active portfolio purchaser.  Other
important  sources of business include referrals  from co-investors who seek the
Company's participation in Asset Portfolio purchases, focused contacts initiated
by senior management, public  advertising of Asset Portfolios  for sale and  the
Company's nationwide presence.

    Although   the  need  for  asset   management  and  resolution  services  by
governmental agencies has  substantially declined in  recent years, the  Company
believes that a permanent market for Asset Portfolio acquisition, management and
resolution  services has  emerged within the  private sector.  Whether because a
financial institution desires to reduce overhead costs, is not staffed to handle
large volumes of Asset Portfolios or simply does not want to distract management
and personnel  with the  intensive  and time-consuming  job of  resolving  Asset
Portfolios,  many financial institutions now  recognize that outside contractors
often are better staffed to manage and resolve Asset Portfolios. These financial
institutions include multi-national, money  center, super-regional and  regional
banking  institutions nationwide and in Canada,  as well as insurance companies.
Moreover, financial  institutions have  embraced the  concept of  packaging  and
selling  Asset Portfolios to investors as a means of disposing of non-performing
and under-performing  loans and  improving the  financial institution's  balance
sheet.  Consolidations within the  banking industry have  reinforced this trend.
Insurance companies, which historically have avoided outsourcing Asset Portfolio
management or selling Asset  Portfolios, also are emerging  as sellers of  Asset
Portfolios  due in  part to the  implementation of risk-based  capital rules for
insurance  companies.  Additionally,  there  is  a  market  for  management  and
resolution  services for  delinquent or  non-performing loans  within performing
securitized loan  pools. The  Company believes  that the  significant volume  of
annual  performing loan securitizations makes this an attractive market in which
to participate.

    The Company believes that opportunities for the acquisition, management  and
resolution  of  Asset Portfolios  are becoming  increasingly evident  in certain
international markets and that lenders in these markets are adopting many of the
Asset Portfolio  management  and  resolution  outsourcing  techniques  currently
utilized  in the United  States. Accordingly, the Company  has opened offices in
Toronto (August 1994) and  London (October 1995) in  order to take advantage  of
opportunities  in Canada, the United Kingdom  and certain other Western European
nations. The  Company had  $53.2  million (US$  Face  Value) in  Canadian  Asset
Portfolios  under  management as  of September  30,  1995, and  subsequently was
designated  as  the  Special  Servicer   for  a  Canadian  Asset  Portfolio   of
approximately $370.0 million (US$ Face Value).

    Because  of  the  significant  decline  in  Asset  Portfolio  management and
resolution services  required  by governmental  agencies  and the  trend  toward
outright  sales of Asset Portfolios, the  Company shifted its strategic focus to
becoming  an  active  Asset  Portfolio  investor  for  its  own  account  and  a
co-investor  with other Asset  Portfolio buyers. The Company  believes that as a
direct investor in Asset Portfolios it has a significant

                                       28
<PAGE>
competitive advantage relative  to the Company's  competitors in the  management
and  resolution business. Moreover, the  Company believes that direct investment
permits the  Company to  take advantage  of the  profit opportunities  of  Asset
Portfolio  investing. The Company believes that it  can gain market share in the
Asset Portfolio  acquisition,  management and  resolution  business due  to  its
financial  strength;  experience  in managing  and  resolving  Asset Portfolios;
national reputation; and strategic relationships with sellers and purchasers  of
Asset  Portfolios,  including  financial institutions,  large  corporate buyers,
investment banking firms and sophisticated private investors.

    For the nine months ended September  30, 1995, $54.3 million (78.0%) of  the
Company's  gross revenues were  attributable to its  Asset Portfolio acquisition
and resolution business. The following table reflects the ownership  composition
of  the Asset  Portfolios (based  on their Face  Value) under  management by the
Company as  of the  dates indicated  and  further reflects  the decline  in  the
management of Asset Portfolios for governmental agencies and the increase in the
Company's investment in Asset Portfolios since December 31, 1993:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AT DECEMBER 31, 1993    AT DECEMBER 31, 1994       AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                      1995
                                            ----------------------  ----------------------  -------------------------
                                             AMOUNT    % OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    % OF TOTAL      AMOUNT     % OF TOTAL
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Wholly-owned by the Company (1)...........  $    92.9        1.6%   $   143.3        4.6%   $   310.0          10.2%
Owned by the Company with co-investors
 (2)......................................      392.4        6.8      1,729.9       56.0      1,507.4          49.6
Owned by third parties:
  Securitized mortgage pools..............      268.8        4.7        315.0       10.2        411.3(3)       13.5
  Government and other owners.............    5,002.8       86.9        900.5       29.2        812.0          26.7
                                            ---------      -----    ---------      -----    ------------      -----
    Total under management................  $ 5,756.9      100.0%   $ 3,088.7      100.0%   $ 3,040.7         100.0%
                                            ---------      -----    ---------      -----    ------------      -----
                                            ---------      -----    ---------      -----    ------------      -----
</TABLE>

     -----------------------------
     (1)  Includes  $0.0,  $13.9  million and  $44.0  million,  respectively, of
          asset-backed securities,  and  $2.5  million, $3.5  million  and  $5.2
          million  of real estate, respectively, at  December 31, 1993 and 1994,
          and at September 30, 1995.

     (2)  Includes the securitized  Asset Portfolios managed  by the Company  as
          Special  Servicer in which the  Company has invested, which aggregated
          $354.3 million, $973.8  million and $790.7  million, respectively,  at
          December 31, 1993 and 1994, and at September 30, 1995.

     (3)  Does   not  include   approximately  $300.0   million  of  securitized
          commercial mortgages for  which EQS  served as  Special Servicer.  See
          "Recent Developments -- Acquisition of EQS."

    The  following table  reflects, by ownership  category, the  number of Asset
Portfolios managed by the Company at September 30, 1995 and the number of assets
included in such portfolios:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NUMBER OF ASSET    NUMBER OF
                                                                                  PORTFOLIOS        ASSETS
                                                                               -----------------  -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>                <C>
Wholly-owned by the Company..................................................             35           1,124
Owned by the Company with co-investors.......................................             28           1,740
Owned by third parties:
  Securitized mortgage pools (1).............................................              3             426
  Government and other owners................................................             10           2,146
                                                                                         ---           -----
    Total under management...................................................             76           5,436
                                                                                         ---           -----
                                                                                         ---           -----
</TABLE>

     -----------------------------
     (1)  Does not  include Asset  Portfolios for  which EQS  served as  Special
          Servicer. See "Recent Developments -- Acquisition of EQS."

                                       29
<PAGE>
    The following table reflects the Company's investment (at carrying value) in
Asset Portfolios as of the dates indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AT DECEMBER 31,          AT
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1993       1994         1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Wholly-owned by the Company (1)...............................  $    36.3  $    37.9    $   139.9
Owned by the Company with co-investors (2)....................        2.5       33.0         35.9
                                                                ---------  ---------       ------
    Total.....................................................  $    38.8  $    70.9    $   175.8
                                                                ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                ---------  ---------       ------
</TABLE>

       -------------------------------
        (1)  Includes  $0.0, $3.5  million and  $20.0 million,  respectively, of
             asset-backed securities, and  $2.5 million, $3.5  million and  $5.2
             million  of  real estate,  respectively, at  December 31,  1993 and
             1994, and at September 30, 1995.

        (2)  Includes the securitized Asset Portfolios managed by the Company as
             Special  Servicer  in  which   the  Company  has  invested,   which
             aggregated   $1.7   million,   $7.9  million   and   $8.6  million,
             respectively, at December 31, 1993  and 1994, and at September  30,
             1995.

     ASSET  PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT.  The Company's  business of investing in Asset
Portfolios is conducted either  through the Company  owning the Asset  Portfolio
alone  or  with  co-investors. At  September  30, 1995,  the  Company's weighted
average investment in all Asset Portfolios in which it was a co-investor was  6%
of  the  aggregate  purchase  price  of  such  portfolios.  Consistent  with the
Company's strategy of increasing its investment in Asset Portfolios in which  it
is  a  co-investor,  the Company's  weighted  average investment  in  such Asset
Portfolios purchased during the nine months ended September 30, 1995 was 20%  of
the  aggregate purchase price.  Asset Portfolios acquired  solely by the Company
have ranged up to $36.9 million (Face Value), whereas Asset Portfolios owned  by
the Company with co-investors have ranged up to $405.5 million (Face Value). The
Company  generally  funds its  share  of any  investment  with a  combination of
borrowings under its existing credit lines and internal cash flow. Future  Asset
Portfolio  purchases will depend on the availability of Asset Portfolios offered
for sale,  the availability  of  capital and  the  Company's ability  to  submit
successful  offers to  purchase Asset Portfolios.  As a  result, Asset Portfolio
purchases can vary significantly  from quarter to  quarter. The following  table
reflects  the Company's  total purchases  (at cost)  by fiscal  quarter in Asset
Portfolios over the past seven quarters:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            MARCH 31,     JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                              1994          1994           1994           1994           1995           1995           1995
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Wholly-owned by
 the Company (1).........   $   6,761     $   6,941      $      --      $  21,014      $  15,539      $  62,499      $  45,987
Owned by the Company with
 co-investors (2)........       5,125         8,948         11,306          7,900          6,294          8,480            325
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total................   $  11,886     $  15,889      $  11,306      $  28,914      $  21,833      $  70,979      $  46,312
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
(1) Includes $3,497, $2,875  and $13,248 in  the quarters ended  June 30,  1994,
    June  30,  1995  and  September 30,  1995,  respectively,  for  purchases of
    asset-backed securities, but does not include any real estate assets.

(2) Includes $2,000, $1,601  and $4,000 of  investments in securitized  mortgage
    pools  purchased in  the quarters  ended March 31,  1994, June  30, 1994 and
    December 31, 1994, respectively.

    Prior to  making  an offer  to  purchase  an Asset  Portfolio,  the  Company
conducts  an  extensive investigation  and  evaluation of  the  individual loans
comprising 95% to  100% of  the aggregate  Face Value of  all the  loans in  the
portfolio. This examination typically consists of analyzing the information made
available  by the Asset  Portfolio seller (generally,  the respective credit and
collateral files for the loans), reviewing  other relevant material that may  be
available  (including tax  and judgment  records), and  analyzing the underlying
collateral (including conducting site inspections, obtaining value opinions from
third parties and consulting with any  of the Company's asset managers who  have
experience  with the  local market  for such  assets). The  Company also reviews
information on the local economy  and real estate markets  in the area in  which
the  loan collateral is located. Because  of its broad, nationwide experience in
managing assets,  the Company  often is  able to  draw on  its asset  management
experience   in   the   specific  market   in   which  an   asset   is  located.

                                       30
<PAGE>
Unlike the original lender,  the Company values Asset  Portfolio loans based  on
the  present  value  of estimated  total  cash  flow from  resolution,  with the
expectation that the  loans will be  resolved prior to  scheduled maturity.  The
Company's  policy is  to not  refinance or  renew purchased  loans or  grant new
credit.

    Asset  Portfolio  evaluations  are  conducted  almost  exclusively  by   the
Company's   employees  who   specialize  in   analysis  of   non-performing  and
under-performing loans, often with further specialization based on geographic or
collateral-specific factors. Most of these employees have previously served  the
Company  (and some continue to serve)  as asset managers with responsibility for
resolving such loans. Their asset management experience aids these  individuals,
working together in teams, in making informed judgments about the status of each
loan  and the underlying collateral, the probable  cash flows from the loan, the
likely resolution  of  the loan  and  the time  and  expense required  for  such
resolution.  The Company's personnel document  these evaluations in standardized
Company formats.

    Upon completion  of evaluation  forms, the  Company compiles  a database  of
information  about the loans  in the Asset  Portfolio. The primary  focus of the
database is the anticipated recovery amount,  timing and cost of the  resolution
of  the  Asset  Portfolio.  Using  its  proprietary  modeling  system  and  loan
information database, the Company then determines the amount it will offer.  The
offer  is structured to achieve certain minimum rates of return. As of September
30, 1995, the Company had paid an average purchase price of 46% of the aggregate
Face Value on all of its  wholly-owned Asset Portfolios and an average  purchase
price of 56% of the aggregate Face Value on all of the Asset Portfolios owned by
the Company with co-investors.

    When  an Asset Portfolio is acquired  (whether for the Company's own account
or with co-investors), the  Company assumes the management  of the loans in  the
portfolio.  Management  includes  responsibility  both  for  servicing  and  for
resolving such loans. The Company's asset managers are given the supporting  due
diligence  information and projections relating  to each newly-acquired loan for
which the manager assumes management responsibility. Because asset managers  are
actively  involved in the Asset Portfolio  evaluation process, it is not unusual
for an asset  manager to  be given  management responsibility  for the  specific
loans  that the  asset manager  assisted in evaluating  in the  due diligence or
pricing processes. The  Company believes  that by combining  the resolution  and
evaluation  activities, the Company  achieves efficiency in  loan resolution and
accuracy in loan evaluations.

    Resolutions typically are accomplished through (i) negotiating with  debtors
a  discounted payoff,  which may  be accomplished  through a  refinancing by the
obligor with a lender other than the Company or (ii) foreclosure and sale of the
collateral. The  Company generally  seeks consensual  resolution of  each  loan,
having  found that  a negotiated resolution  usually maximizes  the Company's or
investor's rate of  return. The  Company resolves  most assets  within an  Asset
Portfolio  within 18 months. The goal  of the Company's asset resolution process
is to  maximize in  a timely  manner  cash recovery  on each  loan in  an  Asset
Portfolio.

    In   evaluating   Asset   Portfolios,  the   Company   takes   into  account
concentrations of collateral located  in specific regions  of the United  States
and  Canada. As of September 30, 1995, the geographic dispersion of each primary
asset securing  the loans  in the  Asset  Portfolios in  which the  Company  had
invested (whether for its own account or with co-investors) was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  FACE                    NUMBER OF
                                                  VALUE     % OF TOTAL     ASSETS      % OF TOTAL
                                                ---------  ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>
Northeast.....................................  $   477.5        26.3%        1,228         42.9%
West..........................................      716.6        39.4           766         26.8
Southwest.....................................      200.7        11.1           434         15.1
Midwest.......................................      109.1         6.0            96          3.3
Southeast.....................................      260.3        14.3           220          7.7
Canada........................................       53.2         2.9           120          4.2
                                                ---------       -----         -----        -----
  Total.......................................  $ 1,817.4       100.0%        2,864        100.0%
                                                ---------       -----         -----        -----
                                                ---------       -----         -----        -----
</TABLE>

                                       31
<PAGE>
    The  Company  invests in  both Asset  Portfolios composed  of collateralized
business loans and in  Asset Portfolios composed  of real estate  collateralized
loans.  Asset  Portfolios  purchased by  the  Company  alone have  tended  to be
primarily composed of  collateralized business  loans, because  many such  Asset
Portfolios  are within  the size  range generally  sought by  the Company. Asset
Portfolios composed primarily of real estate loans typically are larger and  the
Company's  investments in such portfolios usually are made with co-investors. At
September 30,  1995,  the  Company's  total  investment  in  wholly-owned  Asset
Portfolios  aggregated $310.0 million (Face Value), which was composed of $223.3
million (Face Value)  (72.0%) of  collateralized business  loans, $37.5  million
(12.1%)  of real estate loans, $44.0 million (14.2%) of asset-backed securities,
and $5.2 million (1.7%) of real estate.

    In addition, as  of September 30,  1995, the Asset  Portfolios in which  the
Company had invested (whether for its own account or with co-investors) included
approximately 2,900 individual assets. The Company has found that the market for
smaller  portfolios is less  competitive, because larger  Asset Portfolio buyers
often elect not to consider these  portfolios. In a recent industry trend,  some
Asset  Portfolio sellers are  soliciting bids on  portfolios consisting of small
groups of loans.

    ASSET MANAGEMENT  AND  RESOLUTION  SERVICES.   The  Company  provides  asset
management  and resolution services to third  parties pursuant to contracts with
the owner of an Asset Portfolio  or a purchaser (including a partnership,  joint
venture  or  other group  in which  the Company  is a  co-investor) of  an Asset
Portfolio. Management  of Asset  Portfolios includes  both loan  resolution  and
providing  routine accounting  services, monitoring collections  of interest and
principal (if any), confirming (or advancing) insurance premium and tax payments
due  on  collateral,  and  generally  overseeing  and  managing,  if  necessary,
collateral condition and performance.

    Asset  management  and  resolution contracts  relating  to  Asset Portfolios
managed by the Company for third parties have a finite duration, typically three
to five years, and at September 30, 1995 covered Asset Portfolios that ranged up
to $429.8  million  (Face Value).  These  contracts generally  provide  for  the
payment  of (i) a fixed annual management fee (generally between 50 and 75 basis
points based on the  Face Value or  original purchase price  of the loans)  with
revenues  declining as assets  under management decrease,  (ii) a resolution fee
(generally between 50 and 150 basis points based on the net cash collections  on
loans  and  assets) and  (iii)  a negotiated  incentive  fee for  the successful
resolution of loans  or assets, which  is earned after  a predetermined rate  of
return for the portfolio owner or co-investor is achieved.

    As  part of  its third-party asset  management and  resolution business, the
Company is aggressively pursuing  contracts to serve  as the designated  Special
Servicer  for pools of securitized mortgages.  After a loan within a securitized
pool of  performing  loans  becomes delinquent  or  non-performing,  the  Master
Servicer   or  Primary  Servicer   of  the  pool   will  contractually  transfer
responsibility for  resolution of  that loan  to the  pool's designated  Special
Servicer. Special Servicers earn an annual fee (typically approximately 50 basis
points  of the Face Amount of the  delinquent or non-performing loans subject to
Special Servicing), plus a 75  to 100 basis points  resolution fee based on  the
total  cash flow  from resolution  of each such  loan as  it is  received. As of
September 30, 1995 (pro forma with EQS), the Company was the designated  Special
Servicer  for securitized pools holding over $4.3 billion (Face Value) of loans,
$772.2 million  (Face Value)  of which  had  been assigned  to the  Company  for
resolution in its capacity as Special Servicer.

    The   Company  believes  that  its  willingness  to  purchase  participating
interests in the delinquent or non-performing portion of a securitized portfolio
provides the Company  a significant  competitive advantage  in pursuing  Special
Servicer contracts. The Company believes that acceptance of this risk is similar
to  its Asset  Portfolio acquisition business,  and that the  risk is acceptable
because the Company  understands the loan  valuations and will  manage the  loan
resolutions.

                                       32
<PAGE>
MORTGAGE BANKING BUSINESS

    GENERAL.   The Company performs a  wide range of commercial mortgage banking
services, including originating, underwriting, placement, selling and  servicing
of  commercial real estate loans through  its Holliday Fenoglio and ACC mortgage
banking units. The Company also formed AMRESCO Residential Credit Corporation, a
residential mortgage banking business, through  which the Company will  purchase
and  securitize portfolios composed of residential mortgages of borrowers who do
not qualify for  conventional loans  and whose borrowing  needs are  not met  by
traditional  financial institutions. For  the nine month  period ended September
30, 1995, $14.1 million (20%) of the Company's gross revenues were  attributable
to the Company's mortgage banking business.

    The  Company believes that the real  estate mortgage banking business offers
significant growth  opportunities.  There  are an  estimated  $1.0  trillion  of
commercial  real  estate mortgages  outstanding and  the Company  estimates that
$125.0 billion  to  $150.0  billion  in commercial  real  estate  mortgages  are
refinanced  each year  in addition  to mortgage  financing of  new construction.
Originations of  loans  for  new  construction projects  are  cyclical  and  are
influenced  by  various  factors  including  interest  rates,  general  economic
conditions and demand patterns in individual real estate markets. The commercial
mortgage banking industry is  fragmented, composed primarily  of small local  or
regional  firms. The  Company anticipates that  expensive technological demands,
increasingly standardized  underwriting requirements,  more demanding  borrowers
and  lenders,  and the  emergence of  a market  for securitized  commercial real
estate mortgage pools will likely push the commercial mortgage banking  industry
toward  greater consolidation. The Company  believes that well-capitalized, full
service mortgage banking firms offering a  variety of mortgage banking and  loan
management   services  nationwide  will  emerge  from  this  consolidation.  The
Company's objective  is to  improve  its position  as  a major  nationwide  full
service  mortgage banker  to the  commercial real  estate industry.  The Company
intends to achieve this  goal through the internal  development of its  mortgage
banking  group  and through  strategic  acquisitions of  mortgage  bankers which
either serve key real estate  markets in the United  States or provide niche  or
specialized services that enhance the Company's product line.

    COMMERCIAL  MORTGAGE BANKING BUSINESS.  As a leading full service commercial
mortgage broker and  banker with offices  in key markets  throughout the  United
States,  the  Company  provides a  wide  range  of real  estate  capital markets
services to owners and  developers of the full  range of commercial real  estate
properties.  The typical  consumers of  commercial real  estate mortgage banking
services  are  both  real  estate  developers  and  owners  (as  borrowers)  and
investor/lenders  (as funding  sources). Due to  the more  specialized nature of
commercial mortgage lending  and the  smaller universe of  lenders serving  this
market  (in each  case relative to  the residential  mortgage market), borrowers
rely on commercial mortgage brokers and bankers to find competitive lenders, and
these lenders (particularly insurance companies and pension plans, which do  not
generally have origination staffs located in multiple branches) rely on mortgage
brokers  and bankers  to source  potential borrowers.  Lenders generally include
banks, pension funds  and insurance  companies. In  originating loans,  Holliday
Fenoglio  and ACC each work closely with both the borrower and potential lenders
from the time a  loan prospect is first  contacted, through the application  and
proposal process, and throughout the documentation of the loan to final funding.
Holliday  Fenoglio and  ACC each typically  perform extensive  due diligence and
market analysis for the lenders in this process.

    Holliday Fenoglio was one of the largest commercial mortgage bankers in  the
United  States  in  1994  (based on  origination  volume)  and  primarily serves
commercial real  estate developers  and owners  by originating  commercial  real
estate  loans.  Holliday Fenoglio  primarily  targets developers  and  owners of
higher-quality commercial  and  multi-family real  estate  properties.  Holliday
Fenoglio  originates  prospective  borrowers  through  its  own commission-based
mortgage bankers in its offices located in Atlanta, Boca Raton, Buffalo, Dallas,
Houston, New York City  and Orlando. The loans  originated by Holliday  Fenoglio
generally  are funded  by institutional lenders,  primarily insurance companies,
with Holliday Fenoglio  retaining the Primary  Servicer rights on  approximately
20%  of such loans.  The Company believes  that Holliday Fenoglio's relationship
and credibility  with the  institutional lender  network provide  the Company  a
competitive advantage in the commercial mortgage banking industry.

                                       33
<PAGE>
    ACC, which originated approximately $260.7 million of commercial real estate
mortgages  during the nine months ended September 30, 1995, is a mortgage banker
that originates and  underwrites commercial  real estate loans  that are  funded
primarily  by Conduit  Purchasers rather than  by institutional  lenders such as
insurance  companies.  ACC,   therefore,  makes   certain  representations   and
warranties  concerning the loans it originates. These representations cover such
matters as  title to  the  property, lien  priority, environmental  reviews  and
certain  other matters. ACC primarily targets originators of commercial mortgage
loans for  commercial real  estate  properties that  are  suitable for  sale  to
Conduit  Purchasers  accumulating  loans  for  securitization  programs directly
through ACC's offices located in Dallas, Miami and Washington, D.C., as well  as
through  a  network of  approximately  20 independent  mortgage  brokers located
throughout the United States. ACC  recently established a relationship with  the
22  office  commercial real  estate finance  unit of  a major  insurance company
whereby the insurance company has agreed  to refer prospective borrowers to  the
Company  in instances  where the  prospective loan  does not  meet the insurer's
requirements (typically  borrowers  for medium-quality  commercial  properties).
Since  ACC  commenced underwriting  activities and  through September  30, 1995,
Holliday Fenoglio originated approximately 31% of the loans underwritten by ACC,
with Holliday  Fenoglio  and  ACC  each  receiving  fees  for  their  respective
services.

    The  Company believes that  through ACC, the  Company has certain additional
significant advantages in the mortgage  banking marketplace. First, through  its
relationships  with  certain institutional  investors,  the Company  is  able to
underwrite and sell commercial mortgage  loans, particularly in instances  where
the  borrower needs relatively quick access to funding for a particular project.
Through a warehouse credit facility arranged in early 1995, the Company is  able
to  underwrite and fund a loan and hold that loan for resale to a buyer. Second,
because of  the  Company's extensive  experience  in real  estate  markets,  the
Company  believes  it  can carefully  evaluate  the risks  of  such underwriting
transactions  in  order  to  minimize  financial  exposure  to  the  Company  in
underwriting and/or warehousing a loan.

    In  July  1995,  the Company,  through  ACC, acquired  CKSRS,  whose primary
business is the origination, sale to  Freddie Mac and servicing of  multi-family
apartment mortgages in the state of Florida. Through CKSRS, the Company became a
member  of  the Freddie  Mac  multi-family seller/servicer  program  in Florida.
Through this acquisition, the Company will obtain access to a significant source
of funding for multi-family mortgages. The Company intends to expand its Freddie
Mac authorization to operate in other  states. The Company has been approved  by
Fannie  Mae to participate in  its DUS program. The  Company expects Freddie Mac
and Fannie Mae loan  originations to become a  significant part of its  mortgage
banking  activities. Holliday Fenoglio is expected to be a significant source of
such loan originations. See "Recent Developments -- Acquisition of CKSRS."

    The Company generally earns a fee of between 75 and 100 basis points of  the
loan  amount  for  originated  or underwritten  loans,  plus  certain additional
processing fees. From time to time, the Company also originates  non-traditional
financing  involving  hybrid  forms  of debt,  equity  participations  and other
creative financing structures. Fees for  equity or joint venture structures  are
typically  higher. The table that follows reflects the loan origination activity
and loan origination  and underwriting  fee revenue  for the  nine months  ended
September 30, 1995:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Origination:
  Dollar volume...................................................   $1,585.0
  Number of loans.................................................        255
Origination and underwriting fees earned..........................      $12.2
Number of offices.................................................         10
</TABLE>

                                       34
<PAGE>
    After the evaluation of a loan prospect and the project financing needs, and
depending  upon  the type  of property  involved and  its location,  the Company
approaches institutional lenders that the  Company believes would be  interested
in  funding the  loan. The Company  has established relationships  with over 200
institutional lenders  that  include  insurance  companies,  pension  plans  and
Conduit Purchasers. In 1994, the Company placed 289 loans with over 80 different
lenders.  Twenty-six institutional  lenders have  retained the  Company as their
respective exclusive or  semi-exclusive loan originator  in selected cities  and
regions.

    COMMERCIAL  LOAN  SERVICING  BUSINESS.   The  Company  serves  as  a Primary
Servicer for  whole loans  and as  a Master  Servicer for  securitized pools  of
commercial mortgages. For the nine months ended September 30, 1995, $1.9 million
(2.7%)  of the  Company's gross  revenues were  generated by  its loan servicing
business (excluding Special Servicing). See "-- Asset Acquisition and Resolution
Business -- Asset  Management and  Resolution Services." The  dominant users  of
loan   servicers  are  mortgage-backed  bond   trusts  and  similar  securitized
asset-backed loan  portfolios  made  up of  numerous  passive  investors.  Other
lenders often contract with the originating mortgage banker or other third-party
servicer  to manage collection, accounting and  other activities with respect to
the loan. The revenue stream from servicing contracts on commercial mortgages is
relatively  predictable  as   prepayment  penalties   in  commercial   mortgages
discourage  early loan payoffs, a risk that  is more significant to servicers of
residential mortgage portfolios.

    Primary Servicing involves collecting monthly mortgage payments, maintaining
escrow accounts for the  payment of ad valorem  taxes and insurance premiums  on
behalf  of borrowers, remitting  payments of principal  and interest promptly to
investors in the underlying mortgages, reporting to those investors on financial
transactions related to such mortgages,  and generally administering the  loans.
The  Primary Servicer also  must cause properties  to be inspected periodically,
determine  the  adequacy  of  insurance  coverage  on  each  property,   monitor
delinquent accounts for payment, and, in cases of extreme delinquency, institute
and   complete  either  appropriate   forbearance  arrangements  or  foreclosure
proceedings on  behalf of  investors. Primary  Servicers are  typically paid  an
annual  fee ranging  between 6 and  20 basis points  of Face Value  of the loans
under management.  At  September  30,  1995,  the  Company's  Primary  Servicing
portfolio totaled approximately $3.0 billion (Face Value).

    Master Servicing involves providing administrative and reporting services to
securitized pools of mortgage-backed securities. Typically, mortgages underlying
mortgage-backed  securities are serviced by a number of Primary Servicers. Under
most master  servicing  arrangements,  the Primary  Servicers  retain  principal
responsibility for administering the mortgage loans and the Master Servicer acts
as  an intermediary in overseeing the  work of the Primary Servicers, monitoring
their compliance with the issuer's standards, and consolidating their respective
periodic accounting  reports  for transmission  to  the issuer  of  the  related
securities.  The Company occasionally  is designated as the  full servicer for a
pool of mortgages, in which case the Company acts as Master, Primary and Special
Servicer for the pool. Master Servicers are typically paid an annual fee ranging
between 4 and 10 basis points of  Face Value of the loans under management.  The
average  life of these  securitized pools is expected  to be approximately eight
years. At September 30, 1995,  the Company's Master Servicing portfolio  totaled
approximately $117.0 million (Face Value).

    The  market for  servicing performing loan  pools constitutes  a much larger
potential  market   than   the   market   for   servicing   non-performing   and
under-performing  assets. The Company  believes that by  gaining access to these
pools in a servicer capacity, opportunities  exist for the Company to  originate
loan  refinancings  as  outstanding  loans mature.  In  addition,  the Company's
ability to also act as Special Servicer is a competitive advantage. The Company,
therefore, has targeted the market for performing loan management services as  a
growth  area for  the Company. The  Company has previously  participated in this
market as  a  Primary  Servicer  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  for  loans
originated  by  the  Company's mortgage  banking  unit  and for  loans  owned by
investor clients.

    On October  27, 1995,  the Company  acquired a  substantial portion  of  the
assets  of EQS, consisting  exclusively of EQS'  third-party loan pool servicing
contracts. See "Recent Developments." Management estimates that at September 30,
1995, EQS  was  Master Servicer  on  approximately $5.9  billion  (Face  Value),
including  approximately $1.6  billion (Face Value)  as full  servicer, in loans
under the servicing contracts purchased in the EQS Acquisition.

                                       35
<PAGE>
   
    RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE  SECURITIZATION.    Through  AMRESCO  Residential,  the
Company  intends to purchase (in  bulk from independent originators), warehouse,
and securitize or sell portfolios of  residential mortgages of borrowers who  do
not  qualify for  conventional loans  and whose borrowing  needs are  not met by
traditional financial  institutions. Such  borrowers may  not satisfy  the  more
rigid  underwriting standards  of the  traditional residential  mortgage lending
market for a number  of reasons, such as  blemished credit histories (from  past
loan  delinquencies  or bankruptcy),  inability  to provide  income verification
data, or lack of established credit history. Because this market is  underserved
by traditional lenders, credit is less available, there is less competition, and
interest rates are higher than for higher credit quality mortgage borrowers. The
Company  believes that the higher  risk-adjusted profit opportunities offered by
this market are attractive.  As of December 31,  1995, AMRESCO Residential  held
mortgage portfolios aggregating approximately $142.7 million.
    

    The  Company intends to securitize loans through the sale of mortgage-backed
securities in the public and private  capital markets. The Company will seek  to
utilize   securitization   structures  that   minimize  the   Company's  capital
requirements, while  still providing  income to  the Company.  For example,  the
Company  may sell  certificates for  senior interests  in a  securitization, but
retain subordinated and/or  interest-only certificates. The  Company then  would
have  limited capital at risk, but would retain  a portion of the cash flow from
the securitization.  The Company  also  may seek  to place  bundled  residential
mortgages  through non-securitization  transactions such as  joint ventures with
insurance companies and pension funds.

    To lead the Company's entry into this market, the Company recently hired  an
experienced  team of individuals from a major national consumer finance company.
This group  managed  their  former employer's  comparable  residential  mortgage
business.  This group has estimated  that between 1991 and  1995, it managed the
acquisition of over $2.0 billion of mortgage assets.

PENSION ADVISORY SERVICES

    The Company believes that a market  exists for quality real estate  advisory
services  to pension plans and other  institutional investors in commercial real
estate. The Company believes  that through the targeted  hiring of high  quality
personnel  with proven track records and the purchase of advisory contracts from
other advisors, the Company can become a major provider of real estate  advisory
services  to  institutional real  estate investors  such  as pension  plans. The
Company's acquisition of  substantially all  of the advisory  contracts and  the
hiring  of  pension  advisory personnel  of  Acacia  is the  first  step  in the
implementation of this strategy.  See "Recent Developments." Acacia  principally
provides  real  estate  investment  advice  to  various  institutional investors
(primarily pension funds)  seeking to invest  a portion of  their funds in  real
estate. The investors establish certain investment parameters with Acacia (E.G.,
amount of funds available for investment, type of property, geographic mix, form
of  investment (loan, partnership, direct ownership),  target rate of return and
investment term). Acacia  then seeks investment  opportunities it believes  meet
the  investors' parameters.  The investors  exercise varying  degrees of control
over Acacia's  investment  decisions.  Depending on  the  amount  of  discretion
granted  by the  client, Acacia  also will make  a recommendation,  or the final
decision, concerning whether to sell a  particular property and will direct  the
work  necessary to  complete the sale.  Although Acacia is  paid acquisition and
disposition fees by  some of  its clients, its  principal source  of revenue  is
asset management fees, which are based on the cash flow of the investments under
management  or  are negotiated  at  the time  of  the client's  investment  in a
property.

COMPETITION

    The Company's competition  varies by  business line  and geographic  market.
Generally,  competition  within  each of  the  business lines  within  which the
Company competes is fragmented, with  national, local and regional  competitors,
none  of which  dominates a particular  business line. Certain  of the Company's
competitors within  each of  its  business lines  are  larger and  have  greater
financial resources than the Company.

                                       36
<PAGE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    The  Company  is involved  from time  to time  in various  legal proceedings
arising in the  ordinary course of  business. In connection  with the  Company's
loan   servicing,  asset  management  and  resolution  activities,  the  Company
generally is indemnified by the party on whose behalf the Company is acting. The
Company also maintains insurance  that management believes  is adequate for  the
Company's  operations. None  of the  matters in  which the  Company is currently
involved, either individually or  in the aggregate  (and after consideration  of
available  indemnities and  insurance), is expected  to have  a material adverse
effect on the Company's business or financial condition.

EMPLOYEES

   
    At December  31,  1995,  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  employed  810
employees.  Approximately  357  persons  are  employed  in  the  Company's asset
management and  resolution group,  300  persons are  employed in  the  Company's
commercial  real  estate  mortgage banking  and  services group,  9  persons are
employed in  its residential  mortgage group,  21 persons  are employed  in  its
pension  advisory services business,  and 123 persons  work in general corporate
administration. The Company believes that  its employee relations are  generally
good.
    

PROPERTIES

    The  Company leases approximately 65,000 square  feet in the Woodall Rodgers
Tower in  Dallas,  Texas  for  its  centralized  corporate  functions  including
executive,   business  development  and   marketing,  accounting,  legal,  human
resources and support. The lease provides for annual rent of $693,000 and has an
initial  termination  date  of  August   14,  1997.  The  Company  also   leases
approximately  197,000 square feet of space  for an operations office and branch
offices pursuant to leases with varying terms.

                                       37
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    Set forth below are  the names, ages,  and a brief  account of the  business
experience of each person who is a director or executive officer of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND PRINCIPAL
        NAME (AGE)                                  OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
Robert L. Adair III         Mr.  Adair serves as  director, President and  Chief Operating Officer  of the Company
        (52)                (since December 1993).  Mr. Adair previously  served as Executive  Vice President  and
                            director of BEI (1989 to December 1993). His term as a director expires in 1997.

L. Keith Blackwell          Mr.  Blackwell serves as General  Counsel and Secretary of  the Company (since January
        (54)                1994) and previously  served as General  Counsel and Secretary  of Holdings  (December
                            1993).  Mr. Blackwell previously was an investor  and consultant (May 1992 to December
                            1993) and served as Executive Vice  President, General Counsel and Secretary of  First
                            Gibraltar Bank, FSB (December 1988 to May 1992).

Randolph E. Brown           Mr.  Brown serves as Senior  Vice President -- Commercial  Group of the Company (since
        (35)                June 1995).  Mr. Brown  previously  served as  Director  -- Business  Development  and
                            Acquisitions  of  the Company  (1993 to  June 1995),  Director, Department  Manager of
                            NationsBank of Texas (1991 to 1993)  and Senior Vice President, Department Manager  of
                            NationsBank of Texas (1990 to 1991).

James P. Cotton, Jr.        Mr. Cotton serves as a director of the Company (since December 1993). His term expires
        (56)                in  1998.  Mr. Cotton  previously served  as Chairman  of  the Board  of BEI  (1986 to
                            December 1993). Mr. Cotton also  serves as Chairman of  the Board and Chief  Executive
                            Officer  of USBA  Holdings, Ltd.,  a provider  of products  and services  to financial
                            institutions (since 1990).

Richard L. Cravey           Mr. Cravey serves as a director of the  Company. His term expires in 1996. Mr.  Cravey
        (51)                previously  served  in  the  following  positions: Chairman  of  the  Board  and Chief
                            Executive Officer of the Company (December 1993 to May 1994) and Chairman of the Board
                            of Holdings (1992 to  December 1993). Mr. Cravey  also holds the following  positions:
                            Founder  and Managing Director of Cravey, Green  & Wahlen Incorporated, a private risk
                            capital investment  firm  (since  1985),  its  investment  management  affiliate,  CGW
                            Southeast  Management Company (since  1991) and its affiliates,  CGW Southeast I, Inc.
                            (the general partner of  CGW Southeast Partners  I, L.P.) and  CGW Southeast II,  Inc.
                            (the  general partner of  CGW Southeast Partners  II, L.P.) (since  1991); Director of
                            Commercial Bancorp of Georgia (since 1988); Director of Commercial Bancorp of Gwinnett
                            (since 1990); and  Director of  Cameron Ashley Inc.,  a national  distributor of  home
                            building products (since 1994).

Barry L. Edwards            Mr.  Edwards serves  as Executive  Vice President and  Chief Financial  Officer of the
        (48)                Company (since November  1994). Mr. Edwards  previously served as  Vice President  and
                            Treasurer  of  Liberty Corporation,  an insurance  holding  company (1979  to November
                            1994).

Gerald E. Eickhoff          Mr. Eickhoff  serves as  a director  of the  Company. His  term expires  in 1996.  Mr.
        (49)                Eickhoff  also is a  private investor (since  December 1993). He  previously served as
                            President, Chief Executive Officer and director of BEI (1986 to December 1993).
</TABLE>

                                       38
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND PRINCIPAL
        NAME (AGE)                                  OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
William S. Green            Mr. Green serves as a director of the Company (since December 1993). His term  expires
        (53)                in  1998. Mr. Green also  holds the following positions:  Managing Director of Cravey,
                            Green & Wahlen Incorporated, a private risk capital investment firm (since 1985),  its
                            investment management affiliate, CGW Southeast Management Company (since 1991) and its
                            affiliates,  CGW Southeast I, Inc.  (the general partner of  CGW Southeast Partners I,
                            L.P.) (since 1991) and CGW  Southeast II, Inc. (the  general partner of CGW  Southeast
                            Partners  II,  L.P.)  (since  1991);  Director  of  DENTSPLY  International,  Inc.,  a
                            manufacturer of dental supplies,  dental equipment and  medical x-ray products  (since
                            1987);  and Director of Cameron  Ashley Inc., a national  distributor of home building
                            products (since 1994).

Harold E. Holliday, Jr.     Mr. Holliday serves as Chairman of the  Board and Chief Executive Officer of  Holliday
        (48)                Fenoglio (since August 1994). Mr. Holliday previously served as President of Holliday,
                            Fenoglio,  Dockerty &  Gibson, Inc.,  a mortgage banking  company (for  more than five
                            years prior to August 1994).

Amy J. Jorgensen            Ms. Jorgensen serves  as a  director of  the Company. Her  term expires  in 1998.  Ms.
        (42)                Jorgensen  also  serves  as  Managing Director  of  Greenbriar  Associates  LLC, which
                            provides advice and executes transactions relating to real estate assets and companies
                            (since 1995). Ms. Jorgensen previously served as President of the Jorgensen Company, a
                            consultant for real estate strategy and finance (April 1992 to September 1995) and  as
                            Managing  Director in the Real Estate Department  of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
                            (1986 to February 1992).

Ronald B. Kirkland          Mr. Kirkland  serves as  Vice  President (since  January  1994) and  Chief  Accounting
        (51)                Officer  (since  January  1995) of  the  Company.  Mr. Kirkland  previously  served as
                            Controller of the Company (December 1993 to January 1995) and Holdings (December  1992
                            to  December 1993) and  as Senior Vice  President and Controller  of the Special Asset
                            Division of NationsBank of Texas (August 1988 to December 1992).

Robert H. Lutz, Jr.         Mr. Lutz serves as Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive Officer of the  Company
        (46)                (since May 1994). Mr. Lutz previously served as President of Allegiance Realty, a real
                            estate  management company  (November 1991 to  May 1994); Executive  Vice President of
                            Cousins Properties  (February 1990  to October  1991); and  President or  Senior  Vice
                            President  of  The Landmark  Group (1980  to February  1990). His  term as  a director
                            expires in 1996.

Michael N. Maberry          Mr. Maberry serves as President of ACC (since April 1994). Mr. Maberry previously  was
        (52)                a  Shareholder of  the law  firm of Winstead,  Secrest &  Minick (April  1989 to April
                            1994).
</TABLE>

                                       39
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND PRINCIPAL
        NAME (AGE)                                  OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
John J. McDonough           Mr. McDonough serves  as a  director of  the Company. His  term expires  in 1997.  Mr.
        (59)                McDonough  also serves or has  served in the following  positions: President and Chief
                            Executive Officer  of McDonough  Capital  Company LLC,  a  company through  which  Mr.
                            McDonough  conducts personal and family investments (since February 1995); Chairman of
                            the Board of  SoftNet Systems, Inc.,  a company that  develops, markets, installs  and
                            services  information and document management systems (since June 1995); Vice Chairman
                            (since 1993)  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (1993  to  February  1995)  of  DENTSPLY
                            International,  Inc., a manufacturer of dental  supplies, dental equipment and medical
                            x-ray products; Chairman of the Board (1992  to 1993), Director (1983 to 1992),  Chief
                            Executive  Officer (1983  to 1993),  President (1983 to  1991) and  Treasurer (1983 to
                            1989) of GENDEX  Corporation, a  manufacturer of  dental equipment  and medical  x-ray
                            products,  which merged with DENTSPLY in June 1993; and Senior Vice President, Finance
                            (1981  to  1983)  and  Director  (since  1992)  of  Newell  Co.,  a  New  York   Stock
                            Exchange-listed   manufacturer  of  products  for   the  do-it-yourself  hardware  and
                            housewares market.

Scott J. Reading            Mr. Reading  serves as  President  of AMRESCO  Residential Credit  Corporation  (since
        (51)                August  1995).  Mr.  Reading  previously  served  as  Managing  Director  of Household
                            Financial Services, Inc., a division  of Household International, Inc., a  diversified
                            financial  services company (June 1991  to August 1995), and  Senior Vice President --
                            Human  Resources  of  Household  Finance   Corporation,  a  subsidiary  of   Household
                            International, Inc., for more than one year prior thereto.

Bruce W. Schnitzer          Mr.  Schnitzer serves  as a  director of the  Company. His  term expires  in 1997. Mr.
        (51)                Schnitzer previously served as  Vice Chairman of  the Board of  BEI (1986 to  December
                            1993).  Mr. Schnitzer  also serves  as Chairman of  Wand Partners  Inc., an investment
                            advisory company (since 1987); Director of Life Partners Group, Inc., a life insurance
                            holding company (since 1990);  and Director of Penncorp  Financial Group, Inc.  (since
                            1990).

Douglas R. Urquhart         Mr.  Urquhart  serves  as Senior  Vice  President  -- Real  Estate  Group  or Business
        (50)                Development (since June 1995). Mr. Urquhart previously served as Senior Vice President
                            -- Portfolio Acquisitions of the Company (January 1994 to June 1995); President of BEI
                            Real Estate Services,  Inc. and BEI  Management, Inc., a  subsidiary of BEI  (December
                            1992  to January 1994); and President of BEI Asset Managers, Inc., a subsidiary of BEI
                            (January 1989 to January 1994).
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

   
    The  Notes are  to be issued  under the  Indenture, dated as  of January 15,
1996, between  the  Company  and  Bank One,  Columbus,  N.A.,  as  trustee  (the
"Trustee").  The following summary  of certain provisions  of the Indenture does
not purport to be complete and is  subject to, and is qualified in its  entirety
by  reference to, the  provisions of the Indenture  (including the definition of
certain terms in the Indenture), the form of which has been filed as an  exhibit
to  the  Registration Statement  of which  this Prospectus  is a  part. Wherever
particular provisions and  definitions of  the Indenture are  referred to,  such
provisions  and  definitions  are  incorporated  by  reference  as  part  of the
statements made, and  the statements  are qualified  in their  entirety by  such
reference.  Article and Section  references are to Articles  and Sections of the
Indenture.
    

GENERAL

   
    The Notes  offered by  this  Prospectus will  be  limited to  $50.0  million
aggregate  principal amount,  plus up  to an  additional $7.5  million aggregate
principal amount  if the  Underwriters' over-allotment  option is  exercised  in
full.  The  Notes will  be issued  in  global or  registered form  only, without
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.  Interest
on  the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable
on the 15th day of each month, commencing March 15, 1996, at the rate per  annum
stated  on the cover  page of this  Prospectus. Interest will  be payable to the
person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on the 10th
day of the month of  such Interest Payment Date.  (Sections 201, 202, 301,  307,
308  and 311) The Notes will mature on January 15, 2003, unless redeemed earlier
at the option of  the Company or repaid  earlier upon the death  of a Holder  or
upon  the exercise of the conditional repayment option, each as set forth below.
See "--  Redemption at  Option of  the Company"  and "--  Repayment Option  Upon
Death."
    

   
    Principal  and  interest  will be  payable  at  an office  or  agency  to be
maintained by the Company in New York, New York and Columbus, Ohio, except that,
at the option of the Company, principal and interest may be paid by check mailed
to the person entitled thereto.  (Sections 301, 307 and  1002) The Notes may  be
presented  for registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency to be
maintained by the  Company in New  York, New York  and Columbus, Ohio.  (Section
305)  The Notes will be exchangeable without  service charge but the Company may
require payment to cover  taxes or other government  charges. (Section 305)  The
Notes  will  not  be  secured  by  the assets  of  the  Company  or  any  of its
subsidiaries or Affiliates or otherwise. In addition, the rights of the  Company
to  participate  in  any distribution  of  assets of  any  subsidiary, including
Holliday Fenoglio,  ACC, AMRESCO  Advisors, Inc.  (a subsidiary  of the  Company
formed  in connection with the Acacia Acquisition) and AMRESCO Residential, upon
its liquidation or  reorganization or  otherwise (and  thus the  ability of  the
Holders  of the Notes to benefit  indirectly from such distribution) are subject
to the prior claims of creditors of the subsidiary.
    

    So long as the Company  is a reporting company  under the Exchange Act,  the
Company  will furnish  to Holders  of the  Notes annual  reports of  the Company
containing audited consolidated  financial statements and  interim reports  with
unaudited  consolidated  summary financial  data on  a  quarterly basis.  If the
Company ceases to  be a reporting  company under the  Exchange Act, the  Company
will  furnish  to Holders  of the  Notes  annual audited  consolidated financial
statements and quarterly  unaudited consolidated  summary financial  statements.
(Section 704)

REDEMPTION AT OPTION OF THE COMPANY

   
    The  Notes may  not be  redeemed prior  to January  15, 2001.  The Notes are
subject to  redemption at  100% of  the principal  amount thereof  plus  accrued
interest, at the option of the Company in whole at any time or in part from time
to  time, commencing on January 15, 2001, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60
days' notice mailed to the registered Holders thereof. The redemption price will
be paid with interest accrued to the  date fixed for redemption. If the  Company
elects to redeem less than all of the Notes, the Trustee will select which Notes
to redeem using such method as it shall deem fair and appropriate, including the
selection  for redemption of a  portion of the principal  amount of any Note but
not less than $1,000. On and after  the redemption date, interest will cease  to
accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. (Article Eleven)
    

                                       41
<PAGE>
REPAYMENT OPTION UPON DEATH

    Upon  the  death of  any Holder  of  Notes, the  Company will  purchase such
Holder's Notes on request, if (i) the Notes have been registered in the Holder's
name since their date  of issuance or for  a period of six  months prior to  the
date  of such  Holder's death, whichever  is less, (ii)  the redemption payments
with respect to such Holder's Notes will not exceed $30,000 in principal  amount
in  any calendar year, (iii)  the Company will not,  after giving effect to such
payment, have  made redemption  payments  on Notes  of  deceased Holders  in  an
aggregate  amount exceeding  $300,000 in  principal amount  in any  twelve month
period (if such aggregate  principal amount exceeds  $300,000, then the  Trustee
will  repay such Notes up to $300,000 in  principal amount in the order in which
such requests  for repayment  were received),  (iv) either  the Company  or  the
Trustee  has been notified in  writing of the request  for redemption within one
year after the Holder's death, and if  less than all of such Holder's Notes  are
redeemed pursuant to such initial request, either the Company or the Trustee has
been  notified in  writing of subsequent  requests for  redemption of additional
Notes of such Holder within  one year after any  such preceding notice, (v)  the
Company is not, after giving effect to such payment, in default under any Senior
Indebtedness,  and  (vi) the  Company  is not  subject  to any  law, regulation,
agreement or administrative directive preventing such repayment. Notes for which
such repayment is requested shall,  subject to the limitations described  above,
be  repaid  at 100%  of  the principal  amount  thereof, together  with interest
accrued to the repayment date, within  30 days following receipt by the  Company
of  the following: (i) a written request for payment signed by a duly authorized
representative of the  Holder, which  shall indicate  the name  of the  deceased
Holder,  the date of  death of the  deceased Holder and  the principal amount of
Notes to be repaid,  (ii) the certificates representing  the Notes to be  repaid
and  (iii) evidence satisfactory to the Company  and the Trustee of the death of
the Holder  and  evidence of  authority  of  the representative  to  the  extent
required  by the Trustee.  Authorized representatives of  a Holder shall include
executors, administrators or other legal representatives of an estate,  trustees
of  a trust,  joint owners  of Notes owned  in joint  tenancy or  tenancy by the
entirety,  custodians,  conservators,  guardians,  attorneys-in-fact  and  other
persons  generally  recognized as  having legal  authority to  act on  behalf of
others. (Section 1201)

    The death of  a person  owning a  Note in joint  tenancy or  tenancy by  the
entirety  with another or others shall be deemed  the death of the Holder of the
Note, and the entire principal  amount of the Note so  held shall be subject  to
repayment,  together with  interest accrued thereon  to the  repayment date. The
death of a person owning a Note by  tenancy in common shall be deemed the  death
of a Holder of a Note only with respect to the deceased Holder's interest in the
Note  so held by tenancy in  common; except that in the  event a Note is held by
husband and wife as tenants in common,  the death of either shall be deemed  the
death  of the Holder of the Note, and the entire principal amount of the Note so
held shall be subject to repayment. The death of a person who, during his or her
lifetime, was  entitled to  substantially  all of  the beneficial  interests  of
ownership of a Note, will be deemed the death of the Holder thereof for purposes
of  this  provision, regardless  of the  registered  Holder, if  such beneficial
interest can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee. Such  beneficial
interest  will  be  deemed  to  exist in  typical  cases  of  nominee ownership,
ownership under  the  Uniform Transfers  (or  Gifts) to  Minors  Act,  community
property  or other joint  ownership arrangements between a  husband and wife and
trust arrangements  where one  person has  substantially all  of the  beneficial
ownership interests in the Note during his or her lifetime. (Section 1201)

CONDITIONAL REPAYMENT OPTION

    The  Indenture provides that each Holder shall have the right to require the
Company to  repurchase the  Notes  at a  purchase price  equal  to 100%  of  the
principal  amount, plus accrued and unpaid  interest, upon the occurrence of any
event requiring that the Company repurchase, or make an offer to repurchase, any
Subordinated Indebtedness other than the Notes. In the event such a  requirement
is  effected  with respect  to  Junior Indebtedness,  the  Holders of  the Notes
requiring the Company  to repurchase Notes  must be  paid in full  prior to  any
payment  to the holders of Junior Indebtedness.  In the event such a requirement
is effected with respect  to Subordinated Indebtedness that  is pari passu  with
the  Notes, the Holders of  the Notes requiring the  Company to repurchase Notes
must be  paid concurrently  with  the holders  of  the pari  passu  Subordinated
Indebtedness.  The Convertible Subordinated Debenture  Indenture contains such a
repurchase requirement (i) in the event of any Fundamental Change (as defined in
the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture)  or (ii) if the Company's  Net
Worth (as defined in the Convertible Subordinated

                                       42
<PAGE>
Debenture  Indenture) at the end of each  of any two consecutive fiscal quarters
is less than  the Minimum  Net Worth  (defined in  the Convertible  Subordinated
Debenture  Indenture  as approximately  $141.0 million  (which includes  the net
proceeds to the Company from the Common Stock Offering) plus the net proceeds to
the Company from any other offering of Common Stock by the Company subsequent to
the date hereof). See "-- Convertible Subordinated Debentures."

SUBORDINATION

   
    The Notes are  subordinated, in  the manner  and to  the extent  hereinafter
described  to the  prior payment  of all  "Senior Indebtedness"  of the Company.
Senior Indebtedness  is defined  as  any Indebtedness  for Money  Borrowed  (see
"Covenants  -- Restrictions on Additional  Indebtedness") whether outstanding on
the date of execution of the Indenture or thereafter created or incurred, unless
it is provided in  the appropriate instrument that  such Indebtedness for  Money
Borrowed is subordinated to any other Indebtedness for Money Borrowed. (Sections
101 and 1301) Indebtedness for Money Borrowed is defined in the Indenture as any
of the following obligations of the Company or any subsidiary which by its terms
matures  at or  is extendable  or renewable  at the  sole option  of the obligor
without requiring the consent of the obligee to a date more than 360 days  after
the  date of the creation or incurrence of such obligation: (i) any obligations,
contingent or otherwise, for borrowed money  or for the deferred purchase  price
of  property or services  (including, without limitation,  any interest accruing
subsequent to an event of default),  (ii) all obligations (including the  Notes)
evidenced  by bonds, notes,  debentures or other  similar instruments, (iii) all
indebtedness created  or  arising under  any  conditional sale  or  other  title
retention  agreement with respect  to property acquired  (even though the rights
and remedies  of the  seller or  lender under  such agreement  in the  event  of
default  are limited to repossession or sale  of such property), except any such
obligation that constitutes a trade payable and an accrued liability arising  in
the  ordinary course  of business,  if and  to the  extent any  of the foregoing
indebtedness would  appear as  a  liability upon  a  balance sheet  prepared  in
accordance  with generally accepted accounting  principles, (iv) all Capitalized
Lease Obligations, (v) liabilities of the Company actually due and payable under
banker's acceptances or  letters of credit,  (vi) all indebtedness  of the  type
referred  to in clause (i),  (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v)  above secured by (or for
which the  holder  of  such  indebtedness has  an  existing  right,  content  or
otherwise,  to be secured by) any lien  upon or security interest in property of
the Company  or  any subsidiary  (including,  without limitation,  accounts  and
contract  rights), even though the Company or  any subsidiary has not assumed or
become liable for the  payment of such indebtedness  and (vii) any guarantee  or
endorsement  (other than  for collection  or deposit  in the  ordinary course of
business) or  discount  with recourse  of,  or other  agreement,  contingent  or
otherwise,  to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise  acquire, to supply or advance
funds or become liable  with respect to, any  indebtedness or any obligation  of
the  type  referred  to  in  any of  the  foregoing  clauses  (i)  through (vi),
regardless of whether  such obligation would  appear on a  balance sheet. As  of
December  31, 1995, the Company and its  subsidiaries had an aggregate of $281.0
million in outstanding Senior Indebtedness and an aggregate of $326.0 million in
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed.
    

    The Indenture contains certain standstill provisions, which provide that  no
payments of principal of, or interest on, the Notes may be made and no Notes may
be  redeemed or repurchased  if at the  time thereof the  Trustee has received a
written notice (a "Default Notice") from the holder or holders of not less  than
51%  in principal  amount of  the outstanding  Senior Indebtedness  or any agent
therefor (a "Senior Agent") specifying that an event of default (a "Senior Event
of Default")  under  any  Senior  Indebtedness  has  occurred.  Such  standstill
provisions  remain in effect until the first  to occur of the following: (i) the
Senior Event of Default is cured, (ii) the Senior Event of Default is waived  by
the  holders  of such  Senior  Indebtedness or  the  Senior Agent  or  (iii) the
expiration of 180  days after the  date the  Default Notice is  received by  the
Trustee  if the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness has not been accelerated at
such time.  Upon  a  distribution  of assets,  dissolution,  winding  up,  total
liquidation  or reorganization of  the Company, all  Senior Indebtedness must be
paid in full before  any payment of  principal or interest on  the Notes can  be
made.  (Section 1301)  Any subordination will  not prevent the  occurrence of an
"Event of Default" (as defined below) under the Indenture.

                                       43
<PAGE>
   
    By reason of the subordination of the Notes, in the event of liquidation  of
the Company, the Holders of the Notes will not receive payment until the Holders
of  Senior Indebtedness have been satisfied and  in such event Holders of Senior
Indebtedness may recover more than Holders of the Notes. Senior Indebtedness may
also be issued or incurred in the future, subject only to certain limitations on
the ratio of  Senior Recourse Indebtedness  to Consolidated Capitalization.  See
"-- Covenants -- Restrictions on Additional Indebtedness."
    

COVENANTS

    The Indenture will contain a number of covenants relating to the Company and
its operations, including the following:

   
    RESTRICTIONS  ON ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS  AND INTEREST COVERAGE  RATIO.  The
Indenture limits the amount of Indebtedness for Money Borrowed of the Company on
a consolidated basis and contains a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company
may not  create,  incur,  assume,  guarantee or  otherwise  be  liable  for  any
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed if, immediately after giving effect thereto: (i)
the  aggregate  amount of  the  Senior Recourse  Indebtedness  outstanding would
exceed 450% of the Company's  Consolidated Capitalization or (ii) the  aggregate
amount  of  Subordinated  Indebtedness  outstanding  would  exceed  100%  of the
Company's Consolidated Net Worth.  In addition, the Company  may not permit  the
Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25 to 1. "Consolidated Capitalization"
is  defined  as the  sum  of the  Company's  Subordinated Indebtedness  plus its
Consolidated  Net  Worth.   "Subordinated  Indebtedness"  is   defined  as   all
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed except Senior Indebtedness (including the Notes,
any  indebtedness issued  on a pari  passu basis  with the Notes  and any Junior
Indebtedness). "Junior Indebtedness"  is defined as  any Indebtedness for  Money
Borrowed  of the Company,  whether outstanding on  the date of  execution of the
Indenture or thereafter created or incurred,  if, in the instrument creating  or
evidencing  such  Indebtedness  for Money  Borrowed  or pursuant  to  which such
Indebtedness for Money  Borrowed is outstanding,  it is provided  that (i)  such
indebtedness  is junior in right of payment  to the Notes, (ii) no payments with
respect to such indebtedness may  be made at any time  that an Event of  Default
shall  have occurred  and be  continuing and  (iii) no  payments other  than the
payment of interest may be  made with respect to  such indebtedness at any  time
the Notes are outstanding. "Consolidated Net Worth" is defined as the excess, as
determined  in accordance  with generally accepted  accounting principles, after
appropriate deduction for minority  interests in the  net worth of  consolidated
subsidiaries,  of the Company's  assets over its  liabilities. (Sections 101 and
1007) "Senior Recourse Indebtedness" is defined as Senior Indebtedness minus any
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed of the  Company or any of its subsidiaries  that
is  (A)(i) specifically advanced to finance the acquisition of assets classified
on the Company's balance  sheet as "assets  held for sale"  and (ii) either  (a)
secured by the assets to which such indebtedness relates without recourse to the
Company  or any of  its subsidiaries or  (b) issued under  a loan agreement that
requires each advance to be repaid upon sale of the assets to which such advance
relates within no more than one year of the date of such advance or (B) advanced
to a  subsidiary  or  group of  subsidiaries  formed  for the  sole  purpose  of
acquiring  or holding a portfolio of assets (i) against which a loan is obtained
that is made without  recourse to, and  with no cross-collateralization  against
the  assets of, the Company  or any other subsidiary,  and (ii) upon complete or
partial liquidation  of which  the loan  must be  correspondingly completely  or
partially  repaid, as the case may be. The Interest Coverage Ratio is defined to
mean, for any date  of determination, the ratio  of Consolidated EBITDA for  the
immediately  preceding twelve  calendar months to  Consolidated Interest Expense
for the immediately  preceding twelve  calendar months.  Consolidated EBITDA  is
defined  as  the  sum  of  consolidated  net  income  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries before taxes and non-recurring gains or losses, plus  depreciation,
amortization  and interest expense. Consolidated  Interest Expense is defined as
the interest expense required to be shown as such on the financial statements of
the Company and  its subsidiaries,  on a  consolidated basis.  At September  30,
1995,  after giving effect to the adjustments described in "Capitalization" (but
without  giving   effect   to   the  Offering),   the   Company's   Consolidated
Capitalization  was  approximately  $428.5 million,  including  Consolidated Net
Worth in  the  amount of  approximately  $150.8  million and  $45.0  million  of
Subordinated  Indebtedness on a  consolidated basis. After  giving effect to the
sale of $50.0 million  principal amount of the  Notes hereby (assuming the  $7.5
million over-allotment option is not
    

                                       44
<PAGE>
exercised),  the  Company could  have incurred  approximately  $      million of
additional Senior  Recourse Indebtedness  and  approximately $       million  of
additional Subordinated Indebtedness. (Sections 101 and 1007)

    RESTRICTIONS  ON DIVIDENDS, REDEMPTIONS  AND OTHER PAYMENTS.   The Indenture
provides that the Company cannot (i) declare or pay any dividend, either in cash
or property,  on any  shares of  its capital  stock (except  dividends or  other
distributions  payable solely in shares of capital stock of the Company) or (ii)
purchase, redeem or  retire any  shares of its  capital stock  or any  warrants,
rights  or options  to purchase or  acquire any  shares of its  capital stock or
(iii) make  any other  payment or  distribution, either  directly or  indirectly
through  any  subsidiary,  in  respect of  its  capital  stock  (such dividends,
purchases, redemptions,  retirements, payments  and distributions  being  herein
collectively called "Restricted Payments") if, after giving effect thereto,

        (1) an Event of Default would have occurred; or

   
        (2)  (A) the sum of (i) such Restricted Payments plus (ii) the aggregate
    amount of all Restricted Payments made during the period after December  31,
    1995  would exceed  (B) the  sum of  (i) $10  million plus  (ii) 50%  of the
    Company's Consolidated Net Income for each fiscal year commencing subsequent
    to December 31, 1995 (with  100% reduction for a  loss in any fiscal  year),
    plus  (iii) the  cumulative net  proceeds received  by the  Company from the
    issuance or sale  after December 31,  1995 of capital  stock of the  Company
    (including  in such proceeds, the face amount of indebtedness, including the
    Convertible Subordinated Debentures, that has been converted to Common Stock
    after December 31, 1995).
    

Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  the  Company  may  make  a  previously-declared
Restricted  Payment if the declaration of  such Restricted Payment was permitted
when made. The  amount of any  Restricted Payment payable  in property shall  be
deemed  to be the fair market value of  such property as determined by the Board
of Directors of the Company. (Section 1006)

    CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR TRANSFER.   The Company  may not consolidate  with,
merge with, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another entity
where  the Company is not the surviving corporation unless (i) such other entity
assumes the Company's  obligations under  the Indenture, and  (ii) after  giving
effect  thereto, no  event shall  have occurred  and be  continuing which, after
notice or lapse of time, would become an Event of Default. (Section 801)

    LIMITATION ON RANKING OF FUTURE  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Indenture provides  that
the Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur, create, assume or guarantee
any  Indebtedness for Money Borrowed which  is expressly subordinate in right of
payment  to  any  Senior  Indebtedness,   other  than  Junior  Indebtedness   or
indebtedness  that  is  pari passu  with  the  Notes in  right  of  payment. The
incurrence of Senior Indebtedness which is  unsecured shall not, because of  its
unsecured  status, be  deemed to  be subordinate in  right of  payment to Senior
Indebtedness which is secured. (Section 1013)

    LIMITATIONS ON  RESTRICTING SUBSIDIARY  DIVIDENDS.   The Indenture  provides
that  neither the Company nor its subsidiaries  may create or otherwise cause to
become effective any consensual  encumbrance or restriction of  any kind on  the
ability  of any subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any other
distribution on its capital stock, (ii) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company
or any other subsidiary of the Company or (iii) make loans, advances or  capital
contributions  to the Company or  any other subsidiary of  the Company except in
certain specified circumstances. (Section 1014)

    LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS  WITH AFFILIATES.   Neither the  Company nor  any
subsidiary  may  enter into  any transactions  with any  Affiliate on  terms and
conditions less favorable to the Company or such subsidiary, as the case may be,
than would be available at such time in a comparable transaction in arm's length
dealings with  an unrelated  Person  as determined  by  the Company's  Board  of
Directors.  These  provisions  do  not apply  to  Restricted  Payments otherwise
permitted under  the Indenture,  fees and  compensation paid  to, and  indemnity
provided  on behalf  of, officers,  directors, employees  or consultants  of the
Company or any subsidiary, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors  or
its  senior management in the exercise  of their reasonable business judgment or
payments for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business  on
an arm's length basis. (Section 1015)

                                       45
<PAGE>
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    An  Event of Default includes: (i) failure to pay the principal on the Notes
when due at  Maturity, upon  redemption or upon  repayment, as  provided in  the
Indenture,  whether or  not prohibited  by the  subordination provisions  of the
Indenture, (ii) failure to pay any interest on the Notes for 10 days, whether or
not prohibited by the subordination  provisions of the Indenture, (iii)  failure
to  perform any  other covenants set  forth in  the Indenture for  30 days after
receipt of  written notice  from  the Trustee  or Holders  of  at least  25%  in
principal  amount of the outstanding Notes  specifying the default and requiring
the Company  to remedy  such default,  (iv)  default in  the payment  at  stated
maturity of indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed having an outstanding
principal amount due at stated maturity greater than $1 million and such default
having continued for a period of 30 days beyond any applicable grace period, (v)
an  event of default as defined in  any mortgage, indenture or instrument of the
Company shall have happened and resulted in acceleration of indebtedness  which,
together  with the  principal amount of  any other  indebtedness so accelerated,
exceeds $1 million or more at any time,  and such default shall not be cured  or
waived  and such  acceleration shall not  have been rescinded  or annulled, (vi)
certain events of insolvency, receivership  or reorganization of the Company  or
any  subsidiary and (vii) entry of a final judgment, decree or order against the
Company for the  payment of money  in excess  of $5 million  and such  judgment,
decree  or order continues unsatisfied for 30  days without a stay of execution.
(Section 501)

    The Indenture provides  that the  Trustee shall,  within 90  days after  the
occurrence of a "default" (meaning, for this purpose, the events specified above
without  grace periods), give  the Holders of  the Notes notice  of all defaults
known to it which have occurred  and remained uncured; provided that, except  in
the  case of a  default in the  payment of principal  or interest on  any of the
Notes, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so  long
as  it in good  faith determines that the  withholding of such  notice is in the
interest of the Holders. (Section 602)

    If an Event of Default  shall occur and be  continuing, the Trustee, in  its
discretion  may,  and,  at the  written  request  of Holders  of  a  majority in
aggregate principal amount of  the outstanding Notes  shall, proceed to  protect
and  enforce its rights  and the rights of  the Holders. If  an Event of Default
shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of  outstanding Notes may accelerate the  maturity
of  all such outstanding Notes. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes may waive a default, except a default in the payment
of principal of or interest  on any Note. If any  Event of Default has  occurred
and  a declaration of acceleration made before  a judgment or decree for payment
of money due is  obtained, Holders of  a majority of  the outstanding Notes  may
rescind  the  acceleration of  the  Notes if  all  Events of  Default  have been
remedied and all payments due, other than those due as a result of acceleration,
have been made. (Sections 502, 503, 512 and 513)

    The Company must furnish  quarterly to the  Trustee an Officers  Certificate
stating  whether to the best knowledge of the signers, the Company is in default
under any of the provisions of  the Indenture, and specifying all such  defaults
and the nature thereof, of which they have knowledge. (Section 1011)

    A Holder will not have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to
the  Indenture or for any  remedy thereunder, unless (i)  such Holder shall have
previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,
(ii) the  Holders  of  at  least  25%  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
outstanding  Notes shall  have made  a written  request, and  offered reasonable
indemnity, to the  Trustee to institute  such proceeding as  Trustee, (iii)  the
Trustee  shall have failed to institute such  proceeding within 60 days and (iv)
the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in  aggregate
principal  amount of  the outstanding Notes  a direction  inconsistent with such
request. (Section 507)  However, the Holder  of any Note  will have an  absolute
right  to receive payment  of the principal of  and interest on  such Note on or
after the respective due dates and to institute suit for the enforcement of  any
such payment. (Section 508)

                                       46
<PAGE>
MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

    With  certain limited exceptions which permit modifications of the Indenture
by the  Company and  the Trustee  only, the  Indenture may  be modified  by  the
Company  with the consent  of Holders of  not less than  a majority in aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes;  provided, however, that no such  changes
shall without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby (i) change
the  maturity date of  the principal of, or  the due date  of any installment of
interest on, any Note, (ii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on,
any note, (iii) change the currency in which any portion of the principal of, or
interest on, any Note is  payable, (iv) impair the  right on institute suit  for
the  enforcement of any such payment,  (v) reduce the above-stated percentage of
Holders of the outstanding Notes necessary to modify the Indenture, (vi)  modify
the  foregoing  requirements  or  reduce  the  percentage  of  outstanding Notes
necessary to  waive any  past default  or  (vii) impair  the optional  right  to
repayment provided the Holders. (Sections 513 and 902)

    The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
may  waive compliance by the Company  with certain restrictive provisions of the
Indenture. (Section 1012)

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

    The Indenture provides that the Company may terminate its obligations  under
the  Indenture with respect  to all the  Notes by delivering  to the Trustee, in
trust for such purpose, money, Government Obligations or both which, through the
payment of interest and  principal in respect thereof  in accordance with  their
terms,  will provide on the due dates  of any payment of principal and interest,
or a combination thereof, money in an amount sufficient to discharge the  entire
indebtedness of the Notes. (Sections 401 and 402)

   
GOVERNING LAW
    

   
    The  Indenture and  the Notes will  be governed and  construed in accordance
with the laws  of the  State of  Texas, without  giving effect  to such  State's
conflict of laws principles.
    

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

    Bank One, Columbus, N.A. is Trustee under the Indenture and is also the Note
Registrar.

                                       47
<PAGE>
                       DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

   
    THE  FOLLOWING  SUMMARIES  OF  THE PRINCIPAL  TERMS  OF  THE  VARIOUS CREDIT
FACILITIES AND THE CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURE INDENTURE DO NOT  PURPORT
TO  BE COMPLETE AND ARE SUBJECT TO  THE DETAILED PROVISIONS OF, AND QUALIFIED IN
THEIR ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE TO,  SUCH  AGREEMENTS. THE  COMPANY  WILL  PROVIDE
WITHOUT  CHARGE TO EACH PERSON  TO WHOM A COPY  OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS DELIVERED,
UPON THE  WRITTEN OR  ORAL  REQUEST OF  SUCH PERSON,  A  COPY OF  ANY  AGREEMENT
DESCRIBED   IN  THIS  SECTION.  SEE   "INCORPORATION  OF  CERTAIN  DOCUMENTS  BY
REFERENCE."
    

REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

   
    GENERAL.  On September 29, 1995, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries
entered into the Revolving  Loan Agreement with NationsBank  of Texas, as  agent
(the "Agent"), and other lending institutions party thereto (the "Banks"), which
replaced  the Company's  previous revolving line  of credit  with NationsBank. A
total of $77.0 million and $67.5 million was outstanding under such facility  at
September  30,  1995 and  December 31,  1995, respectively.  The Company  had no
outstanding letters of credit at September  30, 1995. At December 31, 1995,  the
Company had outstanding $239,000 in face amount of letters of credit.
    

    The  Revolving Loan  Agreement provides  for (i)  a $50.0  million Corporate
Facility to be used for (A)  general working capital purposes, (B)  acquisitions
of equity interests in other persons, (C) certain permitted investments, and (D)
other  business needs approved by the Banks  that constitute at least 50% of the
lenders in number and  have loaned 51%  or more of  the amount then  outstanding
under  the Revolving Loan Agreement; (ii) a $100.0 million Portfolio Facility to
be used to (A) refinance indebtedness  incurred in connection with the  purchase
of  certain Asset  Portfolios acquired  prior to  execution and  delivery of the
Revolving Loan Agreement, (B) finance  future acquisitions of Asset  Portfolios,
and  (C) finance  acquisitions of  entities for  the purpose  of resolving Asset
Portfolios owned by  such entities; and  (iii) a sublimit  of $10.0 million  for
letters  of credit.  (The Revolving  Loan Agreement  initially included  a $25.0
million temporary bridge facility that was permanently repaid with a portion  of
the net proceeds of the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Offering.) The Banks'
current  commitment under the Revolving Loan Agreement  is limited to a total of
$105.0 million, $35.0  million under  the Corporate Facility  and $70.0  million
under  the Portfolio Facility.  The additional amounts  under the Revolving Loan
Agreement would  become  available to  the  Company upon  the  participation  by
additional  financial institutions  in the  syndicate for  the loan  and upon an
increase in the Company's borrowing base  under this agreement. There can be  no
assurance that such events will occur.

    The  Company  uses the  Corporate  Facility for  general  corporate purposes
including acquisitions  and investments  in asset  portfolios, partnerships  and
joint ventures and the Portfolio Facility to support investments in wholly-owned
asset portfolios.

    RANKING.  Indebtedness under the Revolving Loan Agreement constitutes Senior
Indebtedness.

    SECURITY.   Indebtedness  under the Revolving  Loan Agreement  is secured by
substantially all the assets of the Company not pledged under other  facilities,
including stock of a majority of the Company's subsidiaries.

    INTEREST.    Indebtedness under  the  Corporate Facility  and  the Portfolio
Facility generally bears interest at a rate based (at the Company's option) upon
the lesser of (i) the Variable Rate (defined as Agent's prime rate, as announced
from time to time) or (ii) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the  Revolving
Loan Agreement).

    MATURITY.   The  Corporate Facility will  mature on September  29, 1997. The
Portfolio Facility will mature on September  27, 1996, subject to the  Company's
right  to extend the maturity date for  the outstanding balance of the Portfolio
Facility for one additional year. Loans made pursuant to the Corporate  Facility
and  the Portfolio Facility may be borrowed,  repaid and reborrowed from time to
time until  the respective  maturity  thereof, subject  to the  satisfaction  of
certain conditions on the date of any such borrowing.

                                       48
<PAGE>
    FEES.   The Company  paid to the  Banks, upon execution  and delivery of the
Revolving Loan Agreement,  an aggregate  commitment fee equal  to $770,000.  The
Company  also will be required to pay to  the Banks a facility fee (ranging from
20 to 37.5 basis points) per annum, payable in arrears on a quarterly basis,  on
the  committed  undrawn  amount  of the  Corporate  Facility  and  the Portfolio
Facility, after adjustment for any letters  of credit issued by the Banks  under
the  Revolving Loan Agreement. In addition, the  Company will be required to pay
to the Agent (for the account of  each Bank) certain fees in respect of  letters
of  credit issued under the Revolving Loan  Agreement. The Company also will pay
to the  Agent  certain  other fees  for  the  Agent's role  in  structuring  and
administering the Revolving Loan Agreement.

    CONDITIONS  TO FUNDING EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.  The obligation of the Banks to
make loans or extend letters  of credit will be  subject to the satisfaction  of
certain  customary conditions, including, without limitation, the absence of any
default  under  the  Revolving  Loan  Agreement  and  all  representations   and
warranties  under the  Revolving Loan  Agreement being  true and  correct in all
material respects.

    COVENANTS.   The  Revolving Loan  Agreement  requires the  Company  to  meet
certain  financial  tests, including  minimum  consolidated tangible  net worth,
maximum consolidated funded debt  to consolidated capitalization ratio,  minimum
fixed   charge  coverage   ratio,  minimum  interest   coverage  ratio,  maximum
consolidated funded  debt to  consolidated EBITDA  ratio and  maximum  Corporate
Facility  outstanding to consolidated EBITDA ratio. The Revolving Loan Agreement
contains covenants  that,  among other  things,  will limit  the  incurrence  of
additional  indebtedness,  investments,  asset  sales,  loans  to  stockholders,
dividends,   transactions   with    affiliates,   acquisitions,   mergers    and
consolidations,  liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted
in such  agreements.  The  Revolving Loan  Agreement  also  contains  additional
covenants  that require the Company to maintain  its properties and those of its
subsidiaries (including corporate franchises), together with insurance  thereon,
to  provide certain  information to  the Agent,  including financial statements,
notices and  reports, to  permit inspections  of the  books and  records of  the
Company  and  its subsidiaries  by the  Agent, to  comply with  applicable laws,
including environmental laws and ERISA, to pay taxes, and to use the proceeds of
the loans solely for certain specified purposes.

    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The  Revolving Loan Agreement contains customary  events
of  default, including payment  defaults, covenant defaults  (subject to certain
cure periods to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Agent),  breaches
of representations and warranties, cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness,
certain  events of  bankruptcy and  insolvency, judgment  defaults in  excess of
$500,000, failure of any guaranty or security agreement supporting the Revolving
Loan Agreement to  be in  full force  and effect and  change of  control of  the
Company.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  Under the Revolving Loan Agreement, the Company has agreed
to  indemnify the Agent and the Banks  from and against any and all liabilities,
losses, damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including, without limitations,
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel  for Agent and the Banks) that  may
be  incurred by Agent  or any Bank relating  to or arising  out of the Revolving
Loan  Agreement,  provided  that  the  Company  is  not  liable  for  any   such
liabilities,  losses, damages, costs or expenses resulting from such indemnified
party's own gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition, the Company has
agreed to indemnify  the Banks  against any and  all present  and future  claims
related  to tax payments (excluding income taxes of any Bank) in connection with
the loans made under the Revolving Loan Agreement.

ACC WAREHOUSE FACILITIES

NATIONSBANK

   
    GENERAL.  On  April 28, 1995,  ACC and  the Company entered  into the  $25.0
million   NationsBank  Warehouse  Facility,  which   ACC  uses  to  finance  the
origination and warehousing of certain mortgage loans. See "Business -- Mortgage
Banking Business." The Company has guaranteed certain of ACC's obligations under
the NationsBank Warehouse Facility. A total of $2.7 million and $9.0 million was
outstanding under the NationsBank Warehouse  Facility at September 30, 1995  and
December  31, 1995, respectively. ACC uses the NationsBank Warehouse Facility to
support investments in mortgages pending sale.
    

   
    RANKING.  The NationsBank Warehouse Facility constitutes Senior Indebtedness
of the Company.
    

                                       49
<PAGE>
    SECURITY.  ACC's  indebtedness under the  NationsBank Warehouse Facility  is
secured  by all mortgage loans originated by  ACC using funds obtained under the
NationsBank Warehouse Facility and related collection accounts.

    INTEREST.  Indebtedness under  the NationsBank Warehouse Facility  generally
bears  interest at  a rate based  (at ACC's option)  upon the lesser  of (i) the
prime rate established by NationsBank of  Texas, as announced from time to  time
or  (ii)  the  Adjusted LIBOR  Rate  (as  defined in  the  NationsBank Warehouse
Facility) plus 2%.

    MATURITY.  The original maturity date of the NationsBank Warehouse  Facility
is   January   25,  1997,   subject  to   certain  limitations.   Under  certain
circumstances, ACC may extend the maturity date to January 25, 1998.

    CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.  The obligation of NationsBank of  Texas
to  make loans  to ACC  under the NationsBank  Warehouse Facility  is subject to
certain customary  conditions including,  without  limitation, the  delivery  of
certain  documents, instruments and applications by ACC, approval by NationsBank
of Texas  of the  mortgage loan  to be  originated by  ACC, the  absence of  any
default  under the  NationsBank Warehouse  Facility and  all representations and
warranties under the NationsBank Warehouse Facility being true and correct.

    COVENANTS.  The NationsBank Warehouse Facility requires ACC to meet  certain
financial   tests,  including   minimum  liquidity,  maximum   ratios  of  total
liabilities  to  tangible  net  worth  and  minimum  tangible  net  worth.   The
NationsBank Warehouse Facility also contains covenants that, among other things,
limit  the  incurrence  of additional  indebtedness,  investments,  asset sales,
distributions,  transactions   with   affiliates,  acquisitions,   mergers   and
consolidations,  liens, encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in
such agreements.  The NationsBank  Warehouse Facility  also contains  additional
covenants  that require  ACC to  provide certain  information to  NationsBank of
Texas,  including  financial   statements,  notices  and   reports,  to   permit
inspections  of the  books and  records of the  Company and  its subsidiaries by
NationsBank of Texas and to comply with applicable laws and to pay taxes.

    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.   The NationsBank  Warehouse Facility contains  customary
events  of default, including payment  defaults, breaches of representations and
warranties, cross-defaults  to certain  other  indebtedness, certain  events  of
bankruptcy  and  insolvency, judgment  defaults  in excess  of  certain amounts,
failure of  any  guarantee  or security  agreement  supporting  the  NationsBank
Warehouse  Facility to be in full force and  effect, a change in control of ACC,
changes in the  basic business  of ACC and  changes in  the individuals  holding
certain offices with ACC.

    INDEMNIFICATION.   Under the NationsBank  Warehouse Facility, ACC has agreed
to indemnify NationsBank of Texas and  certain related parties from and  against
any  and  all  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages,  deficiencies, interest,
judgments, costs and  expenses (including, without  limitation, reasonable  fees
and disbursements of counsel for NationsBank of Texas) that arise out of certain
matters  described in the  NationsBank Warehouse Facility,  provided that ACC is
not liable  for such  matters resulting  from the  gross negligence  or  willful
misconduct of an indemnitee thereunder.

RESIDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION

   
    GENERAL.   On August 15, 1995, ACC  entered into the RFC Warehouse Facility,
which ACC  uses  to  facilitate  multi-family  mortgage  loan  underwriting  and
origination.  See  "Business  -- Mortgage  Banking  Business." A  total  of $3.0
million and $8.6  million was outstanding  under the RFC  Warehouse Facility  at
September  30,  1995  and December  31,  1995, respectively.  The  RFC Warehouse
Facility is non-recourse to the Company.
    

    SECURITY.  ACC's indebtedness under the RFC Warehouse Facility is secured by
all mortgage  loans  originated  by  ACC using  funds  obtained  under  the  RFC
Warehouse Facility.

    INTEREST.   Indebtedness  under the  RFC Warehouse  Facility generally bears
interest at a rate based  upon the LIBOR Rate (as  defined in the RFC  Warehouse
Facility) plus 3%.

                                       50
<PAGE>
    MATURITY.  The stated maturity date will be provided in each note related to
each  borrowing  under  the  RFC  Warehouse  Facility  and  is  expected  to  be
approximately 60 days from the date of each such borrowing.

    CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.   The obligation of Residential  Funding
Corporation  to make loans to ACC under the RFC Warehouse Facility is subject to
certain customary  conditions including,  without  limitation, the  delivery  of
certain  documents, instruments and applications by ACC, approval by Residential
Funding Corporation of the mortgage loans  to be originated by ACC, the  absence
of  any default  under the RFC  Warehouse Facility, and  all representations and
warranties under the RFC Warehouse Facility being true and correct.

    COVENANTS.   The  RFC  Warehouse  Facility  requires  ACC  to  meet  certain
financial  tests,  including a  maximum  ratio of  debt  to tangible  net worth,
minimum tangible net worth  and minimum Servicing Portfolio  (as defined in  the
RFC  Warehouse  Facility). The  RFC Warehouse  Facility also  contains covenants
that,  among  other  things,  limit   ACC's  ability  to  liquidate,   dissolve,
consolidate  or merge or sell any substantial part of its assets, or acquire any
substantial part of the assets of  another business. The RFC Warehouse  Facility
also   contains  additional  covenants  that  require  ACC  to  provide  certain
information to Residential Funding Corporation, including financial  statements,
notices  and reports,  permit inspections  of the  books and  records of  ACC by
Residential Funding Corporation and  to comply with applicable  laws and to  pay
taxes.

    EVENTS  OF DEFAULT.  The RFC Warehouse Facility contains customary events of
default, including payment defaults (subject to certain cure periods),  breaches
of  covenants or representations and warranties, cross-defaults to certain other
indebtedness, certain  events of  bankruptcy and  insolvency (including  of  the
Company) and judgment defaults in excess of certain amounts.

    INDEMNIFICATION.    Under  the RFC  Warehouse  Facility, ACC  has  agreed to
indemnify Residential Funding Corporation and  certain related parties from  and
against   any  and  all  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages,  deficiencies,
interest,  judgments,  costs  and   expenses  (including,  without   limitation,
reasonable   fees  and   disbursements  of   counsel  for   Residential  Funding
Corporation) that arise out  of certain matters described  in the RFC  Warehouse
Facility,  provided that ACC is  not liable for such  matters resulting from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of an indemnitee thereunder.

ARMC WAREHOUSE FACILITY

   
    GENERAL.   Effective November  1,  1995, ARMC  entered into  the  Prudential
Warehouse  Facility.  The Prudential  Warehouse Facility  is currently  a $150.0
million  credit  facility  that  ARMC  uses  to  finance  the  acquisition   and
warehousing  of certain  residential mortgage  loans. See  "Business -- Mortgage
Banking Business  -- Residential  Mortgage Securitization."  A total  of  $135.6
million  was outstanding under the Prudential Warehouse Facility at December 31,
1995. The Prudential Warehouse Facility is non-recourse to the Company.
    

    SECURITY.  ARMC's  indebtedness under the  Prudential Warehouse Facility  is
secured  by all residential mortgage loans acquired by ARMC using funds obtained
under the Prudential Warehouse Facility.

    INTEREST.  Indebtedness  under the Prudential  Warehouse Facility  generally
bears  interest  at  a rate  based  upon  LIBOR (as  defined  in  the Prudential
Warehouse Facility)  plus  7/8%;  if  Prudential Securities,  Inc.  is  not  the
underwriter  on the eventual securitization of  the mortgage loans securing this
warehouse loan,  the  interest rate  may  be increased  to  LIBOR plus  2  2/5%,
applicable retroactively.

    MATURITY.  The stated maturity date for the Prudential Warehouse Facility is
the  earlier  of  (i)  March 29,  1996  or  (ii)  the date  on  which  the loans
collateralizing the Prudential Warehouse Facility are securitized.

    CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.  The obligation of Prudential Securities
Realty Funding Corporation to make loans to ARMC under the Prudential  Warehouse
Facility   is  subject  to  certain  customary  conditions,  including,  without
limitation, the delivery of certain  documents, instruments and applications  by
ARMC,  approval  by  Prudential  Securities Realty  Funding  Corporation  of the
mortgage loan pool to be acquired by ARMC, the absence of any default under  the
Prudential  Warehouse Facility, and all representations and warranties under the
Prudential Warehouse Facility being true and correct.

                                       51
<PAGE>
    COVENANTS.  The Prudential Warehouse Facility requires ARMC to meet  certain
financial tests, including minimum tangible equity capital, a minimum net equity
amount  and a  maximum leverage  ratio. The  Prudential Warehouse  Facility also
contains covenants that,  among other  things, require ARMC  to provide  certain
information  to  Prudential  Securities  Realty  Funding  Corporation, including
financial statements and other reports regarding the mortgage loans, to maintain
adequate insurance, and to comply with the applicable laws.

    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.   The  Prudential Warehouse  Facility contains  customary
events   of  default,  including  payment  default,  breaches  of  covenants  or
representations and  warranties, certain  events  of bankruptcy  and  insolvency
(including  of  the  Company)  and material  adverse  changes  in  the financial
condition of ARMC or the Company.

   
    INDEMNIFICATION.  Under the Prudential  Warehouse Facility, ARMC has  agreed
to  indemnify  Prudential  Securities  Realty  Funding  Corporation  against all
liabilities, losses, damages, judgments,  costs and expenses  of any kind  which
relate  to or arise out of the Prudential Warehouse Facility, provided that ARMC
is not  liable  for  such  matters resulting  from  the  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of Prudential.
    

   
AMBS REPURCHASE TRANSACTION
    

   
    GENERAL.    On  December  19,  1995, AMRESCO  MBS  I,  INC.,  a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company ("AMBS"),  entered into a Repurchase Transaction  (the
"Repurchase  Transaction") which supplements, forms part  of and is subject to a
Global Master  Repurchase Agreement  (the  "Repurchase Agreement")  with  Nomura
Grand  Cayman,  Ltd. ("Nomura")  to support  the purchase  on margin  of certain
commercial mortgage pass-through certificates  (the "Purchased Securities").  As
of   December  31,  1995,   $20.6  million  outstanding   under  the  Repurchase
Transaction.
    

   
    SECURITY.  Indebtedness  under the  Repurchase Transaction is  secured by  a
first priority security interest
in the Purchased Securities.
    

   
    INTEREST.  Indebtedness under the Repurchase Transaction bears interest at a
rate of 30 day LIBOR plus 1 2/5% (7 1/3% at December 31, 1995).
    

   
    REPURCHASE  DATE.   The repurchase  date for  the Repurchase  Transaction is
December 18, 1996, with a six month extension, at the option of Nomura.
    

   
    EVENTS OF  ACCELERATION.   Upon the  occurrence of  (i) a  material  adverse
impact  on (A) the creditworthiness of AMBS,  (B) the ability of AMBS to perform
its obligations under the Repurchase  Agreement, (C) the marketability or  value
of  the  Purchased  Securities  or  (D)  the  economic,  political  or financial
stability of  the issuing  or  domicile country,  (ii) governmental  changes  in
taxation  or exchange controls which affect the Purchased Securities or relevant
financial markets or (iii)  a drop of more  than 5% in the  market value of  the
Purchased   Securities  in  one  day,  Nomura  may  immediately  accelerate  the
repurchase date.
    

   
    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.   The Repurchase Transaction  contains certain events  of
default,  including,  among  others,  payment defaults,  failure  to  maintain a
minimum  margin,  insolvency,  breaches   of  representations  and   warranties,
suspension  from a  securities exchange  or association,  failure to  maintain a
first priority security interest in the Purchased Securities and  cross-defaults
in excess of certain amounts.
    

CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

   
    GENERAL.   On  November 27, 1995,  the Company entered  into the Convertible
Subordinated Debenture Indenture with First  Interstate Bank of Texas,  National
Association,  as trustee. Pursuant to the  terms of the Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Indenture, an aggregate of  $45.0 million of Convertible  Subordinated
Debentures were issued. All of the net proceeds from the sale of the Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures  were  applied  to  pay  down  indebtedness  under  the
Company's Revolving Loan Agreement.
    

    RANKING.    Indebtedness  under   the  Convertible  Subordinated   Debenture
Indenture  does not constitute  Senior Indebtedness and  will be subordinated to
the Notes.

    SECURITY.    Indebtedness  under  the  Convertible  Subordinated   Debenture
Indenture is unsecured.

                                       52
<PAGE>
    INTEREST.     Indebtedness  under  the  Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture
Indenture bears interest at the rate of 8% per annum.

    MATURITY.  The Convertible Subordinated  Debenture Indenture will mature  on
December 15, 2005.

    CONVERSION  RIGHTS.  The Convertible Subordinated Debentures are convertible
into Common Stock at the option of holders thereof at any time and from time  to
time prior to and including maturity. The initial conversion price is $12.50 per
share, subject to adjustment in certain events.

    CERTAIN   RIGHTS   TO   REQUIRE  REPURCHASE   OF   CONVERTIBLE  SUBORDINATED
DEBENTURES.   In  the event  of  any  Fundamental Change  (as  described  below)
affecting  the Company which constitutes a Repurchase Event (as described below)
occurring after the date of issuance of the Convertible Subordinated  Debentures
and  on or prior to maturity, each holder of Convertible Subordinated Debentures
will have  the  right,  at  the  holder's option,  to  require  the  Company  to
repurchase  all or any part of  the holder's Convertible Subordinated Debentures
at a  price (the  "Repurchase Price")  equal  to 101%  of the  principal  amount
thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date.

    The  term "Fundamental  Change" means the  occurrence of  any transaction or
event in connection  with which  all or substantially  all of  the Common  Stock
shall  be exchanged for, converted into, acquired for or constitute the right to
receive consideration  (whether  by means  of  an exchange  offer,  liquidation,
tender    offer,    consolidation,   merger,    combination,   reclassification,
recapitalization or  otherwise) which  is not  all or  substantially all  common
stock  which  is  (or,  upon  consummation  of  or  immediately  following  such
transaction or  event, will  be) listed  on a  national securities  exchange  or
approved  for quotation  on the  Nasdaq Stock  Market or  any similar  system of
automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices. For purposes of  the
definition  of  a "Fundamental  Change," (i)  "substantially  all of  the Common
Stock" shall mean at least 85% of the Common Stock outstanding immediately prior
to the  transaction  or event  giving  rise to  a  Fundamental Change  and  (ii)
consideration  shall be "substantially all common stock"  if at least 80% of the
fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the  total
consideration  is attributable to  common stock. A  Fundamental Change would not
include an acquisition  of a  majority of the  outstanding Common  Stock by  any
person  or group so long as it does not result in termination of such listing or
approval for quotation.

    A Repurchase  Event is  a right  to require  the Company  to repurchase  the
Convertible  Subordinated Debentures and a  Repurchase Event shall have occurred
if a Fundamental Change shall have occurred unless (i) the current market  price
of the Common Stock is at least equal to the conversion price of the Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures  in  effect  immediately  preceding  the  time  of such
Fundamental Change or (ii) the consideration in the transaction or event  giving
rise to such Fundamental Change to the holders of Common Stock consists of cash,
securities  that are, or immediately upon issuance will be, listed on a national
securities exchange or  quoted on  the Nasdaq  National Market  (or any  similar
system  of automated  dissemination of  quotations of  securities prices),  or a
combination of cash and such securities, and the aggregate fair market value  of
such consideration (which, in the case of such securities, shall be equal to the
average of the daily closing prices of such securities during the 10 consecutive
trading  days commencing  with the sixth  trading day  following consummation of
such transaction or  event) is  at least  105% of  the conversion  price of  the
Convertible  Subordinated Debentures in effect on the date immediately preceding
the closing date of such transaction or event.

    OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.    The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  are  not
redeemable  prior to December 15,  1996. Thereafter the Convertible Subordinated
Debentures will be  redeemable, at  the Company's option,  in whole  and not  in
part,  at various redemption prices (expressed as a percentage). The Convertible
Subordinated Debentures may not be  redeemed, however, after December 15,  1996,
and  prior to  December 15,  1998, unless,  for twenty  consecutive trading days
ending on  the  day immediately  preceding  the fifth  day  prior to  notice  of
redemption,  the  Closing  Price (as  defined)  equals  or exceeds  145%  of the
conversion price.

    COVENANTS.    The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture  Indenture  contains
covenants   limiting  dividends   and  redemptions,   limiting  restrictions  on
subsidiary dividends and requiring that certain  conditions be met prior to  any
consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the Company.

                                       53
<PAGE>
    In  addition, the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture provides that
if the Company's  Net Worth (as  defined below) at  the end of  each of any  two
consecutive  fiscal quarters (the  last day of such  second fiscal quarter being
referred to as the "Acceleration Date"), respectively, is less than the  Minimum
Net  Worth  (as defined  below),  then the  Company  shall make  an irrevocable,
unconditional offer to all holders (an "Offer") to acquire, on a PRO RATA basis,
on or  before the  last day  of the  next following  fiscal quarter  or, if  the
Acceleration  Date is the  last day of  the Company's fiscal  year, the 45th day
after the  last day  of  the next  following  fiscal quarter  (the  "Accelerated
Payment   Date"),  $20.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Convertible
Subordinated Debentures (or if less than such amount of Convertible Subordinated
Debentures are then outstanding, all of the Convertible Subordinated  Debentures
outstanding  at the  time) at a  purchase price  equal to 100%  of the principal
amount, plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest, if  any,  to  and  including  such
Accelerated  Payment Date, which  amounts or portion  thereof upon acceptance of
such Offer by tender shall thereupon become due and payable.

   
    "Minimum Net Worth" means approximately  $141.0 million (which includes  the
net  proceeds  to the  Company  from the  Common  Stock Offering)  plus  the net
proceeds to the Company from any other  offering of Common Stock by the  Company
subsequent  to the date hereof. "Net Worth" of  the Company as of any date means
the amount of equity of the holders of capital stock of the Company which  would
appear  on  the balance  sheet of  the Company  as of  such date,  determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
    

    EVENTS OF  DEFAULTS.    The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture  Indenture
contains  certain  customary  events  of  default,  including  payment defaults,
covenant defaults (subject to certain  cure periods), defaults of certain  other
indebtedness,  certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency and judgment defaults
in excess of $1.0 million.

                                       54
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

    Subject to the terms  and conditions of the  Purchase Agreement between  the
Company  and the Underwriters and  to the receipt of  certain legal opinions and
other closing conditions contemplated thereby, the Underwriters named below have
severally agreed to purchase from the Company the respective principal amount of
the Notes set forth opposite their names in the table below:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PRINCIPAL
                                      UNDERWRITER                                        AMOUNT OF NOTES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Piper Jaffray Inc......................................................................   $
J.C. Bradford & Co. ...................................................................
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. .........................................................
                                                                                         ---------------
                                                                                          $  50,000,000
                                                                                         ---------------
                                                                                         ---------------
</TABLE>
    

    The nature of the obligations of the Underwriters is such that if any of the
Notes are purchased, all of them must be purchased.

    The Underwriters have  advised the Company  that they propose  to offer  the
Notes to the public at the Price to Public and to selected dealers at such price
less  a concession of not more  than    % of  the principal amount of the Notes.
The Underwriters may allow,  and such dealers may  re-allow, concessions not  in
excess of    % of the principal amount of the Notes to certain other brokers and
dealers.  After  the initial  public  offering, the  Price  to Public  and other
selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters.

    The Company has granted  to the Underwriters an  option, exercisable for  30
days  from the  date of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up to  an additional $7.5
million in aggregate principal amount of the  Notes at the Price to Public  less
the Underwriting Discount. The Underwriters may exercise such option to purchase
solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, incurred in the sale
of  the Notes offered hereby.  To the extent that  the Underwriters exercise the
option,  each  of  the  Underwriters  will  be  committed,  subject  to  certain
exceptions,   to  purchase  a  principal   amount  of  the  Notes  approximately
proportionate to the Underwriter's initial  commitment, and the Company will  be
obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell such Notes to the Underwriters.

   
    The  Company has made  application to list  the Notes on  the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "AMMB03." However,  there can be no assurance that  an
active trading market in the Notes will develop or that the Notes will not trade
at a discount to their principal amount.
    

   
    The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to
payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereto.
    

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   
    The validity of the Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company
by L.  Keith Blackwell,  General Counsel  of the  Company. Certain  other  legal
matters will be passed upon for the Company by Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., Dallas,
Texas. Certain legal matters relating to the Notes offered hereby will be passed
upon   for  the  Underwriters  by  Lindquist  &  Vennum  P.L.L.P.,  Minneapolis,
Minnesota. Lindquist & Vennum  P.L.L.P. has represented  the Company in  certain
litigation matters.
    

                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

   
    The  consolidated balance sheets of the Company  as of December 31, 1993 and
1994, and the related statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash  flows
for  the period from  November 1, 1992  through December 31,  1992 and the years
ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 and the combined statements of income and  cash
flows  of Asset  Management Resolution  Company and  AMRESCO Holdings,  Inc. and
subsidiaries (predecessors  of  the Company)  for  the period  January  1,  1992
through October 31, 1992 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent
accountants, as stated in their reports appearing herein.
    

                                       55
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements of AMRESCO, INC.
  Independent Auditors' Report.............................................................................        F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)..............        F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Two Months Ended December 31, 1992, the Years Ended December
   31, 1993 and 1994, and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1994 and 1995 (Unaudited)....................        F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Two Months Ended December 31, 1992, the Years
   Ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)..............        F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Two Months Ended December 31, 1992, the Years Ended
   December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1994 and 1995 (Unaudited)...........        F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................        F-7

Combined Financial Statements of Predecessor Businesses
  Independent Auditors' Report.............................................................................       F-22
  Combined Statement of Income for the Ten Months Ended October 31, 1992...................................       F-23
  Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the Ten Months Ended October 31, 1992...............................       F-23
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements...................................................................       F-24
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors of AMRESCO, INC.:

    We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of AMRESCO,
INC. and  subsidiaries  as  of December  31,  1993  and 1994,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements of income, shareholders' equity  and cash flows for the
two months ended December 31,  1992, and the years  ended December 31, 1993  and
1994.  These  financial statements  are  the responsibility  of  AMRESCO, INC.'s
management. Our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion on  these  financial
statements based on our audits.

    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In  our opinion, such  consolidated financial statements  present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of AMRESCO, INC. and  subsidiaries
as  of December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for  the two  months ended  December 31,  1992, and  the years  ended
December  31, 1993  and 1994, in  conformity with  generally accepted accounting
principles.

   
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    
Dallas, Texas
February 6, 1995

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  ------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                    1993      1994        1995
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                               <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................  $ 43,442  $ 20,446    $ 12,720
Investment securities (Note 5)..................................................                          27,222
Accounts receivable, net of reserves of $826, $4,929 and $2,641, respectively...    39,399    20,682       7,657
Mortgage loans held for sale (Note 5)...........................................                           6,042
Investments in asset portfolios (Notes 5 and 14):
  Loans.........................................................................    33,795    30,920     114,676
  Partnerships and joint ventures...............................................     2,503    22,491      30,052
  Real estate...................................................................     2,504    14,054      11,046
  Asset backed securities.......................................................               3,481      19,982
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)..................................................    18,173    17,207      12,810
Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $2,108, $1,082 and
 $1,781, respectively...........................................................     3,422     4,301       5,119
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,170, $1,226 and $3,056,
 respectively (Notes 2 and 3)...................................................    10,209    30,668      30,377
Other assets (Notes 4, 10 and 14)...............................................    10,206     8,090      13,379
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
TOTAL ASSETS....................................................................  $163,653  $172,340    $291,082
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..............................................................  $  9,830  $  4,891    $  4,307
  Accrued employee compensation and benefits (Notes 3, 11 and 12)...............    23,419    18,460       8,524
  Notes payable (Note 5)........................................................    22,113    15,500     104,222
  Mortgage warehouse debt (Note 5)..............................................                           5,693
  Nonrecourse debt (Note 5).....................................................     6,000       959      30,605
  Income taxes payable (Note 6).................................................       541     1,219       1,329
  Payable to partners (Note 7)..................................................     3,399     3,907         950
  Net liabilities of discontinued operation (Note 9)............................                 954
  Other liabilities (Note 8)....................................................     6,652    12,864       6,428
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
    Total liabilities...........................................................    71,954    58,754     162,058
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 11):
  Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares; none
   outstanding
  Common stock, $.05 par value, authorized 50,000,000 shares; 22,309,817,
   23,592,647 and 24,193,464 shares issued in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
   respectively.................................................................     1,116     1,180       1,210
  Capital in excess of par......................................................    67,112    74,691      78,790
  Reductions for employee stock.................................................      (607)     (429)       (620)
  Treasury stock, $0.05 par value, 24,339 shares in 1995........................                            (160)
  Retained earnings (Note 5)....................................................    24,078    38,144      49,804
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
    Total shareholders' equity..................................................    91,699   113,586     129,024
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY......................................  $163,653  $172,340    $291,082
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      TWO MONTHS                                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        ENDED      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     DECEMBER 31,  ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                         1992         1993         1994         1994         1995
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUES (Note 3):
  Asset management and resolution fees.............   $   37,678   $   168,313  $   120,640  $   101,221  $    27,278
  Asset portfolio income...........................                      2,642       13,089        8,433       23,662
  Mortgage banking fees............................                                   6,176        1,967       14,077
  Other revenues...................................          157         1,207       17,279       16,184        4,585
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenues.................................       37,835       172,162      157,184      127,805       69,602
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
EXPENSES:
  Personnel........................................       16,814        84,347       79,018       62,268       36,827
  Occupancy........................................          763         3,329        4,108        3,106        1,903
  Equipment........................................          560         2,121        2,637        1,978        1,580
  Professional fees................................        5,085        17,517       11,593        9,156        2,359
  General and administrative.......................        6,903        17,380       22,299       16,136        3,745
  Interest (Note 5)................................           19           754        1,768        1,696        2,771
  Profit participations............................        1,529         3,037           75          (65)         446
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses.................................       31,673       128,485      121,498       94,275       49,631
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from continuing operations before taxes.....        6,162        43,677       35,686       33,530       19,971
Income tax expense (Note 6)........................        2,279        17,371       14,753       13,874        7,541
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS..................        3,883        26,306       20,933       19,656       12,430
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Discontinued operations (Note 9)
  Loss from operations, net of $99, $1,392, $891,
   and $651 income tax benefit for 1992, 1993,
   1994, and the nine months ended September 30,
   1994, respectively..............................         (148)       (2,088)      (1,287)        (976)
  Loss on disposal of AMRESCO Services, Inc.
   (including provision of $923 for operating
   losses during the phase-out period), less
   applicable income tax benefit of $622...........                                    (898)
  Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of
   $1,617 income tax expense.......................                                                             2,425
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gain (Loss) from discontinued operations...........         (148)       (2,088)      (2,185)        (976)       2,425
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
NET INCOME.........................................   $    3,735   $    24,218  $    18,748  $    18,680  $    14,855
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Earnings per share for income from continuing
 operations........................................   $     0.34   $      2.33  $      0.88  $      0.83  $      0.51
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Earnings per share for net income..................   $     0.33   $      2.15  $      0.79  $      0.79  $      0.61
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of shares outstanding......   11,419,536    11,288,688   23,679,239   23,515,800   24,429,822
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        COMMON
                                                                             CONVERTIBLE           COMMON STOCK,        STOCK,
                                                                           PREFERRED STOCK         NO PAR VALUE        $0.05 PAR
                                                                         --------------------  ---------------------     VALUE
                                                                          NUMBER                 NUMBER               -----------
                                                                            OF                     OF                  NUMBER OF
                                                                          SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
NOVEMBER 1, 1992.......................................................    126,960  $  12,696     515,000  $   3,090
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1992......................................................    126,960     12,696     515,000      3,090
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
Cancellation of stock and notes receivable (Note 11)...................                           (29,800)      (179)
Employee stock compensation (Note 11)..................................                                        1,188
Dividends paid ($.35 per share)........................................
Conversion of convertible preferred stock (Note 2).....................   (126,960)   (12,696)    623,531     12,696
Conversion of common stock (Note 2)....................................                        (1,108,731)   (16,795)  11,120,530
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                                                11,189,287
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1993......................................................                                                22,309,817
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
Exercise of stock options (Note 11)....................................                                                   711,590
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                                                   571,240
Tax benefits from employee stock compensation..........................
Repayments of notes receivable for officer's shares....................
Dividends paid ($.15 per share)........................................
Dividends declared ($.05 per share)....................................
Foreign currency translation adjustments...............................
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................................                                                23,592,647
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
(Unaudited)
  Exercise of stock options............................................                                                   394,480
  Issuance of common stock for earnout.................................                                                   112,002
  Issuance of common stock for unearned stock compensation.............                                                    94,335
  Amortization of unearned stock compensation..........................
  Tax benefits from employee stock compensation........................
  Repayment of notes receivable for officers' shares...................
  Settlement of notes receivable for officers' shares with common stock
   (14,339 shares).....................................................
  Acquisition of treasury stock (10,000 shares)........................
  Dividends paid ($0.10 per share).....................................
  Dividends declared ($0.05 per share).................................
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.............................
  Unrealized gain on assets available for sale.........................
  Net income...........................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................             $                      $           24,193,464
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------

<CAPTION>

                                                                                      CAPITAL IN    REDUCTIONS
                                                                                       EXCESS OF   FOR EMPLOYEE    TREASURY
                                                                           AMOUNT         PAR          STOCK         STOCK
                                                                         -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>
NOVEMBER 1, 1992.......................................................   $            $             $    (786)    $
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1992......................................................                                   (786)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
Cancellation of stock and notes receivable (Note 11)...................                                    179
Employee stock compensation (Note 11)..................................
Dividends paid ($.35 per share)........................................
Conversion of convertible preferred stock (Note 2).....................
Conversion of common stock (Note 2)....................................         556       16,239
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................         560       50,873
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1993......................................................       1,116       67,112          (607)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
Exercise of stock options (Note 11)....................................          35        1,560
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................          29        4,291
Tax benefits from employee stock compensation..........................                    1,728
Repayments of notes receivable for officer's shares....................                                    178
Dividends paid ($.15 per share)........................................
Dividends declared ($.05 per share)....................................
Foreign currency translation adjustments...............................
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................................       1,180       74,691          (429)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
(Unaudited)
  Exercise of stock options............................................          20        1,146
  Issuance of common stock for earnout.................................           5          772
  Issuance of common stock for unearned stock compensation.............           5          644          (649)
  Amortization of unearned stock compensation..........................                                    149
  Tax benefits from employee stock compensation........................                    1,537
  Repayment of notes receivable for officers' shares...................                                    220
  Settlement of notes receivable for officers' shares with common stock
   (14,339 shares).....................................................                                     89           (89)
  Acquisition of treasury stock (10,000 shares)........................                                                  (71)
  Dividends paid ($0.10 per share).....................................
  Dividends declared ($0.05 per share).................................
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.............................
  Unrealized gain on assets available for sale.........................
  Net income...........................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................   $   1,210    $  78,790     $    (620)    $    (160)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------

<CAPTION>

                                                                                          TOTAL
                                                                          RETAINED    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                                          EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                                         -----------  -------------
NOVEMBER 1, 1992.......................................................   $            $    15,000
Net income.............................................................       3,735          3,735
                                                                         -----------  -------------
DECEMBER 31, 1992......................................................       3,735         18,735
                                                                         -----------  -------------
Cancellation of stock and notes receivable (Note 11)...................
Employee stock compensation (Note 11)..................................                      1,188
Dividends paid ($.35 per share)........................................      (3,875)        (3,875)
Conversion of convertible preferred stock (Note 2).....................                    --
Conversion of common stock (Note 2)....................................                    --
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                     51,433
Net income.............................................................      24,218         24,218
                                                                         -----------  -------------
DECEMBER 31, 1993......................................................      24,078         91,699
                                                                         -----------  -------------
Exercise of stock options (Note 11)....................................                      1,595
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                      4,320
Tax benefits from employee stock compensation..........................                      1,728
Repayments of notes receivable for officer's shares....................                        178
Dividends paid ($.15 per share)........................................      (3,441)        (3,441)
Dividends declared ($.05 per share)....................................      (1,179)        (1,179)
Foreign currency translation adjustments...............................         (62)           (62)
Net income.............................................................      18,748         18,748
                                                                         -----------  -------------
DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................................      38,144        113,586
                                                                         -----------  -------------
(Unaudited)
  Exercise of stock options............................................                      1,166
  Issuance of common stock for earnout.................................                        777
  Issuance of common stock for unearned stock compensation.............                    --
  Amortization of unearned stock compensation..........................                        149
  Tax benefits from employee stock compensation........................                      1,537
  Repayment of notes receivable for officers' shares...................                        220
  Settlement of notes receivable for officers' shares with common stock
   (14,339 shares).....................................................                    --
  Acquisition of treasury stock (10,000 shares)........................                        (71)
  Dividends paid ($0.10 per share).....................................      (2,398)        (2,398)
  Dividends declared ($0.05 per share).................................      (1,208)        (1,208)
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.............................         155            155
  Unrealized gain on assets available for sale.........................         256            256
  Net income...........................................................      14,855         14,855
                                                                         -----------  -------------
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................   $  49,804    $   129,024
                                                                         -----------  -------------
                                                                         -----------  -------------
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   TWO MONTHS    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      ENDED              31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,   --------------------  --------------------
                                                                      1992         1993       1994       1994       1995
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income......................................................    $   3,735    $  24,218  $  18,748  $  18,680  $  14,855
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...............................          581        2,955      3,028      2,198      2,694
    Loss (Gain) on discontinued operation (Note 9)..............                                1,645                (2,425)
    Write-off of intangible related to contract conclusion......                                2,827      2,827
    Deferred tax provision (benefit)............................         (603)      (1,650)       966      2,705      4,397
    Loss from disposition of premises and equipment.............           16                     198        692         78
    Employee stock compensation.................................                     1,188                              149
    Increase (decrease) in cash for changes in (exclusive of
     assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations):
      Accounts receivable.......................................      (10,417)       3,287     17,855     20,468     13,025
      Other assets..............................................           94       (3,848)     1,908      3,484     (3,894)
      Accounts payable..........................................        6,641       (4,924)    (4,768)    (6,614)      (630)
      Income taxes payable......................................        2,783       (2,699)       678      3,191     (1,507)
      Other liabilities.........................................       (2,191)      17,391     (4,137)    (2,782)   (21,588)
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided by operating activities...............          639       35,918     38,948     44,849      5,154
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Cash and cash equivalents acquired through BEI merger.........                    18,521
  Purchase of investment securities, net........................                                                    (27,222)
  Cash used for purchase of subsidiaries........................                              (17,830)   (17,830)    (1,295)
  Loans originated or purchased.................................                                                     (7,767)
  Purchase of asset portfolios..................................                   (36,894)   (62,580)   (33,196)  (139,123)
  Collections on asset portfolios...............................                     3,099     30,815     23,175     34,569
  Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries............................                                1,385      1,385      6,250
  Purchase of premises and equipment............................                      (852)    (2,141)    (2,091)    (1,627)
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash used in investing activities...................                   (16,126)   (50,351)   (28,557)  (136,215)
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from notes payable, mortgage warehouse debt and
   nonrecourse debt.............................................        4,656       42,426     19,894      4,394    238,048
  Repayment of notes payable, mortgage warehouse debt and
   nonrecourse debt.............................................       (3,045)     (19,129)   (31,547)   (23,340)  (113,987)
  Payment of dividends..........................................                    (3,875)    (3,441)    (2,266)    (3,578)
  Stock options exercised.......................................                                1,595      1,381      1,166
  Tax benefit of employee stock compensation....................                                1,728      1,652      1,537
  Acquisition of treasury stock.................................                                                        (71)
  Repayment of notes receivable for officer's shares............                                  178        178        220
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.....        1,611       19,422    (11,593)   (18,001)   123,335
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents............        2,250       39,214    (22,996)    (1,709)    (7,726)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..................        1,978        4,228     43,442     43,442     20,446
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period........................    $   4,228    $  43,442  $  20,446  $  41,733  $  12,720
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
  Interest paid.................................................    $       5    $     678  $   1,533  $   1,466  $   2,912
  Income taxes paid.............................................                    23,460      8,507      3,619      2,990
  Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock.....                    12,696
  Common stock issued for purchase of subsidiary................                                4,320      4,320        777
  Common stock issued for unearned stock compensation...........                                                        649
  Holliday Fenoglio earnout liability...........................                                3,883
  Notes receivable received in connection with sale of
   subsidiary...................................................                                  818        818
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND FOR THE PERIODS
                ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    BASIS  OF PRESENTATION -- On December  31, 1993, AMRESCO, INC., formerly BEI
Holdings, Ltd. (BEI), merged with AMRESCO Holdings, Inc. (Holdings). The  merger
was accounted for as a "reverse acquisition" whereby Holdings was deemed to have
acquired  BEI for financial  reporting purposes. However,  BEI, renamed AMRESCO,
INC. on May  23, 1994, remains  the continuing legal  entity and registrant  for
Securities  and Exchange Commission filing purposes. Consistent with the reverse
acquisition  accounting  treatment,  the  historical  financial  statements   of
AMRESCO, INC. presented for the year ended December 31, 1993, and the two months
ended  December 31, 1992, are the  consolidated financial statements of Holdings
and differ  from the  consolidated  financial statements  of BEI  as  previously
reported.  The operations of BEI have  been included in the financial statements
from the date of acquisition. AMRESCO,  INC. (the Company) is engaged  primarily
in  the business of portfolio acquisition, asset management and resolution, loan
origination/underwriting, servicing and real estate brokerage.

    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION -- The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries and its controlled joint ventures.
Significant intercompany  accounts  and  transactions have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

    REVENUE AND EXPENSE RECOGNITION -- Asset management and resolution fees from
management  contracts are based on the amount of assets under management and the
net  proceeds  from  the  resolution  of  such  assets,  respectively,  and  are
recognized as earned. Expenses incurred in managing and administering the assets
subject  to  management  contracts are  charged  to expense  as  incurred. Asset
resolution fees are accrued  based on estimated  collections and related  costs.
Differences  between estimated and actual amounts  are recorded in the period of
determination. Loan placement  fees, commitment  fees, loan  servicing fees  and
real  estate  brokerage  commissions  are recognized  as  earned.  Placement and
servicing expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

    CASH EQUIVALENTS -- Cash equivalents  include all highly liquid  investments
with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

    INVESTMENT   SECURITIES  --  Investment  Securities  consist  of  short-term
investments such as  Treasury bills,  Federal agency  securities and  commercial
paper  with a maturity of  three months or less. The  Company has the intent and
ability to hold these investments to maturity and are carried at amortized cost.
Because of  the short  maturities,  cost estimates  fair value.  All  investment
securities  are pledged as  collateral under the  investment loan agreement. See
Note 5.

    RECEIVABLES --  Receivables  are  recognized  as  earned  according  to  the
respective  management  contracts.  Included in  accounts  receivable  are other
amounts due as reimbursement for certain expenses incurred or for funds advanced
on behalf  of its  customers. Receivables  are due  primarily from  the  Federal
Deposit  Insurance Corporation  (FDIC), the  Resolution Trust  Company (RTC) and
other customers. The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event that payment
is not received for revenue recognized equals the balance of accounts receivable
in the balance sheet.

    MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES -- Mortgage loans  held for sale are carried  at
the  lower of cost or  market. Market is determined  on an individual loan basis
based upon the estimated fair value of  similar loans for the month of  expected
delivery.

    Statement  of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 122, "Accounting for
Mortgage Servicing Rights" (an amendment of SFAS No. 65), which is effective for
the fiscal  year 1996,  requires mortgage  banking enterprises  to recognize  as
separate  assets  rights  to service  mortgage  loans for  others,  whether such

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
rights are  originated  by the  Company's  own mortgage  banking  activities  or
purchased  from others. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 122 effective January 1,
1996, and expects that the impact of such adoption will be insignificant to  its
financial condition and results of operations.

    INVESTMENT  IN ASSET PORTFOLIOS -- The Company classifies its investments in
asset portfolios as: loans,  partnerships and joint  ventures, real estate,  and
asset-backed securities. The original cost of an asset portfolio is allocated to
individual assets within that asset portfolio based on their relative fair value
to  the total purchase price. The  difference between gross estimated cash flows
from loans and asset-backed  securities and its present  value is accrued  using
the level yield method. The Company accounts for its investments in partnerships
and  joint ventures using the equity method which generally results in the pass-
through of the  Company's pro rata  share of earnings  as if the  Company had  a
direct  investment in the underlying loans. Real  estate is accounted for at the
lower of  cost  or  estimated fair  value.  Gains  and losses  on  the  sale  or
collection of specific assets are recognized on a specific identification basis.
Loans, partnerships and joint ventures, and real estate are carried at the lower
of  cost  or estimated  fair value.  The  Company's investments  in asset-backed
securities are classified  as available for  sale and are  carried at  estimated
fair  value determined  by discounting  estimated cash  flows at  current market
rates. Any unrealized  gains (losses)  on asset-backed  securities are  excluded
from  earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity, net
of tax effects.

    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards  (SFAS) No. 114, "Accounting  by
Creditors  for Impairment of a Loan", as amended by SFAS 118, which is effective
for fiscal year 1995, requires creditors to evaluate the collectibility of  both
contractual  interest and principal of loans when  assessing the need for a loss
accrual. Impairment  is measured  based on  the present  value of  the  expected
future  cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or the fair
value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs, if the loan is collateral
dependent and foreclosure  is probable.  In management's  judgment, because  all
loans are purchased at substantial discounts, the adoption of SFAS 114 will have
an  insignificant impact  on the  Company's financial  condition and  results of
operations. As of January  1, 1995, the Company  adopted the provisions of  SFAS
No.  114 "Accounting by Creditors  for Impairment of a  Loan" as amended by SFAS
118.

    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  -- Premises and  equipment are stated  at cost  less
accumulated   depreciation.  The  related  assets   are  depreciated  using  the
straight-line method over their estimated service lives, which range from  three
to  twenty years. Improvements to leased property are amortized over the life of
the lease or the life of the improvement, whichever is shorter.

    INTANGIBLE ASSETS  -- Intangible  assets represent  the excess  of  purchase
price  over the fair market value of  net assets acquired in connection with the
purchases described in  Note 2. These  intangible assets, principally  goodwill,
servicing  rights and contracts acquired,  are amortized using the straight-line
method over periods ranging from one to fifteen years. The Company  periodically
assesses  the recoverability  of intangible  assets and  estimates the remaining
useful life by  reviewing projected  results of  acquired operations,  servicing
rights and contracts.

    INCOME  TAXES --  The Company accounts  for income taxes  in accordance with
SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for Income  Taxes." Deferred taxes  are recorded  for
temporary  differences between the bases of assets and liabilities as recognized
by tax laws and their bases as reported in the financial statements.

    EARNINGS PER SHARE -- Earnings per share is computed by dividing net  income
by  the weighted  average number of  common shares and  common share equivalents
outstanding. The weighted  average number  of shares outstanding  for the  years
ended  December 31, 1993 and the two months ended December 31, 1992, is based on
the number of BEI shares of common stock and equivalents exchanged for  Holdings
shares  (see Note  2) and  assumes the  retroactive conversion  of the preferred
stock.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FOREIGN OPERATIONS  --  The  Company has  foreign  subsidiaries  located  in
Canada.  Assets and liabilities of the  foreign subsidiaries are translated into
United States dollars at the prevailing exchange rate on the balance sheet date.
Revenue and expense  accounts for  these subsidiaries are  translated using  the
weighted average exchange rate during the period. These translation methods give
rise  to cumulative foreign currency  translation adjustments which are reported
as a separate component of equity.

    INTERIM FINANCIAL  INFORMATION --  The accompanying  unaudited  consolidated
financial statements of AMRESCO, INC. and subsidiaries (the "Company") have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial  information. Accordingly, they do not  include all of the information
and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for  complete
financial  statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation  have
been  included. Operating results for the nine month periods ended September 30,
1994 and  1995,  are not  necessarily  indicative of  the  results that  may  be
expected for the entire fiscal year or any other interim period.

    RECLASSIFICATIONS  -- Certain  reclassifications of prior  year amounts have
been made to conform to the current year presentation.

2.  ACQUISITIONS AND ORGANIZATION
    On November 20,  1992, a Stock  Sale Agreement (the  Agreement) was  entered
into  by AMRESCO Acquisition Corporation (Acquisition),  an entity formed by CGW
Southeast Partners, L.P.  I and II,  to purchase the  stock of Asset  Management
Resolution  Company and AMRESCO Holdings, Inc. effective as of October 31, 1992.
Acquisition and  Holdings  were  merged, and  Acquisition  was  renamed  AMRESCO
Holdings,  Inc. Prior  to the  transaction, the  acquired companies  were wholly
owned by NationsBank Corporation (the Seller). Additional payments were made  to
the Seller based on Holdings' earnings. The Seller was entitled to 25% of pretax
income  of Holdings  in excess  of certain agreed  upon levels  through June 30,
1997. Amounts paid  and charged to  expense under the  Agreement during the  two
months  ended  December 31,  1992  and the  year  ended December  31,  1993 were
$1,529,000 and  $3,037,000, respectively.  Certain provisions  of the  Agreement
related to the additional payments to the Seller were amended effective April 1,
1993,  which replaced the earnout provisions with a rebate of 12.25% of revenues
from an asset management contract with the Seller through June 30, 1997.  During
1993  and 1994, rebates of $7,347,000 and $6,437,000, respectively, were accrued
and charged against revenues in the period the revenues were earned. See Note 3.

    The assets purchased and liabilities assumed as of October 31, 1992, were as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $   1,978
Accounts receivable...............................................     19,843
Intangible assets.................................................      4,748
Other assets......................................................      6,771
Liabilities.......................................................    (16,659)
                                                                    ---------
    Net assets acquired...........................................  $  16,681
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

    On December 31, 1993, BEI merged with Holdings. The merger was  accomplished
first  by converting each  outstanding share of  Holdings' convertible preferred
stock into 4.91 shares of Holdings  common stock. Each share of Holdings  common
stock  was then exchanged  for 10.03 shares of  BEI common stock  for a total of
11,120,530 shares,  resulting in  Holdings  becoming a  subsidiary of  BEI.  The
purchase price, determined

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2.  ACQUISITIONS AND ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)
based  on the fair market  value of the stock  exchanged plus direct acquisition
costs, was allocated to the BEI  assets and liabilities acquired based on  their
fair  market value  at the  date of  acquisition. The  BEI assets  purchased and
liabilities assumed as of December 31, 1993, were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $  18,521
Accounts receivable...............................................     12,426
Net deferred tax asset............................................     14,450
Intangible assets.................................................      6,566
Other assets......................................................     12,856
Liabilities.......................................................    (13,386)
                                                                    ---------
    Net assets acquired...........................................  $  51,433
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

    Effective August  1, 1994,  the Company  acquired substantially  all of  the
assets  of  Holliday  Fenoglio  Dockerty  &  Gibson,  Inc.  and  certain  of its
affiliates  (Holliday  Fenoglio),  which   are  originators  and  servicers   of
commercial  mortgages, for a maximum of approximately $33,000,000, based upon an
initial payment  of $17,280,000  in  cash and  $4,320,000  in stock,  and  three
additional  annual earnout payments if targeted  earnings are met or exceeded in
1994, 1995 and  1996. For  the period ended  December 31,  1994, $3,883,000  was
accrued for the current year earnout payment. The transaction has been accounted
for as an asset purchase. The purchase price, determined based on the cash paid,
the  fair market value of the Company stock issued and direct acquisition costs,
was allocated to the Holliday Fenoglio assets acquired based on the fair  market
value  at  the  date of  acquisition.  The Holliday  Fenoglio  assets purchased,
including acquisition  costs,  as  of  August  1,  1994,  were  as  follows  (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Premises and equipment.............................................  $   1,015
Loan servicing rights..............................................      2,200
Goodwill and non-compete agreement.................................     18,907
Other assets.......................................................         78
                                                                     ---------
    Net assets acquired............................................  $  22,200
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>

    The  following pro forma  consolidated results of  operations for the twelve
months ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 are presented as if the acquisitions  of
Holliday  Fenoglio and BEI occurred on January 1, 1993 (in thousands, except per
share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993        1994
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Revenues..............................................................  $  222,489  $  174,017
Net Income............................................................      25,913      19,661
Earnings per share....................................................        1.14         .82
</TABLE>

    Effective June 30, 1995, a  wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company  acquired
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  CKSRS  Housing  Group,  Ltd.,  a Miami,
Florida-based  commercial   mortgage  banking   company  specializing   in   the
origination,  sale  and  servicing  of  multifamily  mortgages  in  Florida, for
$1,287,000. As of June 30, 1995, the purchase price was allocated as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Mortgage servicing asset............................................  $     300
Equipment, furniture and fixtures...................................         10
Goodwill and non-compete agreement..................................      1,032
Liabilities.........................................................        (55)
                                                                      ---------
    Net assets of acquired company..................................  $   1,287
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>

    The shown allocation of  the purchase price is  based on the best  available
information and is subject to adjustment.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2.  ACQUISITIONS AND ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)
    On  September 13, 1995, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire
from EQ  Services, Inc.  22 contracts  to service  a total  of $6.2  billion  in
commercial  real estate mortgages. The closing  of the transaction is subject to
the satisfaction of certain customary conditions.

    On October 11, 1995, the Company  signed a definitive agreement with  Acacia
Realty Advisors, Inc. to acquire 16 pension fund advisory contracts. The closing
of  the  transaction  is  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  certain  customary
conditions.

3.  ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS
    The Company provides  asset management and  resolution services for  private
investors,  financial  institutions,  and  government  agencies.  Generally, the
contracts provide for  the payment of  a fixed management  fee which is  reduced
proportionately  as managed  assets decrease,  a resolution  fee using specified
percentage rates  based  on  net  cash collections  and  an  incentive  fee  for
resolution of certain assets. Asset management and resolution contracts are of a
finite  duration,  typically 3-5  years. Unless  new assets  are added  to these
contracts during  their  terms, the  amount  of total  assets  under  management
decreases  over  the terms  of  these contracts.  The  FDIC contract  expired on
January 31, 1995. During 1994 all  the existing asset management contracts  with
the RTC expired.

    On  August 31, 1994, the Company and NationsBank Corporation concluded their
asset management contract (NationsBank  Contract). The NationsBank Contract  had
an original term expiring in June 1997 and, as provided, the Company received an
early  conclusion  fee of  $10.0 million  which is  included in  other revenues.
One-time expenses  related  to  the  NationsBank  Contract  conclusion  included
incentive  compensation of $1.2 million and  $2.8 million for related intangible
write-offs.

    Revenues  from   the   Company's  three   largest   customers,   NationsBank
Corporation,  the FDIC and the RTC,  constituted 45%, 39% and 10%, respectively,
for the two months ended December 31,  1992, 46%, 39% and 6%, respectively,  for
the  year ended December 31, 1993, and 38%, 36% and 6% of total asset management
fees, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1994.

4.  OTHER ASSETS
    The following table summarizes  the components of  other assets at  December
31, 1993 and 1994, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1993       1994
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Investments held for sale................................................  $   1,637  $     468
Mortgages/Notes receivable...............................................      1,710      2,236
Deferred compensation agreements with former officers....................      1,072      1,629
Income taxes receivable..................................................      2,849      1,135
Prepaid expenses.........................................................        939        412
Other....................................................................      1,999      2,210
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total other assets...................................................  $  10,206  $   8,090
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    Deferred  compensation agreements include notes  from two former officers of
BEI, who are currently directors, which  were executed prior to its  acquisition
by  the Company.  The amounts  due represent  the present  value of non-interest
bearing notes due  in 2006 and  2007 for advances  for premiums on  split-dollar
life  insurance policies  owned by the  two directors. Cash  surrender values of
approximately $607,000 and $850,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1994  respectively,
collateralize  these  notes, and  the Company  is a  beneficiary under  the life
insurance policies to the extent of  total premiums advanced. Included in  other
liabilities   at  December  31,  1993  and  1994  is  $900,000  and  $1,331,000,
respectively, representing the present

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4.  OTHER ASSETS (CONTINUED)
value of the Company's obligation to  make future premium payments on such  life
insurance  policies. Included in mortgages/notes  receivable are unsecured notes
from these former officers totaling $525,000 due in 1995 and bearing interest at
8 1/2%.

5.  NOTES PAYABLE, MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE DEBT AND NONRECOURSE DEBT
    Notes payable, mortgage warehouse debt and nonrecourse subordinated debt  at
December  31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995 consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     --------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                       1993       1994         1995
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Revolving credit line agreement with NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
 (the Bank) for:
  Advances on a 30 day term at 7 5/8%..............................                         $    72,000
  Advances at 8 3/4%...............................................                               5,000
Revolving credit line agreement with the Bank for:
  Advance on a 182 day term at a 8 3/8%............................             $   8,000
  Advance at a prime rate of 8 1/2%................................                 7,500
  Senior note payable to the Bank with interest at their prime rate
   plus 1 1/2% payable monthly; collateralized by the investment in
   asset portfolio. Monthly principal payments are the greater of
   90% of the net cash flow of the portfolio or a minimum payment
   as defined in the note. The note required that $2,000,000 in
   cash and cash equivalents be maintained as a compensating
   balance with the Bank...........................................  $  21,953
  Revolving investment loan agreement with the Bank at 2%..........                              27,222
  Other notes payable..............................................        160
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total notes payable............................................  $  22,113  $  15,500   $   104,222
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
Mortgage warehouse debt payable to the Bank at 7 13/16%............                         $     2,702
                                                                                           -------------
                                                                                           -------------
Mortgage warehouse debt payable at 8 33/50%........................                         $     2,991
                                                                                           -------------
                                                                                           -------------
Nonrecourse debt payable to two financial services companies.......  $   6,000  $     959   $    30,605
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>

    A subsidiary of the Company had a nonrecourse subordinated note payable to a
financial services company collateralized by  a second security interest in  the
investment in asset portfolio. The note bears basic interest at the 90 day LIBOR
plus  4  1/2% (7  7/8%  and 11%  at  December 31,  1993  and December  30, 1994,
respectively) payable monthly. Principal payments are due monthly, equal to  10%
of  the  net portfolio  cash  flow with  the  remaining outstanding  balance due
December 30,  1996. The  note is  nonrecourse to  the borrowing  entity and  the
Company.  After  repayment  of  the outstanding  principal  and  basic interest,
contingent interest to provide the lender a 15% compounded rate is due from  any
available  net portfolio cash  flow. Additionally, after  the above payments are
made, and the subsidiary  has recovered $6,337,000  (representing its equity  in
the  asset portfolio at December 31, 1993, the date of the loan, and capitalized
costs), the lender is entitled to receive 6% of the net portfolio cash flow. The
principal balance was fully repaid at January 31, 1995.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.  NOTES PAYABLE, MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE DEBT AND NONRECOURSE DEBT (CONTINUED)
    On November 2, 1994, the Company entered into a $50,000,000 revolving credit
agreement with the Bank, which matures and is payable in full on April 30, 1996.
The line was temporarily increased to $75,000,000 until a greater revolver could
be  established. The borrowing terms, including interest, may be selected by the
Company and tied to  either the Bank's  floating prime (8  1/2% at December  30,
1994)  or, for  advances on a  term basis up  to approximately 180  days, a rate
equal to an adjusted LIBOR  rate plus 150 basis points  (8 1/2% at December  30,
1994 for a term of 180 days). Interest is payable monthly and at the end of each
advance  period as to the  amounts with respect to  which LIBOR is applicable. A
facility fee equal to 3/8%  of the average daily unused  portion of the line  is
payable  quarterly in arrears. As part of  the agreement, the Company is subject
to both positive and negative covenants, such as liquidity maintenance, tangible
net worth  requirements  and  minimum  consolidated  net  income  before  taxes,
depreciation,  amortization and interest. The credit line is secured by a pledge
of all  stock of  substantially all  of  the subsidiaries  of the  Company.  The
Company  has outstanding  letters of  credit totaling  $833,000 at  December 31,
1994, which  reduce  the available  revolving  line.  This line  of  credit  was
terminated with the new $175,000,000 revolving loan agreement described below.

    Prior  to  entering into  the  revolving credit  agreement  described above,
Holdings maintained  a $35,000,000  line  of credit  with  the Bank  which  bore
interest  at their prime rate plus 1/2%. This line of credit was terminated with
the $50,000,000 revolving credit agreement.

    On January  20,  1995, the  Company  entered into  a  $35,000,000  revolving
investment  loan  agreement with  the Bank.  Proceeds  of the  loan are  used to
acquire short-term investments which secure the loan. Interest is computed based
on market rates adjusted for the Company's credited funds at the Bank.

    On April 28, 1995, a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company entered into  a
$25,000,000 revolving credit loan agreement with the Bank to facilitate mortgage
loan underwriting and origination. The stated interest rate for this line is the
Bank's  floating prime rate (8 3/4% at September 30, 1995); however, the Company
may elect to have up to three traunches of debt bear interest at adjusted 30-day
LIBOR rate plus 2% (7 13/16% at September  30, 1995 for a term of 30 days),  and
interest is payable monthly. Principal payments on the note are due monthly, and
are  equal to  the aggregate  amount of all  principal payments  received by the
borrowing entity with respect to mortgage loan underwriting and origination. The
loan is collateralized by the mortgage loans and the borrowing  entity/servicers
collection accounts.

    On  July  27, 1995,  two wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of the  Company jointly
entered into  a $27,500,000  nonrecourse term  loan agreement  with a  financial
services  company  to  finance  investments in  Asset  Portfolios.  The  loan is
collateralized by a security interest in the investments in asset portfolios  of
the  subsidiaries.  The stated  interest  rate for  this  debt is  the financial
company's floating prime rate plus 1 1/2%  (10 1/4% at July 27, 1995);  however,
the  borrowing entities  may elect to  have up  to three traunches  of debt bear
interest at adjusted LIBOR rate plus 3% (8 15/16 at July 27, 1995 for a term  of
180  days), with the  term of each  traunche to be  up to 180  days. Interest is
payable monthly. Principal payments are due monthly and are equal to 90% of  the
net portfolio cash flow for the preceding month. Additional principal reductions
may  be  required  on  a  quarterly  basis  to  meet  minimum  principal payment
requirements. The loan  is nonrecourse to  the Company and  matures on July  31,
1998.  As part  of the  agreement, the  borrowing entities  and the  Company are
subject to both positive and negative covenants.

    On August 15, 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into  a
mortgage   warehouse  agreement   with  a  funding   corporation  to  facilitate
multi-family mortgage  loan underwriting  and origination.  The stated  interest
rate  for  this line  is an  adjusted 30-day  LIBOR  rate plus  3% (8  33/50% at
September 30, 1995), and interest and principal are payable upon the receipt  of
the  proceeds of the  sale or other  disposition of related  mortgage loans. The
loan is secured by  the mortgage loans  originated by the  Company and held  for
sale  under  the facility.  The  Company is  a  guarantor on  this  facility. At
September 30, 1995, an advance of $2,991,000 was outstanding at an interest rate
of 8 33/50%.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

5.  NOTES PAYABLE, MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE DEBT AND NONRECOURSE DEBT  (CONTINUED)
    On September 27, 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into
a $8,696,000  Global Master  Repurchase  Agreement to  support the  purchase  of
certain  commercial  mortgage  pass-through  certificates.  The  Agreement bears
interest at  a rate  based  on LIBOR  (7 3/8%  at  September 30,  1995)  payable
monthly.  This  facility  is  secured by  the  commercial  mortgage pass-through
certificates and  repayment  of  principal  is based  on  cash  flow  from  such
securities.

    On  September 29,  1995, the Company  entered into  a $175,000,000 revolving
loan agreement with a syndicate of banks,  led by the Bank which matures and  is
payable  in  full  on September  29,  1997.  By its  terms,  the  revolving loan
agreement has two  primary components, $75,000,000  available under a  corporate
facility   (including  $25,000,000  under  a   temporary  bridge  facility)  and
$100,000,000 available  under  a  portfolio facility.  The  syndicate's  current
commitment  under  the  revolving  loan  agreement  is  limited  to  a  total of
$127,500,000; $68,900,000 under the corporate facility and $58,600,000 under the
portfolio facility. The  additional amounts under  the revolving loan  agreement
would  become  available to  the Company  upon  the participation  by additional
financial institutions in the syndicate for the loan and upon an increase in the
Company's borrowing base under  this agreement. There can  be no assurance  that
such events will occur. The borrowing terms, including interest, may be selected
by  the Company and tied to either the Bank's variable rate (8 3/4% at September
30, 1995) or, for advances on a term basis up to approximately 180 days, a  rate
equal  to an adjusted LIBOR rate (7 5/8% at September 30, 1995 for a term of 180
days). Interest is payable quarterly and at the end of each advance period as to
the amounts  with respect  to  which LIBOR  is  applicable. The  revolving  loan
agreement  is secured  by substantially  all of  the assets  of the  Company not
pledged under other  credit facilities,  including stock  of a  majority of  the
Company's  subsidiaries  held  by  the  Company.  The  revolving  loan agreement
requires  the  Company  to  meet  certain  financial  tests,  including  minimum
consolidated   tangible  net   worth,  maximum   consolidated  funded   debt  to
consolidated capitalization ratio, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio,  minimum
interest  coverage  ratio,  maximum  consolidated  funded  debt  to consolidated
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")  ratio
and  maximum corporate  facility outstanding  to consolidated  EBITDA ratio. The
revolving loan agreement contains covenants that, among other things, will limit
the incurrence of  additional indebtedness, investments,  asset sales, loans  to
shareholders, dividends, transactions with affiliates, acquisitions, mergers and
consolidations,  liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted
in such agreements. On September 7,  1995, the Company entered into an  interest
rate  swap  agreement  to hedge  a  portion  of this  debt  agreement.  The swap
agreement has a notional amount of $25,000,000 and requires payment of  interest
by  the Company at a fixed rate of 5 4/5% and receipt of interest by the Company
at a floating rate equal to 30-day LIBOR.

6.  INCOME TAXES
    Income tax expense (benefit)  consists of the following  for the two  months
ended  December 31, 1992, and  the years ended December  31, 1993, and 1994, (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1992       1993       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal...............................................................  $   2,200  $  14,533  $   9,665
  State.................................................................        583      3,096      2,609
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total current tax expense...........................................      2,783     17,629     12,274
Deferred tax expense (benefit)..........................................       (603)    (1,650)       966
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total income tax expense............................................  $   2,180  $  15,979  $  13,240
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

6.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The net deferred tax asset  at December 31, 1993  and 1994, consists of  the
tax effects of temporary differences related to the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1993       1994
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Accounts receivable...............................................................  $     221  $   1,386
Premises and equipment............................................................        277        235
Intangible assets.................................................................      3,483      2,691
Investment in subsidiaries........................................................      2,097        930
Accrued employee compensation.....................................................      1,911      3,261
Net operating loss carryforwards..................................................      8,140      6,775
AMT credit carryforwards..........................................................        602        602
Other.............................................................................      2,117      2,002
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance.............................     18,848     17,882
  Valuation allowance.............................................................       (675)      (675)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax asset............................................................  $  18,173  $  17,207
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    A  reconciliation of  income taxes  on reported  pretax income  at statutory
rates to actual income tax expense for  the two months ended December 31,  1992,
and the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1992       1993       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Income tax at statutory rates...........................................  $   2,011  $  14,069  $  11,196
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit..........................        169      1,910      1,606
Other...................................................................                              438
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total income tax expense..............................................  $   2,180  $  15,979  $  13,240
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
Income tax expense attributable to continuing operations................  $   2,279  $  17,371  $  14,753
Income tax benefit attributable to discontinued operations..............        (99)    (1,392)    (1,513)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total income tax expense..............................................  $   2,180  $  15,979  $  13,240
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    As a result of the acquisition of BEI, the Company has available for its use
BEI's  net operating  loss carryforwards existing  at the  acquisition date. The
Company  is  limited  to  utilizing  approximately  $4,245,000  of  such  losses
annually.  The  following  are  the expiration  dates  and  the  approximate net
operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 1994, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXPIRATION DATE                                                             AMOUNT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>
1995.....................................................................  $     812
1996.....................................................................        739
1997.....................................................................      2,325
1998.....................................................................      2,818
1999.....................................................................      1,333
2001.....................................................................      3,516
2002.....................................................................      2,071
2003.....................................................................      1,459
2006.....................................................................        372
2007.....................................................................      2,867
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           $  18,312
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

7.  PAYABLE TO PARTNERS
    Payable to  partners  represents amounts  owed  to Esther  Ritz  Corporation
(Ritz)  and other  partners for  their shares  of the  undistributed earnings of
various joint  ventures and  partnerships. The  consolidated balance  sheets  at
December  31, 1993 and 1994,  include the accounts of  BEI-Ritz Joint Venture #1
and BEI-Ritz Joint Venture #2 (the Joint  Ventures) of which the Company owns  a
controlling  interest. The  Joint Ventures were  formed in 1991  between BEI and
Ritz to  participate  in  the  bidding for  contracts  for  the  management  and
disposition of assets owned by the RTC. The Joint Ventures make distributions to
the Company and to Ritz as cash is collected on the RTC contracts.

8.  OTHER LIABILITIES
    The  following  table  summarizes  the components  of  other  liabilities at
December 31, 1993 and 1994, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1993       1994
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Accrued earnout (Note 2).................................................  $       0  $   3,883
Deferred compensation obligations (Note 4)...............................        900      1,331
Dividends payable........................................................        560      1,179
Lease abandonment accrual................................................      1,250        964
Other....................................................................      3,942      5,507
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total other liabilities..............................................  $   6,652  $  12,864
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

9.  DISCONTINUED OPERATION
    The Company adopted  a plan  on December 1,  1994, to  discontinue its  data
processing operations for the banking and asset management industry, to sell the
discontinued  subsidiary, AMRESCO Services, Inc., or  most of the assets of that
subsidiary, by June 30, 1995. The net liabilities of the subsidiary at  December
31, 1994, were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Accounts receivable................................................  $     666
Premises and equipment and other assets............................        341
Liabilities........................................................       (718)
Reserve for losses on discontinued operations......................     (1,243)
                                                                     ---------
    Net liabilities of discontinued subsidiary.....................  $    (954)
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>

    Gross  revenues  applicable to  the  discontinued operations  were $957,000,
$5,500,000 and $4,542,000 for the two  months ended December 31, 1992, the  year
ended  December  31,  1993,  and  the eleven  months  ended  November  30, 1994,
respectively. The loss from the discontinued operations for the period  December
1, 1994 to December 31, 1994 was $95,000, net of $63,000 income tax benefit.

    On  June  16, 1995,  the Company  sold  substantially all  of the  assets of
AMRESCO Services, Inc.,  for $6,250,000  in cash  with a  gain of  approximately
$2,425,000,  or $0.10 per share, net of certain transaction costs and $1,617,000
provision for  income taxes.  The book  values of  the net  assets sold  in  the
transaction were as follows (in thousands; unaudited):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Cash.................................................................  $     283
Accounts receivable..................................................        293
Premises and equipment...............................................        302
Other assets.........................................................         65
Liabilities..........................................................       (199)
                                                                       ---------
    Net assets of discontinued subsidiary............................  $     744
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

10. SALE OF ASSETS
    During  1994, the Company  sold to outside parties  substantially all of the
assets of  its  EnterChange  division,  acquired  December  31,  1993  with  the
acquisition  of  BEI,  for  approximately $1,500,000  in  cash  and  $818,000 in
promissory notes. The sale of the  EnterChange division is not expected to  have
any material financial impact on the Company.

11. COMMON STOCK
    The  Company  has  incentive  stock  option plans  for  the  benefit  of key
individuals, including its directors, officers and key employees. In  connection
with the merger of BEI and Holdings (See Note 2), certain granted options became
fully  vested.  The  plans are  administered  by  a committee  of  the  Board of
Directors. The plans were  adjusted to reflect the  conversion of each share  of
Holdings  common stock  into 10.03  shares of  the Company's  stock for  the two
months ended December  31, 1992  and the years  ended December  31, 1993.  Stock
option  activity under the plans for the  two months ended December 31, 1992 and
the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF   OPTION PRICE PER
                                                                   SHARES         SHARE
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>
Options outstanding at November 1, 1992........................      --
  Granted......................................................     411,230             $0.60
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1992.......................     411,230             $0.60
  Granted......................................................     431,290             $3.50
  Canceled.....................................................     (70,210)            $0.60
  Acquired company options outstanding.........................   1,321,790    $2.25 to $4.50
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1993.......................   2,094,100    $0.60 to $4.50
  Granted......................................................     500,000    $7.00 to $8.94
  Exercised....................................................    (711,590)   $0.60 to $3.50
  Forfeited....................................................     (10,060)            $3.50
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1994.......................   1,872,450    $0.60 to $8.94
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options exercisable at December 31, 1994.......................   1,455,256    $0.60 to $8.94
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options available for grant at December 31, 1994...............     501,766
                                                                 ----------
                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>

    At December 31, 1994, the Company  has reserved a total of 2,374,216  shares
of common stock for exercise of stock options.

    A  stock  subscription agreement  and  related shareholders'  agreement (the
Stockholder Agreements) were entered into  by the Company with various  officers
and  other  parties  (the Subscribers)  on  December 9,  1992.  Such Stockholder
Agreements state that the Subscribers agreed to purchase a set number of  shares
of  capital stock, as defined. The purchase  price was based on a purchase price
of $6.00  per  share  of common  stock  ($.60  per share  after  effect  of  the
conversion  into  Company stock).  Certain  executive officers  purchased common
stock with cash and promissory notes. The notes accrue interest at 6% per  annum
and  are due and payable  in December 2002 or within  one year of termination of
employment. The shares are subject to certain restrictions and repurchase rights
pursuant to the  Stockholder Agreements. In  the event of  termination prior  to
December  2002, the  Company could cancel  unvested shares  by canceling related
indebtedness based on  the original issue  price. Originally, 50%  of the  notes
were  vested based  upon performance  and the  remainder were  time notes.  As a
result of the merger  with BEI, the performance  notes were converted into  time
notes.  The conversion of the notes  resulted in additional compensation expense
recorded during  1993 of  $1,188,000.  In addition,  the  shares are  now  fully
vested. The notes are secured by the

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

11. COMMON STOCK (CONTINUED)
stock  acquired and are nonrecourse to the Subscribers. The notes are classified
as a reduction of shareholders' equity for financial reporting purposes.  During
1993,  $179,000 in notes receivable for  officers' shares and the related common
stock were canceled. During 1994, a $178,000 note receivable was repaid.

    On February  6,  1995,  the  Company's Board  of  Directors  authorized  the
repurchase  of up to  $6,000,000 of its  common stock from  time to time through
February 6,  1996. Any  purchases,  if made,  would be  in  the open  market  at
prevailing  prices  or  in privately  negotiated  transactions.  The repurchased
shares would be  held for existing  or future stock  option or employee  benefit
plans and for possible stock splits or dividends.

12. EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
    Accrued  employee compensation and  benefits at December  31, 1993 and 1994,
includes amounts  for incentive  compensation, severance  and benefits.  Certain
employees  are eligible to receive a bonus from a pool computed on 20% to 25% of
pretax income over  predetermined minimum earning  levels. In addition,  certain
employees  are  covered by  severance  plans in  the  event their  employment is
terminated due to  reductions in  the workforce.  The Company  accrues for  such
costs  over  the service  period.  At December  31, 1993  and  1994, a  total of
$6,777,000 and  $5,144,000,  respectively, was  accrued  for costs  incurred  or
expected to be incurred under the severance plans of continuing operations.

    Effective  January  1,  1993,  the Company  adopted  the  AMRESCO Retirement
Savings and Profit  Sharing Plan (the  Plan). The Plan  qualifies under  Section
401(k)  of the Internal  Revenue Code and incorporates  both a savings component
and a profit sharing component for  eligible employees. As determined each  year
by the Board of Directors, the Company may match the employee contribution up to
6%  of their base pay based on the Company's performance. For 1994, the matching
contribution was set  at $.50 for  each $1.00 contributed  by the employees.  In
addition  to the matching  savings contribution, the  Company provides an annual
contribution to the profit sharing retirement component of the Plan on behalf of
all eligible employees. This portion of  the Plan has been subsequently  amended
to  assure that the Company  is not required to  make an employer profit sharing
contribution to the Plan after 1993. However, it is anticipated that some  level
of  profit sharing contribution  will continue in future  periods. For the years
ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, the Company made profit sharing  contributions
of   $1,700,000  and  $1,312,000,  respectively.  Allocation  of  the  Company's
contribution will be  based on  a percentage  of an  employee's "weighted  total
pay."  Weighted total pay places a stronger  emphasis on the age of the employee
and provides an increasingly larger  profit sharing contribution as an  employee
nears retirement.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company is committed to pay additional consideration to former owners of
an  acquired subsidiary  based on  financial performance  during 1994,  1995 and
1996. See Note 2.

    The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating leases covering office
facilities which expire  at various  dates through  2000. Certain  of the  lease
agreements  provide for minimum  annual rentals with  provisions to increase the
rents to cover increases in real estate taxes and other expenses of the  lessor.
The  Company also  has cancelable  leases on  equipment which  expire on various
dates through 1998. The total rent expense for the two months ended December 31,
1992, and the years ended December 31, 1993 and

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
1994, was approximately $876,000,  $3,116,000 and $4,386,000, respectively.  The
future  minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable agreements having
a remaining term in excess of one year  at December 31, 1994 are as follows  (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Year Ended December 31,
  1995..............................................................  $   1,686
  1996..............................................................      1,509
  1997..............................................................      1,233
  1998..............................................................        814
  1999..............................................................        485
  Thereafter........................................................        149
</TABLE>

    The  Company is  a defendant  in various  legal actions.  In the  opinion of
management, such actions will  not materially affect  the financial position  or
results of operations of the consolidated company.

14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    The   following  disclosure  of  the   estimated  fair  value  of  financial
instruments is  made  in  accordance  with the  requirement  of  SFAS  No.  107,
"Disclosures  About  Fair Value  of Financial  Instruments." The  estimated fair
value amounts  have  been  determined  by the  Company  using  available  market
information  and  appropriate  valuation  methodologies.  However,  considerable
judgment is  necessarily  required  to  interpret market  data  to  develop  the
estimates  of fair  value. Accordingly, the  estimates presented  herein are not
necessarily indicative of  the amounts the  Company could realize  in a  current
market  exchange.  The use  of  different market  assumptions  and/or estimation
methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31, 1993       DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                      ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                      CARRYING    ESTIMATED   CARRYING    ESTIMATED
                                                                       AMOUNT    FAIR VALUE    AMOUNT    FAIR VALUE
                                                                      ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $  43,442   $  43,442   $  20,446   $  20,446
  Accounts receivable...............................................     39,399      39,399      20,682      20,682
  Investment in asset portfolios:
    Loans...........................................................     33,795      36,300      30,920      37,485
    Partnerships and joint ventures.................................                             22,491      25,200
    Asset-backed securities.........................................                              3,481       3,500
  Other assets......................................................      6,923       6,923       7,216       7,216

Liabilities:
  Accounts payable..................................................      9,830       9,830       4,891       4,891
  Notes payable and other debt......................................     28,113      28,113      16,459      16,459
  Payable to partners...............................................      3,399       3,250       3,907       3,907
  Letters of credit ($833)..........................................                             --          --
</TABLE>

    The fair values  of the investment  in asset portfolios,  notes payable  and
payable  to joint  venture partner are  estimated based on  present values using
applicable rates to approximate current entry-value interest rates applicable to
each category of  such financial instruments.  The carrying amount  of cash  and
cash  equivalents, accounts  receivable, net  of reserves,  and accounts payable
approximates fair  value.  The Company  has  reviewed its  exposure  on  standby
letters of credit and has determined that the fair value of such exposure is not
material.  The  fair value  estimates presented  herein  are based  on pertinent
information available to management as of  December 31, 1993 and 1994.  Although
management  is  not aware  of any  factors that  would significantly  affect the
estimated fair  value  amounts,  such  amounts  have  not  been  comprehensively
revalued  for purposes of  these financial statements  since the date presented,
and therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the
amounts presented herein.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

    ACQUISITION OF  EQS.    On  October 27,  1995,  the  Company  completed  the
acquisition  of  the third-party  securitized,  commercial mortgage  loan Master
Servicer and  Special  Servicer  businesses  of  EQS.  The  purchase  price  was
approximately $16.9 million.

    ACQUISITION  OF ACACIA.  Effective November  20, 1995, the Company completed
the purchase for approximately $4.5 million of substantially all of the  pension
fund advisory contracts and certain other assets of Acacia. Acacia provides real
estate investment advisory services to pension and other institutional investors
in  respect  of investments  in office,  industrial  and distressed  real estate
properties. Acacia is based in Boston and has approximately 18 employees.

    CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURE OFFERING.   On  November 27,  1995,  the
Company  completed an  offering conducted  in Europe,  pursuant to  Regulation S
promulgated under  the  Securities Act,  of  $45.0 million  aggregate  principal
amount  of Convertible  Subordinated Debentures.  The net  proceeds (aggregating
approximately $43.0 million) from  such offering were  used to repay  borrowings
under  the revolving credit  line. The Convertible  Subordinated Debentures bear
interest at 8%  per annum  and will  mature on December  15, 2005.  There is  no
sinking  fund or  amortization of principal  prior to  maturity. The Convertible
Subordinated Debentures  are not  redeemable  prior to  December 15,  1996.  The
Convertible Subordinated Debentures are convertible at the option of the holders
into  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  a  conversion  price  of  $12.50  per share
(equivalent to  a  conversion rate  of  80 shares  of  Common Stock  per  $1,000
principal  amount of Convertible Subordinated Debentures), subject to adjustment
in  certain  events.  The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  are  unsecured
obligations  of the Company  and subordinated to all  existing and future Senior
Indebtedness (as defined in the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture) of
the Company. The Convertible Subordinated  Debentures contain certain rights  of
the  holder to require the repurchase of the Convertible Subordinated Debentures
(i) upon  a  Fundamental Change  (as  defined in  the  Convertible  Subordinated
Debenture Indenture) and (ii) if the Company is not able to maintain a Net Worth
(as   defined   in  the   Convertible   Subordinated  Debenture   Indenture)  of
approximately $141.0 million  (which includes  the net proceeds  to the  Company
from  the Common Stock  offering described below)  plus the net  proceeds to the
Company from any other offering of Common Stock by the Company subsequent to the
date hereof.  There are  certain other  covenants restricting  dividends on  and
redemptions of capital stock.

    COMMON  STOCK  OFFERING.   On  December 13,  1995,  the Company  completed a
registered public  offering  of 2,000,000  shares  of Common  Stock.  Subsequent
thereto,  the Company  sold an  additional 300,000  shares of  Common Stock upon
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. The net proceeds from  such
offering,  including the  over-allotment shares,  aggregated approximately $25.1
million and were used to repay  borrowings under the revolving credit line.  The
price  to the public was $11.75 per share and the price to the Company per share
was $11.10 (after an underwriting discount of  $ .65 per share). In addition  to
the  offering  of  shares of  Common  Stock  by the  Company,  two institutional
shareholders sold an aggregate  of 2,300,000 shares  of Common Stock  (including
300,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option). The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares.
Assuming  issuance of 2,300,000 shares of common  stock at the beginning of each
of the periods January 1, 1994 and 1995 and application of related net  proceeds
to  the  repayment  of borrowings  bearing  an  average interest  cost  of 8.2%,
earnings per share  for the year  ended December  31, 1994 and  the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1995 for income  from continuing operations would have been
$0.85 and $0.50,  respectively, while earnings  per share for  net income  would
have been $0.77 and $0.59, respectively.

   
    GLOBAL  MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT.   On December 19,  1995, a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company  entered into a  $20,593,000 Global Master  Repurchase
Agreement  to support the  purchase of certain  commercial mortgage pass-through
certificates. The agreement bears interest at a rate based on 30 day LIBOR  plus
1  2/5% (7 1/3% at December 31,  1995) payable monthly. This facility is secured
by the commercial mortgage pass-through certificates and repayment of  principal
is based on cash flow from such securities.
    

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
    The  following is  a summary of  unaudited quarterly  results of operations,
revised to reflect  discontinued operations,  for the years  ended December  31,
1993 and 1994 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                               QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues from continuing operations.........................  $  50,525  $  36,814  $  41,080  $  43,743
Income from continuing operations before taxes..............     11,756     11,245     12,344      8,332
Income from continuing operations...........................      7,143      6,842      7,442      4,879
Loss from discontinued operations...........................        277        326        355      1,130
Net income..................................................      6,866      6,516      7,087      3,749
Earnings per share from continuing operations...............       0.63       0.61       0.66       0.43
Earnings per share..........................................       0.61       0.58       0.63       0.33
</TABLE>

    Nonrecurring  charges  of $2,209,000  related to  write-off of  software and
merger related compensation accruals were made during the quarter ended December
31, 1993.  Quarterly financial  data has  been revised  to reflect  discontinued
operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                               QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues from continuing operations.........................  $  40,563  $  40,460  $  46,782  $  29,379
Income from continuing operations before taxes..............      9,244      9,307     14,979      2,156
Income from continuing operations...........................      5,358      5,425      8,873      1,277
Loss from discontinued operations...........................        422        316        238      1,209
Net income..................................................      4,936      5,109      8,635         68
Earnings per share from continuing operations...............       0.23       0.23       0.37       0.05
Earnings per share..........................................       0.21       0.22       0.36       0.00
</TABLE>

    Nonrecurring  income  of  $10,000,000  related  to  the  conclusion  of  the
NationsBank Contract was recorded during the third quarter of 1994. Nonrecurring
accruals for the  loss on discontinued  operations were made  during the  fourth
quarter of 1994.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

AMRESCO:

    We  have audited  the accompanying  combined statements  of income  and cash
flows of  Asset Management  Resolution Company  and AMRESCO  Holdings, Inc.  and
subsidiaries  (together AMRESCO), both of which  were under the common ownership
and management of NationsBank  Corporation as of October  31, 1992, for the  ten
months  ended  October 31,  1992. These  combined  financial statements  are the
responsibility of  AMRESCO  management.  Our responsibility  is  to  express  an
opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audit.

    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material  misstatement. An audit  includes examining, on  a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements.  An
audit  also includes  assessing the  accounting principles  used and significant
estimates made  by  management,  as  well as  evaluating  the  overall  combined
financial   statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our  opinion, such  1992  financial statements,  present fairly,  in  all
material  respects, the combined results of  AMRESCO's operations and cash flows
for the ten months ended October 31, 1992, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

   
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    
Dallas, Texas
March 26, 1993

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                    AMRESCO
                            (PREDECESSOR BUSINESSES)

                   FOR THE TEN MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1992
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
REVENUES:
Asset management fees (Note 3)....................................................  $ 129,179
Other.............................................................................      3,680
                                                                                    ---------
      Total revenues..............................................................    132,859
                                                                                    ---------
EXPENSES:
Personnel (Note 5)................................................................     64,955
Occupancy.........................................................................      4,918
Equipment.........................................................................      3,534
Professional fees.................................................................     19,817
General and administrative........................................................      5,533
                                                                                    ---------
      Total expenses..............................................................     98,757
                                                                                    ---------
Income before taxes...............................................................     34,102
Income tax expense (Note 4).......................................................     10,795
                                                                                    ---------
      Net income..................................................................  $  23,307
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------

                              COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income........................................................................  $  23,307
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
  Loss on retirement of property and equipment....................................         16
  Depreciation and amortization...................................................      5,240
  Expenses paid by parent.........................................................        475
  Increase (decrease) in cash for changes in:
    Accounts receivable...........................................................     15,788
    Deferred income taxes.........................................................     (2,068)
    Other assets..................................................................       (126)
    Other liabilities.............................................................     (1,050)
    Income taxes payable..........................................................      8,138
    Accounts payable..............................................................    (10,233)
                                                                                    ---------
      Net cash provided by operating activities...................................     39,487
                                                                                    ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Expenditures for furniture, fixtures, and equipment...............................     (5,117)
                                                                                    ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid....................................................................    (20,000)
                                                                                    ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.........................................     14,370
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period....................................     21,216
                                                                                    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..........................................  $  35,586
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

                  See notes to combined financial statements.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                    AMRESCO

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  ORGANIZATION
    Effective October  31, 1992,  a  Stock Sale  Agreement (the  Agreement)  was
entered  into  by  AMRESCO  Acquisition Corporation,  an  entity  formed  by CGW
Southeast Partners, L.P. I and II and which was renamed AMRESCO Holdings,  Inc.,
to  purchase the stock  of AMRESCO, Inc.  and AMRESCO Holdings,  Inc. (AHI). The
combined financial  statements of  AMRESCO  (predecessor businesses  of  AMRESCO
Holdings,  Inc.) consist  of Asset  Management Resolution  Company (dba AMRESCO,
Inc.) and AHI, including its wholly owned subsidiaries, AMRESCO Services,  Inc.,
AMRESCO Institutional, Inc. and AMRESCO Management, Inc.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    AMRESCO  is engaged  primarily in  the business  of managing,  servicing and
liquidating  loans  and  related  assets  for  various  financial  institutions,
government   agencies  and  others.   All  transactions  between   AHI  and  its
subsidiaries and  AMRESCO,  Inc.  and their  predecessor  businesses  have  been
eliminated in the combined financial statements.

    REVENUE  AND  EXPENSE  RECOGNITION  -- Revenues,  principally  fees  for the
management and  collection  of  assets  subject  to  management  contracts,  are
recognized as earned. Expenses incurred in managing and administering the assets
subject  to  management  contracts are  charged  to expense  as  incurred. Asset
disposition fees are accrued based  on estimated collections and related  costs.
Differences  between estimated and actual amounts  are recorded in the period of
determination. Revenue from AMRESCO's largest customers constituted 42%, 39% and
16% of total asset management fees for the ten months ended October 31, 1992.

    INCOME TAXES -- AMRESCO's tax  provision and related balance sheet  accounts
have  been  recorded  in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 96.  Current income tax  provisions approximate taxes  on a  stand
alone basis to be paid or refunded for the applicable period. Deferred taxes are
provided   on  the  temporary  differences  between  the  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities as measured by tax laws and their bases as reported in the financial
statements.

3.  CONTRACTS
    AMRESCO performs asset  management services primarily  for NationsBank,  the
FDIC  and the RTC  under management contracts.  Generally, the contracts provide
for the payment of  a fixed management fee  which is reduced proportionately  as
managed  assets  decrease, a  disposition fee  using specified  percentage rates
based on net  cash collections and  an incentive fee  for resolution of  certain
assets.  Contracts  to manage,  service  and liquidate  assets  expire beginning
December 31, 1993 through  June 30, 1997.  AMRESCO, Inc. and  the RTC agreed  in
principle  to effect an early termination of  a full-service contract and a loan
administration contract no later than December 31, 1992. AMRESCO, Inc. collected
an agreed disposition fee on the book  value of the remaining assets and, as  of
December  31,  1992,  returned  the  management of  the  assets  to  the  RTC. A
significant amount of AMRESCO's revenues  are derived under an asset  management
contract   beginning  in  1992  between   AMRESCO  and  NationsBank  Corporation
(NationsBank).

4.  INCOME TAXES
    Prior to the acquisition, AMRESCO filed  a consolidated tax return with  its
parent,  NationsBank. Income  taxes were  accrued as  if AMRESCO  filed separate
returns. No delineation was  made of current and  deferred taxes as  NationsBank
allocated tax benefits to AMRESCO. The receipt of tax benefits were handled as a
capital  contribution  by  the  Parent.  AMRESCO's  acquisition  was  a  taxable
transaction, and as a

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                    AMRESCO

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
result, a new tax basis for the  AMRESCO group was created. A reconciliation  of
income  taxes on reported pretax  income at statutory rates  to total income tax
expense is as follows for the ten months ended October 31, 1992 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Income tax at statutory rate (34%).....................................  $  11,595
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)............................      1,797
Change in prior-year estimate of Parent tax attributes.................     (2,503)
Other..................................................................        (94)
                                                                         ---------
Income tax expense.....................................................  $  10,795
                                                                         ---------
                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>

5.  RETIREMENT AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
    Certain professional employees received a bonus from a pool computed on  20%
to  25% of pretax income  over predetermined minimum earning  levels for the ten
months ended October 31, 1992 and based upon NationsBank's bonus programs  prior
to  1992. Certain employees  are covered by  severance plans in  the event their
employment is  terminated  by  AMRESCO.  Until December  9,  1992,  the  Company
participated  in a qualified  retirement plan of  NationsBank, which covered all
full-time, salaried employees and  certain part-time employees. Pension  expense
under  this plan was accrued. The  costs allocated from NationsBank were charged
to current operations  and consist  of several  components of  net pension  cost
based  on various  actuarial assumptions  regarding future  experience under the
plan.

6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    Total  rent  expense  for  the  ten  months  ended  October  31,  1992   was
approximately  $3,220,000. AMRESCO  is a  defendant in  or party  to pending and
threatened legal actions  and proceedings. Management  believes, based upon  the
opinion  of  legal counsel,  that the  actions  and liability  or loss,  if any,
resulting from the final  outcome of these proceedings  will not be material  in
the aggregate.

7.  STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
    The  activity in stockholder's  equity for the ten  months ended October 31,
1992 is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
JANUARY 1, 1992.......................................................  $  30,935
  Net income..........................................................     23,307
  Contribution by parent..............................................        475
  Dividends and distributions to parent...............................    (42,169)
                                                                        ---------
OCTOBER 31, 1992......................................................  $  12,548
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>
No  person  has  been  authorized  to  give  any  information  or  to  make  any
representations in connection with this  offering other than those contained  in
this Prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representations
must  not  be  relied upon  as  having been  authorized  by the  Company  or the
Underwriters. Neither  the  delivery  of  this Prospectus  nor  any  sales  made
hereunder  shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of the  Company since the date hereof or that  the
information  contained herein is correct as of  any time subsequent to its date.
This Prospectus does not  constitute an offer  to sell or  a solicitation of  an
offer  to buy any  securities other than  the registered securities  to which it
relates. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a  solicitation
of  an offer to buy such securities in  any circumstances in which such offer or
solicitation is unlawful.

                            ------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PAGE
                                                       ---
<S>                                                <C>
Available Information............................           2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference.......................................           2
Certain Definitions..............................           4
Summary..........................................           6
Risk Factors.....................................          12
Recent Developments..............................          16
Use of Proceeds..................................          17
Capitalization...................................          18
Summary Financial and Other Data.................          19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
 Condition and Results of Operations.............          21
Business.........................................          27
Management.......................................          38
Description of the Notes.........................          41
Description of Other Indebtedness................          48
Underwriting.....................................          55
Legal Matters....................................          55
Independent Accountants..........................          55
Index to Financial Statements....................         F-1
</TABLE>

                                  $50,000,000

                                     [LOGO]

                           % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
                                    DUE 2003
                              --------------------

                              P R O S P E C T U S

                              --------------------
                               PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

   
                              J.C. BRADFORD & CO.
                         MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.
    

                                          , 1996
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee.......................  $  11,500
NASD Filing Fee...........................................................      6,250
New York Stock Exchange listing fee.......................................      2,900
Printing Expenses.........................................................    125,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses..............................................     25,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...................................................     75,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses (including counsel fees).......................      7,500
Fees of Trustee and Registrar Fees and Expenses...........................      2,500
Rating Agency Fees and Expenses...........................................     30,000
Miscellaneous Expenses....................................................     14,350
                                                                            ---------
  Total...................................................................  $ 300,000
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
    

    All  of the  above expenses  except the  Securities and  Exchange Commission
registration fee, the New  York Stock Exchange listing  fee and the NASD  filing
fee are estimated. All of such expenses will be borne by the Company.

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    The  Company's  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the
"Certificate") and  the Company's  Amended and  Restated Bylaws  (the  "Bylaws")
provide  that the Company shall indemnify, to  the full extent permitted by law,
any  person  against  liabilities  arising  from  their  service  as  directors,
officers, employees or agents of the Company. Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a
corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether  civil, criminal, administrative or  investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving  at
the  request of  the corporation  as a director,  officer, employee  or agent of
another corporation,  partnership, joint  venture,  trust or  other  enterprise,
against  expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and  reasonably incurred by him  in connection with  such
action,  suit  or proceeding  if  he acted  in  good faith  and  in a  manner he
reasonably believed to  be in,  or not  opposed to,  the best  interests of  the
corporation,  and, with  respect to  any criminal  action or  proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

    Section 145 also empowers a corporation  to indemnify any person who was  or
is  a party or  is threatened to be  made a party to  any threatened, pending or
completed action or  suit by or  in the right  of the corporation  to procure  a
judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the
capacities  set  forth  above,  against  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees)
actually and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with the  defense  or
settlement  of such action or  suit if he acted  under similar standards, except
that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter  as
to  which such person shall  have been adjudged to  be liable to the corporation
unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or the court in which
such action  was  brought  shall  determine that  despite  the  adjudication  of
liability  such person is  fairly and reasonably entitled  to indemnify for such
expenses which the court shall deem proper.

    Section 145 further  provides that indemnification  provided for by  Section
145  shall not be deemed exclusive of  any other rights to which the indemnified
party may be  entitled, and that  the corporation is  empowered to purchase  and
maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against
any  liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or
arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the
power to indemnify him against such liabilities under Section 145.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    The Certificate and the Bylaws provide that no director of the Company shall
be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any  breach
of  the director's duty of loyalty to  the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii)  under Section 174 of the  DGCL or (iv) for  any
transaction  from which the  director derived an  improper personal benefit. Any
repeal or modification of this  provision related to director's liability  shall
not  adversely  affect any  right or  protection  of a  director of  the Company
existing immediately prior to such repeal or modification. Further, if the  DGCL
shall  be  repealed or  modified,  the elimination  of  liability of  a director
provided in  the Certificate  and the  Bylaws  shall be  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

    Reference  is also made  to the indemnification  provisions contained in the
Purchase Agreement (a form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto) with respect
to  undertakings  to  indemnify  the   Company,  its  directors,  officers   and
controlling persons within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act or otherwise.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                 EXHIBIT
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1.1*  Form of Purchase Agreement.
       4.1   Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1995, among the Company, certain subsidiaries of
             the Company, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as Agent, and the Banks named therein, filed as Exhibit 10(b)
             to the Registrant's September 1995 10-Q, which exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.
       4.2** First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1995, among the Company and NationsBank
             of Texas, N.A., as agent, and the Banks named therein, and consented to by certain of the Company's
             subsidiaries.
       4.3   Indenture dated as of November 27, 1995, between the Company and First Interstate Bank of Texas,
             National Association, as Trustee, in respect of the 8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2005,
             filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
             S-3 (No. 33-63683), which exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.
       4.4*  Form of Indenture to be entered into between the Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A. in respect of
             the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003.
       5.1** Opinion of L. Keith Blackwell, General Counsel of the Company, as to the validity of the Notes to be
             offered.
      12.1** Computation of Ratios.
      23.1** Consent of L. Keith Blackwell, contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1.
      23.2*  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
      24.1** Power of Attorney of the Directors and certain Executive Officers of the Company.
      25.1** Statement of Eligibility Qualification of Trustee on Form T-1.
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
 * Filed herewith.

   
** Previously filed.
    

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

    The  undersigned  Registrant hereby  undertakes  that, for  the  purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities  Act of 1933, each filing of  the
Registrant's  annual report  pursuant to Section  13(a) or Section  15(d) of the
Securities Exchange  Act of  1934  (and, where  applicable,  each filing  of  an
employee  benefit  plan's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange  Act of  1934) that  is incorporated  by reference  in  this
Registration  Statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  Registration Statement
relating to the securities offered herein,  and the offering of such  securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of  the
Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant of  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy  as expressed  in the Securities  Act and  will be governed  by the final
adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities  Act
    of  1933, the information omitted from the  form of Prospectus filed as part
    of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h)  under the  Securities Act  shall be  deemed to  be part  of  this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)  For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    Prospectus  shall be deemed  to be a new  Registration Statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at  that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of  the
requirements  for  filing on  Form S-3  and has  duly caused  this Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by  the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the  City of Dallas, State of Texas,
on the 15th day of January, 1996.
    

                                          AMRESCO, INC.

                                          By:       /s/  L. KEITH BLACKWELL

                                             -----------------------------------
                                                     L. Keith Blackwell
                                                GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY

   
    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of   the  Securities  Act  of  1933,   this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the 15th day of January, 1996:
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                                 TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------

<C>                                                     <S>
                      ROBERT H. LUTZ, JR.*
     -------------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board and
                 Robert H. Lutz, Jr.                    Chief Executive Officer

                      ROBERT L. ADAIR III*
     -------------------------------------------        Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
                 Robert L. Adair III

                        BARRY L. EDWARDS*
     -------------------------------------------        Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                   Barry L. Edwards                     (Principal Financial Officer)

                      JAMES P. COTTON, JR.*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 James P. Cotton, Jr.

                       RICHARD L. CRAVEY*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  Richard L. Cravey

     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  Gerald E. Eickhoff

                        WILLIAM S. GREEN*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   William S. Green

                        AMY J. JORGENSEN*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Amy J. Jorgensen

                       JOHN J. MCDONOUGH*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  John J. McDonough

                       BRUCE W. SCHNITZER*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  Bruce W. Schnitzer

                       RONALD B. KIRKLAND*
     -------------------------------------------        Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal
                  Ronald B. Kirkland                    Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>

   
    L. Keith Blackwell, by signing his  name hereto, does sign and execute  this
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on behalf of each of
the  above-named officers and  directors of the  Registrant on this  15th day of
January, 1996, pursuant  to powers of  attorneys executed on  behalf of each  of
such  officers  and  directors,  and  filed  with  the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.
    

*By:     /s/  L. KEITH BLACKWELL
- ------------------------------------
         L. Keith Blackwell
          ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NO.                                          EXHIBIT                                           NUMBERED PAGE
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                       <C>
       1.1*  Form of Purchase Agreement.
       4.1   Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1995, among the Company, certain
             subsidiaries of the Company, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as Agent, and the Banks named
             therein, filed as Exhibit 10(b) to the Registrant's September 1995 10-Q, which exhibit
             is incorporated herein by reference.
       4.2** First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1995, among the Company
             and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as agent, and the Banks named therein, and consented to
             by certain of the Company's subsidiaries.
       4.3   Indenture dated as of November 27, 1995, between the Company and First Interstate Bank
             of Texas, National Association, as Trustee, in respect of the 8% Convertible
             Subordinated Debentures due 2005, filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1
             to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-63683), which exhibit is
             incorporated herein by reference.
       4.4*  Form of Indenture to be entered into between the Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A. in
             respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003.
       5.1** Opinion of L. Keith Blackwell, General Counsel of the Company, as to the validity of the
             Notes to be offered.
      12.1** Computation of Ratios.
      23.1** Consent of L. Keith Blackwell, contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1.
      23.2*  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
      24.1** Power of Attorney of the Directors and certain Executive Officers of the Company.
      25.1** Statement of Eligibility Qualification of Trustee on Form T-1.
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
   
 * Filed herewith.
    

   
** Previously filed.
    

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                                                                   DRAFT 1/15/96


          $50,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
                                   DUE 2003(1)

                                  AMRESCO, INC.


                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                               ------------------


                                                                          , 1996
                                                            --------------

PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
J.C. BRADFORD & CO.
MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.
c/o Piper Jaffray Inc.
Piper Jaffray Tower
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     AMRESCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue
and sell to you (the "Underwriters") its __% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003
in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 (the "Firm Notes").  The Company
has also granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional
$7,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of its __% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2003 on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.
Such additional __% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 are referred to in this
Agreement as the "Option Notes," and the Firm Notes and the Option Notes, if
purchased, are hereinafter referred to as the "Notes" or the "Securities."  The
Notes shall be issued under an indenture, dated as of January 15, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A., as trustee (the
"Trustee").

     The Company hereby confirms its agreement with respect to the sale of the
Securities to the Underwriters.


- --------------------------
     (1)Plus an option to purchase up to an additional $7,500,000 aggregate
principal amount of Notes to cover over-allotments.

<PAGE>

     1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  A registration statement on Form S-3 (File
No. 33-65329) with respect to the Securities, including a preliminary form of
prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"), and the rules and regulations
("Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under those acts, and has been filed with the Commission.  One or
more amendments to such registration statement have also been so prepared and
have been, or will be, so filed.  Copies of such registration statement and
amendments and each related preliminary prospectus have been delivered to the
Underwriters.

     If the Company has elected not to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations, the Company has prepared and will promptly file an amendment to the
registration statement and an amended prospectus.  If the Company has elected to
rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, it will prepare and file a
prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) that discloses the information previously
omitted from the prospectus in reliance upon Rule 430A.  Such registration
statement as amended at the time it is or was declared effective by the
Commission and, in the event of any amendment thereto after the effective date
and prior to the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), but only from and
after the effectiveness of such amendment, including all financial statements,
schedules and exhibits thereto, all documents incorporated by reference therein
filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and any information deemed to be part of the registration statement at
the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A(b), if applicable, is
hereinafter called the "Registration Statement."  The prospectus included in the
Registration Statement at the time it is or was declared effective by the
Commission is hereinafter called the "Prospectus," except that if any prospectus
filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules
and Regulations or any other prospectus provided to the Underwriters by the
Company for use in connection with the offering of the Securities (whether or
not required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule
424(b) of the Rules and Regulations) differs from the prospectus on file at the
time the Registration Statement is or was declared effective by the Commission,
the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such differing prospectus from and after
the time such prospectus is filed with the Commission or transmitted to the
Commission for filing pursuant to such Rule 424(b) or from and after the time it
is first provided to the Underwriters by the Company for such use.  The term
"Preliminary Prospectus" as used herein means any preliminary prospectus
included in the Registration Statement prior to the time it becomes or became
effective under the Act and any prospectus subject to completion as described in
Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations.  Reference made herein to any
Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, shall include
all documents incorporated by reference therein.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company represents
and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters as follows:

          (a)  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
     Prospectus has been issued by the Commission or the securities authority of
     any state or other jurisdiction

                                        2

<PAGE>

     in which the Notes are to be offered and sold and each Preliminary
     Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, did not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
     the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The
     foregoing shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any
     Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
     information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter specifically for
     use in the preparation thereof.

          (b)  As of the time the Registration Statement (or any post-effective
     amendment thereto) is or was declared effective by the Commission, upon the
     filing or first delivery to the Underwriters of the Prospectus (or any
     supplement to the Prospectus) and at the First Closing Date and Option
     Notes Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), (i) the Registration Statement
     and Prospectus (in each case, as so amended and/or supplemented) will
     conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Act,
     the Trust Indenture Act and the Rules and Regulations, (ii) the
     Registration Statement (as so amended) will not or did not include an
     untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
     not misleading, and (iii) the Prospectus (as so supplemented) will not or
     did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are or were
     made, not misleading; except that the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
     shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any such document in
     reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the
     Company by any Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
     The documents incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the
     Prospectus, and any Preliminary Prospectus pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3,
     as of the date they were or are filed with the Commission, conformed or
     will confirm in all material respects to the requirements of the Exchange
     Act, and, as of the date of filing, none of such documents contained or
     will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit
     to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading.

          (c)  The consolidated financial statements of the Company, together
     with the related notes thereto, set forth or otherwise included in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus comply in all material respects with
     the requirements of the Act and fairly present the financial condition and
     the results of operations and changes in cash flows of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) or its predecessor or acquired
     businesses, as the case may be, at the date and for the periods therein
     specified in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
     consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise
     stated therein), and the independent public accountants whose reports are
     contained therein are independent public accountants as required by the
     Act, The Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations.  The financial
     statement schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement or
     incorporated by reference therein, or in any post-effective amendment
     thereto, and the other financial and statistical information included in


                                        3
<PAGE>

     the Prospectus under the captions "Prospectus Summary " and "Summary
     Financial and Other Data," present fairly in all material respects and on a
     basis consistent with the books and records of the Company the information
     stated therein.  The terms "Subsidiary" and "Material Subsidiary" shall
     have the meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture.

          (d)  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to
     execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.  This
     Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company,
     and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Company,
     enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity
     hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject as
     to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and
     moratorium laws and other laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of
     creditors' rights generally and to general equitable principles.

          (e)  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to
     execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the
     Notes.  The Indenture has been duly and validly authorized by the Company
     and, when the Indenture has been executed and delivered, will be a valid
     and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
     accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and moratorium laws and other laws
     relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and
     to general equitable principles.  The Notes sold hereunder have been duly
     and validly authorized by the Company and, when the Notes have been
     executed and authenticated in the manner set forth in the Indenture and
     issued, sold, and delivered in the manner set forth in the Prospectus, will
     be the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against
     the Company in accordance with their terms and the terms of the Indenture,
     subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization and moratorium laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
     rights generally and to general equitable principles.  The Indenture will
     have been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act upon effectiveness
     of the Registration Statement.  The Indenture will be substantially in the
     form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and will comply with
     the Trust Indenture Act and the regulations thereunder.  The Indenture and
     the Notes conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof
     contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (f)  The authorized capital stock of the Company is as set forth under
     the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus.  All of the outstanding
     shares of capital stock have been duly authorized, validly issued and are
     fully paid and non-assessable.  All offers and sales of the Company's
     capital stock or other securities prior to the date hereof were at all
     relevant times duly registered under the Act or exempt from the
     registration requirements of the Act by reason of Sections 3(b), 4(2) or
     4(6) thereof and were duly registered or the subject of an available
     exemption from the registration requirements of the applicable state
     securities or Blue Sky laws.  None of the issued shares of capital stock of
     the Company or its predecessors or any of its Subsidiaries has been issued
     or is owned or held in violation of any pre-emptive



                                        4
<PAGE>

     rights of shareholders, and no preemptive rights or similar rights of any
     security holders of the Company exist with respect to the Notes.  The
     Company has no agreement with any security holder as to which the Company
     has not obtained waiver which gives such security holder the right to
     require the Company to register under the Act any securities of any nature
     owned or held by such person in connection with the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement.

          (g)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the
     Indenture and the Securities, the issuance and delivery of the Securities,
     and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated
     will not conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of any of the
     terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any statute,
     (ii) any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries is a party or by which either the Company or any
     Subsidiary is bound or to which any of their property is subject, (iii) the
     Company's or any Subsidiary's charter or (iv) by-laws, or any order, rule,
     regulation or decree of any court or governmental agency or body having
     jurisdiction over the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective
     properties, which breach, violation or default reasonably could or might be
     expected, individually or in the aggregate with other such breaches,
     violations or defaults, to result in a material adverse effect on the
     financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Other than those already obtained or
     waivers from which have been obtained, no consent, approval, authorization
     or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is
     required by the Company or any Subsidiary for the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Securities or for the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including
     the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities by the Company, except
     such as may be required under the Act, the Trust Indenture Act or state
     securities or blue sky laws.

          (h)  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (i) in violation of its
     respective certificate of incorporation or charter or its respective by-
     laws or other organizational documents, (ii) in default (nor has an event
     occurred which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute such
     a default) under any bond, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan
     or credit agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which any
     of them is a party or by which any of them or any of their properties or
     assets may be bound or affected, (iii) in violation of any order of any
     court, arbitrator or governmental body or (iv) except as disclosed in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, in violation of or has violated
     any franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, judgment, decree,
     order, statute, rule or regulation, which, in the case of clauses (i)-(iv)
     of this sentence, would (individually or in the aggregate) (x) adversely
     affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the
     Indenture or the Securities, or any document related hereto or thereto or
     (y) have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of
     operations or business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole, or (z) materially impair the Company's ability to perform fully on a
     timely basis any obligations which it has under this Agreement, the
     Indenture or the Securities.  The Company or the Subsidiaries hold all
     franchises, grants,


                                        5
<PAGE>

     authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and
     orders of any governmental or self-regulatory body required for the conduct
     of their respective businesses, except where any such failure to hold will
     not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole.  The descriptions in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus of statutes, legal and governmental proceedings or contracts and
     other documents are accurate in all material respects and fairly present
     the information required to be shown; and there are no statutes or legal or
     governmental proceedings required to be described in the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus that are not described as required.

          (i)  Each of the Company and the Material Subsidiaries has been duly
     incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
     under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with full corporate
     power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business
     as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus; and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
     corporation and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which it
     owns or leases real property of a nature, or transacts business of a type,
     that would make such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so
     qualify would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
     results of operations or business of the Company and the Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is in compliance
     with the rules, regulations or other lawful directives established by each
     regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company's or the
     Subsidiary's respective business, conduct and affairs, including without
     limitation the timely and accurate filing of all reports, statements,
     documents, registrations, filings or submissions required to be filed by it
     with any such regulatory authority, where the failure to comply with such
     rules, regulations or other lawful directives reasonably could or might be
     expected to result in a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
     results of operations or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole.

          (j)  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding,
     governmental or otherwise, pending or overtly threatened, to which the
     Company or any Subsidiary is or may be a party or of which the business or
     property of the Company or any Subsidiary is or may be the subject which,
     in each case, is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole, or which seeks to restrain, enjoin, prevent the consummation of or
     otherwise challenge the issuance of the Securities or any of the other
     transactions contemplated hereby or by the Indenture, or which questions
     the legality or validity of any such transactions or which seeks to recover
     damages or obtain other relief in connection with any of such transactions;
     and there is no contract or document of a character required to be
     described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as
     an exhibit to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as
     required.

          (k)  All of the outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been
     duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable, and
     except as otherwise noted


                                        6

<PAGE>

     in the Prospectus, is owned directly or indirectly by the Company free and
     clear of any security interest, claim, lien or other encumbrance.

          (l)  The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title
     in fee simple to all real property, if any, and good title to all personal
     property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, security
     interests, pledges, charges, encumbrances, mortgages and defects, except
     such as are disclosed in the Prospectus or such as do not materially and
     adversely affect the value of those properties which individually or in the
     aggregate are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole
     and do not interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such
     property by the Company or any one of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be;
     and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company or any
     of its Subsidiaries are held under valid, subsisting and enforceable
     leases, with such exceptions as are disclosed in the Prospectus or are not
     material and do not interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of
     such property and buildings by the Company or such Subsidiary.

          (m)  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have filed all necessary
     foreign, federal and state and local income and franchise tax returns and,
     other than taxes the Company or its Subsidiaries are consisting in good
     faith and for which the Company has established adequate reserves, paid all
     taxes shown as due thereon.  Except as is otherwise expressly stated in the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus, the Company has no knowledge of any
     tax deficiency which might be asserted against it which would materially
     and adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or
     business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (n) Since the date of the most recent audited financial statements
     included in the prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries
     has sustained any loss or interference with its business, which loss or
     interference was material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole, from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not
     covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental
     action, order or decree, other than as disclosed in or contemplated by the
     Prospectus.

          (o) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) neither the Company nor any
     of the Subsidiaries has incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or
     contingent, or entered into any transactions, not in the ordinary course of
     business, that are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a
     whole, (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital
     stock or declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of
     any kind on its capital stock, (iii) there has not been any change in the
     capital stock (except as a result of shares issued upon exercise of stock
     options pursuant to existing stock option plans of the Company and the
     Subsidiaries), long-term debt or, otherwise than in the ordinary course of
     business consistent with past practice, short-term debt of the Company or
     any of the Subsidiaries and (iv) there has not been any material adverse
     change, or any development involving a


                                        7
<PAGE>

     prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the financial
     condition, results of operations or business of the Company and the
     Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case other than as disclosed in or
     contemplated by the Prospectus.

          (p) Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors or
     affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause
     or result in, or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to
     constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security
     of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Notes.

          (q) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries, nor any director,
     officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on
     behalf of the Company or any such Subsidiary has, directly or indirectly
     (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts,
     entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to political activity,
     (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials
     or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from
     corporate funds, (iii) violated any provisions of the Foreign Corrupt
     Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (iv) made any bride, rebate, payoff,
     influence payment, kick back or other unlawful payment.

          (r) To the Company's knowledge, the operations of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries with respect to any real property currently leased or owned or
     by any means controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary (the "Real
     Property") are in compliance with all federal, state and local laws,
     ordinances, rules and regulations relating to occupational health and
     safety and the environment (collectively "Laws"), except where the failure
     to so comply would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
     business or results of operations, and the Company and its Subsidiaries
     have all licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to operate under
     all Laws and are in compliance with all terms and conditions of such
     licenses, permits and authorizations, except where such failure would not
     have a material adverse effect on the Company's and its Subsidiaries'
     business or results of operations taken as a whole; neither the Company nor
     any Subsidiary has authorized, conducted or has knowledge of the
     generation, transportation, storage, use, treatment, disposal or release of
     any hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material, hazardous
     constituent, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminate, petroleum product,
     natural gas, liquefied gas or synthetic gas defined in or regulated under
     any environmental law on, in or under any Real Property in violation of any
     Laws, except where such violation would not have a material adverse effect
     on the Company's business or results of operations; and there is no
     material pending or threatened claim, litigation or any administrative
     agency proceeding, nor has the Company or any Subsidiary received any
     written or oral notice from any governmental entity or third party that (i)
     alleges a violation of any Laws by the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii)
     alleges the Company or any Subsidiary is a liable party under the
     Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42
     U.S.C. SECTION 9601 ET SEQ. or any state superfund law; (iii) alleges
     possible contamination of the environment by the Company or any Subsidiary
     or (iv) alleges possible contamination of the Real Property, except as to
     each of the above, for any violations, liability or contamination that
     would not have a material


                                        8
<PAGE>

     adverse effect on the Company's and Subsidiaries' business or results of
     operations taken as a whole.

          (s) The Company and its Subsidiaries own or have the right to use all
     patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade
     names, service marks, copyrights, franchises, trade secrets, proprietary or
     other confidential information and intangible properties and assets
     (collectively "Intangibles") necessary to their respective businesses as
     presently conducted or as the Prospectus indicates the Company or such
     Subsidiary proposes to conduct; to the Company's knowledge, neither the
     Company nor any Subsidiary has infringed or is infringing, and neither the
     Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice of infringement with respect
     to, asserted Intangibles of others; and, to the Company's knowledge, there
     is no infringement by others of Intangibles of the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries which would have a material adverse effect on the Company and
     its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

          (t) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are insured by insurers
     of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in
     such amounts as are prudent and customary in the business in which they are
     engaged by similarly situated companies; and neither the Company nor any
     such Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew
     its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to
     obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to
     continue its business at a comparable cost, except as disclosed in the
     Prospectus.

          (u) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries makes and keeps accurate
     books, records and accounts, which, in reasonable detail, accurately and
     fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of its assets and
     maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
     reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with
     management's general and specific authorization, (ii) transactions are
     recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company's consolidated
     financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles and to maintain accountability for the assets of the Company,
     (iii) access to the assets of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is
     permitted only in accordance with management's general and specific
     authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets of the
     Company and each of its Subsidiaries is compared with existing assets at
     reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any
     differences.

          (v) No Subsidiary is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly,
     from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other
     distributions on such Subsidiary's capital stock, from repaying to the
     Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary or from transferring any
     of such Subsidiary's property or assets to the Company or any other
     Subsidiary, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.


                                        9
<PAGE>

          (w) The Company is not, will not become as a result of the
     transactions contemplated hereby, and does not intend to conduct its
     business in any manner that would cause it to become an "investment
     company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the
     meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

          (x) The Company's common stock, par value $0.05 per share (the "Common
     Stock") is registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and is
     qualified as a Nasdaq National Market security of The Nasdaq Stock Market,
     Inc.  The Company has taken no action designed to terminate, or likely to
     have the effect of terminating, the registration of the Common Stock under
     the Exchange Act or qualification of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
     National Market, nor has the Company received any notification that the
     Commission or The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. is contemplating terminating
     such registration or qualification.

          (y) The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any
     prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and
     sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus or the
     Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by the
     Company.

          (z) The Company is in compliance with all provisions of Florida
     Statutes Section 517.075 (Chapter 92-198, laws of Florida).  The Company
     does not do any business, directly or indirectly, with the government of
     Cuba, to the Company's knowledge, or with any person or entity located in
     Cuba.

          (aa) The conditions for use of a Registration Statement on Form S-3
     set forth in the General Instructions to Form S-3 have been satisfied with
     respect to the Company and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
     and the Registration Statement.

          (bb) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and
     delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be
     deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as
     to the matters covered thereby.

          (cc) Other than as contemplated herein, the Company has not incurred
     any liability for any finder's or broker's fee or agent's commission in
     connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.   PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF SECURITIES.

          (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
     herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth,
     the Company agrees to issue and sell the Firm Notes to the Underwriters,
     and the Underwriters agree to purchase the respective principal amounts of
     Firm Notes set forth opposite each Underwriter's name in Schedule I hereto.
     The purchase price for each Firm Note shall be ____% of the principal


                                       10

<PAGE>

     amount thereof, which shall reflect an Underwriting Discount of ____% of
     the principal amount of the Firm Notes payable to the Underwriters.  The
     obligation of each Underwriter to the Company shall be to purchase from the
     Company that principal amount of Firm Notes set forth opposite the name of
     such Underwriter in Schedule I hereof.  In making this Agreement, each
     Underwriter is contracting severally and not jointly.  Except as provided
     in paragraph (c) of this Section 3 and in Section 8 hereof, the agreement
     of each Underwriter is to purchase only its respective principal amount of
     Firm Notes as specified in Schedule I.

          The Firm Notes will be delivered by the Company to Piper Jaffray Inc.
     for each Underwriter's account against payment of the purchase price
     therefor by wire transfer of same day funds to the account designated by
     the Company, at the offices of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222
     South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may
     be mutually acceptable, at 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on the third (or,
     if the Notes are priced, as contemplated by Rule 15c6-1(c) promulgated
     pursuant to the Exchange Act, after 4:30 p.m. Washington, D.C. time, the
     fourth) full business day following the date hereof, or at such other time
     as the Underwriters and the Company determine, such time and date of
     delivery being herein referred to as the "First Closing Date."
     Certificates for the Firm Notes, each in definitive form and in such
     denominations and registered in such names as the Underwriters may request
     upon at least two business days' prior notice to the Company, will be made
     available for checking and packaging at the offices of Piper Jaffray Inc.,
     Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or
     such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at least one business
     day prior to the First Closing Date.

          (b)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
     herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth,
     the Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to
     $7,500,000 principal amount of Option Notes, at the same purchase price as
     the Firm Notes, for use solely in covering any over-allotments made by the
     Underwriters in the sale and distribution of the Securities.  The option
     granted hereunder may be exercised at any time (but not more than once)
     within 30 days after the effective date of this Agreement upon notice
     (confirmed in writing) by the Underwriters to the Company setting forth the
     aggregate principal amount of Option Notes as to which the Underwriters are
     exercising the option, the names and denominations in which the Option
     Notes are to be registered and the date and time, as determined by the
     Underwriters, when the Option Notes are to be delivered, such time and date
     of purchase of the Option Notes being herein referred to as the "Option
     Notes Closing" and "Option Notes Closing Date," respectively; provided,
     however, that the Option Notes Closing Date shall not be earlier than the
     First Closing Date nor earlier than the third business day after the date
     on which the option shall have been exercised.  The First Closing Date and
     the Option Notes Closing Date are sometimes herein individually called the
     "Closing Date" and collectively called the "Closing Dates."  The principal
     amount of Option Notes to be sold by the Company to the Underwriters and
     purchased by the Underwriters from the Company shall


                                       11
<PAGE>

     be determined by the Underwriters.  The option granted hereby may be
     canceled by the Underwriters as to the Option Notes for which the options
     are unexercised, at any time prior to the expiration of the 30-day period,
     upon notice to the Company.  No Option Notes shall be sold and delivered
     unless the Firm Notes previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and
     delivered.

            The Option Notes will be delivered by the Company to Piper Jaffray
     Inc. for each Underwriter's account against payment of the purchase price
     therefor by wire transfer of same day funds to the account designated by
     the Company, at the offices of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222
     South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may
     be mutually acceptable at 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on the Option Notes
     Closing Date.  The Option Notes in definitive form and in such
     denominations and registered in such names as the Underwriters have set
     forth in the notice of option exercise, will be made available for checking
     and packaging at the office of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222
     South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may
     be mutually acceptable, at least one business day prior to the Option Notes
     Closing Date.

          (c)  It is understood that each Underwriter may (but shall not be
     obligated to) make payment to the Company on behalf of another Underwriter
     for the Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter.  Nothing herein
     contained shall constitute any of the Underwriters an unincorporated
     association or partner with the Company or with each other.

          (d)  The Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Notes
     directly to the public (which may include selected dealers and special
     purchasers) as soon as the Underwriters deem practicable after the
     Registration Statement becomes effective, at the initial public offering
     price as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, subject to the
     terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the
     Prospectus.  Such concessions from the public offering price may be allowed
     to selected dealers and other members of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc. as the Underwriters may determine, and the
     Underwriters will furnish the Company with such information about the
     distribution arrangements as may be necessary for inclusion in the
     Registration Statement.  It is understood that the public offering price
     and concessions may vary after the initial public offering.

     4.   COVENANTS.  The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as
follows:

          (a)  If the Registration Statement has not already been declared
     effective by the Commission, the Company will use its best efforts to cause
     the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendments thereto to
     become effective as promptly as possible; the Company will notify the
     Underwriters promptly of the time when the Registration Statement or any
     post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has become effective
     or any supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and of any request by
     the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration
     Statement or Prospectus or additional


                                       12
<PAGE>

     information; if the Company has elected to rely on Rule 430A of the Rules
     and Regulations, the Company will file a Prospectus containing the
     information omitted therefrom pursuant to such Rule 430A with the
     Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance
     with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules and Regulations;
     the Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the
     request of the Underwriters, any amendments or supplements to the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in the Underwriters' reasonable
     opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution
     of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will not file any
     amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to
     which the Underwriters shall reasonably object by notice to the Company
     after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.

          (b)  The Company will advise the Underwriters, promptly after it shall
     receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the
     Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement, of the suspension of the qualification of the
     Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation
     or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will
     promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or
     to obtain its withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

          (c)  Within the time during which a prospectus relating to the
     Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will
     comply as far as it is able with all requirements imposed upon it by the
     Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as
     from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance
     of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions
     hereof and the Prospectus.  If during such period any event occurs as a
     result of which the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not
     misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the
     Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act,
     the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will amend the
     Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (at the expense of the
     Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such
     compliance.

          (d)  The Company will use its best efforts to qualify the Securities
     for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the
     Underwriters may reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications
     in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities,
     except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to
     qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service
     of process in any state.  In each jurisdiction in which the Notes shall
     have been qualified as above provided, the Company will make and file such
     statements and reports as may be identified as requiring post-sale filings
     in any blue sky memoranda delivered in connection with the offer and sale
     of the Notes contemplated hereby or as otherwise reasonably requested by
     the Underwriters or officials of such jurisdictions.


                                       13
<PAGE>

          (e)   The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the
     Registration Statement (two of which will be manually signed and will
     include all exhibits), the Indenture, each Preliminary Prospectus, the
     Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each
     case as soon as available and in such quantities as each Underwriter may
     from time to time reasonably request.

          (f)  During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof,
     the Company will furnish to each Underwriter who may so request in writing,
     copies, without charge, of (i) all periodic and special reports furnished
     to the securities holders of the Company, (ii) all information, documents
     and reports filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange.

          (g)  The Company will make generally available to its security holders
     as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15 months after the
     end of the Company's current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which
     need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning after the
     effective date of the Registration Statement that shall satisfy the
     provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and
     Regulations.

          (h)  The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated
     hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is prevented from becoming
     effective under the provisions of Section 9(a) hereof or is terminated,
     will pay or cause to be paid (i) all expenses (including transfer taxes
     allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the
     delivery to the Underwriters of the Securities, (ii) all expenses and fees
     (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company's
     accountants and counsel but, except as otherwise provided below, not
     including fees and expenses of the Underwriters' counsel) in connection
     with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the
     Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all
     amendments, schedules and exhibits thereto), the Securities, the Indenture,
     each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any amendment thereof or
     supplement thereto, and underwriting documents, including Blue Sky
     Memoranda, (iii) all filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of
     the Underwriters' counsel incurred in connection with the qualification of
     the Securities for offering and sale by the Underwriters or by dealers
     under the securities or blue sky laws of the states and other jurisdictions
     which the Underwriters shall designate in accordance with Section 4(d)
     hereof, (iv) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and counsel for the
     Trustee, (v) the filing fees incident to any required review by the
     National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of the sale
     of the Securities, (vi) listing fees, if any, (vii) fees or expenses, if
     any, of Underwriters' counsel incurred in connection with investigating the
     legality of an investment in the Securities by certain purchasers in
     certain jurisdictions and the preparation of memoranda relating thereto,
     and (viii) all other reasonable costs and expenses incident to the
     performance of its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise
     specifically provided for herein.  If the sale of the Securities provided
     for herein is not consummated by reason of action by the Company pursuant
     to Section 9(a) hereof which prevents this Agreement from becoming
     effective, or by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of
     the


                                       14

<PAGE>

     Company to perform any material agreement on its part to be performed, or
     because any other material condition of the Underwriters' obligations
     hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled, the
     Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket
     disbursements (including fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the
     Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market
     and marketing the Securities or in contemplation of performing their
     obligations hereunder.  The Company shall not in any event be liable to
     either Underwriter for loss of anticipated profits from the transactions
     covered by this Agreement.

          (i)  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
     Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the
     Prospectus.

          (j)  The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
     indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to
     cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the
     sale or resale of the Securities.

          (k)  For so long as the delivery of a prospectus is required in
     connection with the offering, sale and distribution of the Notes, the
     Company will file on a timely basis such registration statements and other
     filings and take such other action as is required pursuant to the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated
     thereunder.

          (l)  So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will
     furnish to each of you the reports required to be filed with the Trustee
     pursuant to the Indenture, concurrently with such filing.

          (m)  The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Notes to be
     listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. upon issuance of the Notes and
     will use its best efforts to cause the Notes to be so listed as long as the
     Notes remain outstanding.

     5.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the
Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at
each of the First Closing Date and the Option Notes Closing Date (as if made at
such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and
agreements of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of
its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

          (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
     than 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the date of this Agreement, or at such
     later time and date as the Underwriters shall approve and all filings
     required by Rule 424 and Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations shall have
     been timely made; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement or any amendment thereof shall have been issued; no
     proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall be pending or
     threatened; and any request of the


                                       15

<PAGE>

     Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to
     the Underwriters' satisfaction.

          (b)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
     respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall
     have incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or
     contingent, or entered into any material transactions not in the ordinary
     course of business; and there shall not have been any change in the capital
     stock (other than capital stock issued upon exercise of outstanding stock
     options or upon conversion of convertible debentures), or any material
     change in the short-term or long-term debt of the Company, or any material
     adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse
     change, in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise),
     business, key personnel, property, prospects, net worth or results of
     operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole,
     that, in your judgment, makes it unpractical or inadvisable to offer or
     deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
     Prospectus.

          (c)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
     Underwriters, the opinion of Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., counsel for the
     Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, to the
     effect that:

               (i)  The Company has all requisite corporate power to execute,
          deliver and perform this Agreement and this Agreement has been duly
          authorized by all requisite corporate action, duly executed and
          delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding
          obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms
          except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or
          state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited
          by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
          the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principals of
          equity.

               (ii) The Company has all requisite corporate power to execute,
          deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture.  The
          Indenture has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action,
          duly executed and delivered by the Company and  constitutes a valid
          and binding instrument of the Company, enforceable against the Company
          in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be
          limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
          affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general
          principals of equity. The Notes being delivered on the Closing Date
          have been duly authorized, and, when executed, authenticated, issued
          and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, will
          constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
          against the Company in accordance with their terms and entitled to the
          benefits of the Indenture, except as such enforceability may be
          limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
          affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general
          principles of equity.  The Notes and the Indenture conform in all
          material


                                       16
<PAGE>

          respects, as to legal matters, to the descriptions thereof contained
          in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The Indenture
          complies in all respects with the Trust Indenture Act.  The Notes have
          been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

               (iii) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and
          performance of its obligations in, this Agreement, the Indenture and
          the Notes do not (a) violate the Company's or any Material
          Subsidiary's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, (b)
          breach, or result in a default under, any existing obligation of the
          Company (or, as applicable, the Material Subsidiaries) under the
          written contracts listed on an exhibit to such opinion, or (c) violate
          applicable provisions of statutory law or regulation.  Except for
          permits and similar authorizations required under the Act, the Trust
          Indenture Act and the securities or Blue Sky laws of certain
          jurisdictions and except for permits and authorizations which have
          been obtained and registrations which have been effected, no consent,
          approval, authorization, registration or order of, or filing with, any
          court or governmental agency or body is required by the Company or any
          Subsidiary for the execution, delivery and performance of this
          Agreement, the Indenture or the Securities or for the consummation of
          the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the
          issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company.

               (iv) The Company's authorized, issued and outstanding capital
          stock is as disclosed in the Prospectus.  All of the issued shares of
          capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly
          issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  No statutory preemptive
          rights or registration rights, or, to such counsel's actual knowledge,
          except as disclosed in the Prospectus, any contractual or other
          preemptive rights or registration rights, of security holders of the
          Company exist with respect to the issuance or sale of the Securities
          by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and, to such counsel's
          actual knowledge, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings
          between the Company and any person granting such person the right to
          require registration of shares of Common Stock or other securities of
          the Company because of the filing of the Registration Statement
          (except such rights as to which adequate waiver has been obtained).
          All of the shares of capital stock of each Material Subsidiary have
          been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-
          assessable, and to such counsel's actual knowledge are owned of record
          by the Company and the Company has not received notice of any adverse
          claim, except for security interests in a majority of the present and
          future capital stock of all the Material Subsidiaries granted by the
          Company pursuant to the Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of September
          29, 1995, among the Company, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as agent and
          the banks which are parties thereto from time to time.  Except as set
          forth in the Prospectus, the Company or another Subsidiary is the
          registered holder of all the outstanding shares of capital stock of

                                       17

<PAGE>

          each Subsidiary, and such shares are not subject to any liens, pledges
          or other encumbrances.

               (v)  To such counsel's actual knowledge, the Company is not named
          as a party to any pending or overtly threatened litigation,
          arbitration, claim or proceeding that is material to the Company and
          its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except as disclosed on the
          Company's Defensive Litigation/Counterclaim Report for the Fourth
          Quarter 1995, and all attachments thereto.  The statements contained
          in the Prospectus under the captions "Recent Developments,"
          "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources,"
          "Description of the Notes" and "Description of Other Indebtedness,"
          insofar as they purport to summarize the provisions of statutes, legal
          and governmental proceedings or contracts or other documents are
          materially accurate and fairly present in all material respects the
          information required to be shown.

               (vi) The Registration Statement has become effective under the
          Act and the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture
          Act, and, to such counsel's Knowledge, no stop order suspending the
          effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no
          proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the
          Commission.

               (vii) Each of the Company and the Material Subsidiaries has been
          duly incorporated and is existing as a corporation in good standing
          under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with full
          corporate power to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct
          its business as described in the Registration Statement and
          Prospectus.

               (viii)  The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
          further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Company (other
          than the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to
          which such counsel need express no opinion, as of their respective
          effective or issue dates,) complied as to form in all material
          respects with the requirements of the Act, the Rules and Regulations,
          the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

               (ix) The Company is not, and immediately after the applicable
          Closing Date will not be, required to be registered under the
          Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as an "investment
          company," and, to the actual knowledge of such counsel, is not a
          company "controlled" by an "investment company," within the meaning of
          the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          In rendering such opinion such counsel may rely as to matters of fact
     upon certificates of officers of the Company or any Subsidiary, as
     appropriate, provided that the

                                       18

<PAGE>

     extent of such reliance is specified in such opinion and such certificates
     are attached to the opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

          Such counsel shall also advise the Underwriters that although they do
     not assume any responsibility for, and cannot guarantee the accuracy,
     completeness or fairness of, the statements contained in the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus, on the basis of the information such counsel
     developed during the course of preparing the Prospectus, which involved
     attending conferences with officers of the Company, the Company's
     accountants and other parties for the purpose of preparing the Prospectus
     and an examination of documents referred to or incorporated by reference in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and as a result of such
     counsel's participation in such conferences and review of such documents,
     but otherwise without independent check or verification except as
     specified, such counsel has no reason to believe that the Registration
     Statement or any further amendment thereto (other than the financial
     statements and related schedules therein, as to which such counsel need
     express no comment), contained or contains an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
     therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that
     the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement thereto (other than
     the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which such
     counsel need express no comment) contained or contains an untrue statement
     of a material fact or omits or omitted to state a material fact necessary
     to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which
     they were made, not misleading.

          (d)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
     Underwriters, the opinion of L. Keith Blackwell, Esq., General Counsel for
     the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, to
     the effect that

               (i)  the Company is duly qualified to transact business as a
          foreign corporation and in good standing under the laws of each other
          jurisdiction in which it owns or leases material property, or conducts
          material business, so as to require such qualification, except where
          the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on
          the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
          whole.

               (ii)  Each of the United States and Canadian Subsidiaries of the
          Company is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign
          corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each other
          United States and Canadian jurisdiction in which it owns or leases
          material property, or conducts material business, so as to require
          such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify would not
          have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                                       19

<PAGE>

               (iii) Each sale of the Company's capital stock during the period
          from December 13, 1992 through each Closing Date was, at the time of
          each sale, registered or exempt from the registration requirements of
          the Act and applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws.

               (iv)  To such counsel's actual knowledge, neither the Company nor
          any of the Subsidiaries has (a) breached or otherwise violated any
          existing obligation of the Company under any court order that names
          the Company as a party or (b) violated applicable provisions of
          statutory law or regulation, in either case where any such breach or
          violation would have a material adverse effect on the financial
          position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

               (v) To such counsel's actual knowledge, (a) the Company has not
          violated its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws and (b) neither
          the Company nor any of the Material Subsidiaries has breached or
          otherwise violated any existing obligation under any material
          agreement to which the Company or any Material Subsidiary is a party,
          in either case where such breach or violation would have a material
          adverse effect on the financial position of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

               (vi)  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus, such counsel knows of no action, suit, investigation or
          proceeding, governmental or otherwise, pending or overtly threatened
          against the Company or any Subsidiary, or involving the business or
          properties of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the
          issuance and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement and the
          Indenture or which is required to be described in the Registration
          Statement or Prospectus that is not disclosed as required.   The
          contracts listed on an exhibit to the opinion of Haynes and Boone,
          L.L.P. referenced in Section 5(c)(iii) hereof constitute all material
          contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party
          which could be breached or violated in connection with the execution
          and delivery by the Company of, and performance of its obligations in,
          this Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes and the consummation of
          the transactions herein and therein contemplated. Such counsel does
          not know of any contracts or documents of a character required to be
          described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be
          filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which are not
          described or filed as required.  The descriptions contained in the
          Registration Statement and Prospectus of contracts and other documents
          are accurate and fairly present the information required to be shown.
          The statements contained in the Registration Statement or the
          Prospectus to the extent such statements relate to matters of law,
          descriptions of statutes, legal or governmental proceedings,
          regulatory matters or other legal matters or conclusions of law,
          fairly summarize such matters.

                                       20

<PAGE>

          (e)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
     Underwriters, such opinion or opinions from Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P.,
     counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the
     Underwriters, with respect to the formation of the Company, the validity of
     the Securities, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other
     related matters as the Underwriters reasonably may request, and such
     counsel shall have received such papers and information as they request to
     enable them to pass upon such matters.

          (f)  On each Closing Date the Underwriters shall have received letters
     from Deloitte & Touche, LLP, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the
     Underwriters, confirming that they are independent public accountants
     within the meaning of the Act and are in compliance with the applicable
     requirements relating to the qualifications of accountants under Rule 2-01
     of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and stating, as of the date of such
     letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since
     the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given
     in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than five days prior to the date
     of such letter), the conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to
     the financial information and other matters covered by its letter (as
     provided in Exhibit A hereto) delivered to the Underwriters concurrently
     with the execution of this Agreement, and the effect of the letter so to be
     delivered on such Closing Date shall be to confirm the conclusions and
     findings set forth in such prior letter.

          (g)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
     Underwriters a certificate, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the
     Underwriters, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and by the Chief
     Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that:

               (i)  The representations and warranties of the Company in this
          Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made
          at and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all
          the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be
          performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;

               (ii)  To the best of their knowledge, no stop order or other
          order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
          any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for
          offering or sale has been issued, and, to the best of their knowledge,
          no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or is contemplated
          by the Commission or any state or regulatory body; and

               (iii)  The signers of said certificate have carefully examined
          the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendments
          thereof or supplements thereto, and (A) such documents contain all
          statements and information required to be included therein, the
          Registration Statement, or any amendment thereof, does not contain any
          untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
          required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
          therein not misleading, and the Prospectus, as amended or
          supplemented, does not include any

                                       21

<PAGE>

          untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact
          necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (B) since
          the effective date of the Registration Statement, there has occurred
          no event required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented
          prospectus which has not been so set forth, (C) except as disclosed in
          the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which
          information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,
          neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has incurred any material
          liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any
          material transactions not in the ordinary course of business, or
          declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind
          with respect to its capital stock, and except as disclosed in the
          Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock, or any
          material change in the short-term or long-term debt, or any issuance
          of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to
          purchase the capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any
          material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective
          material adverse change, in the general affairs, condition (financial
          or otherwise), business, key personnel, property, prospects, net worth
          or results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries,
          considered as a whole, and (D) except as stated in the Registration
          Statement and the Prospectus, there is not pending, or, to the
          knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit
          or proceeding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party before
          or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or any
          arbitrator, which might result in any material adverse change in the
          condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects or results of
          operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

          (h)  The Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters and their
     counsel such additional documents, certificates and evidence as the
     Underwriters or their counsel may have reasonably requested.

          All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be
     in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably
     satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters and counsel for the
     Underwriters.  The Company will furnish the Underwriters with such
     conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other
     documents as the Underwriters shall reasonably request.

     6.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

          (a)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
     Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
     several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or
     otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is
     effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses,
     claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of
     or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
     material fact contained in the Registration

                                       22

<PAGE>

     Statement or incorporated therein by reference, including the information
     deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of
     effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A, if applicable, any Preliminary
     Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or
     arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state
     therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter
     for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection
     with investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability
     or action; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
     shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim,
     damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
     alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the
     Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
     such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with
     written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters
     specifically for use in the preparation thereof; provided further, however,
     that the Company shall not be liable to any Underwriter in respect of any
     untrue statement or alleged untrue statement contained in, or omission or
     alleged omission from, any Preliminary Prospectus to the extent that (i)
     the Prospectus did not contain such untrue statement or alleged untrue
     statement or omission or alleged omission giving rise to such loss, claim,
     damage, liability or action, (ii) the Prospectus was not sent or given to
     the purchaser of the Notes in question at or prior to the time at which the
     written confirmation of the sale of Notes was sent or given to such person,
     and (iii) the failure to deliver such Prospectus was not the result of the
     Company's non-compliance with its obligations under Section 4(e) hereof.

          (b)  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company
     against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may
     become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any
     litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such
     Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
     actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue
     statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
     Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
     amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
     omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
     untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
     omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary
     Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement thereto, in
     reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
     Company by such Underwriter, specifically for use in the preparation
     thereof, and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses
     reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or
     defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

          (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection
     (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such
     indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made
     against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify

                                       23

<PAGE>

     the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the
     omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the
     indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified
     party except to the extent that the indemnifying party is substantially
     prejudiced thereby.  In case any such action shall be brought against any
     indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the
     commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
     participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any
     other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof,
     with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from
     the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying
     party's election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party
     shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any
     legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in
     connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
     investigation; provided, however, that if, in the sole judgment of the
     Underwriters, it is advisable for the Underwriters to be represented as a
     group by separate counsel, the Underwriters shall have the right to employ
     a single counsel to represent all Underwriters who may be subject to a
     liability arising from any claim in respect of which indemnity may be
     sought by the Underwriters under paragraph (a) of this Section 6, in which
     event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be
     borne by the indemnifying party or parties and remitted to the Underwriters
     for payment to such counsel as such fees and expenses are incurred.  An
     indemnifying party shall not be obligated under any settlement agreement
     relating to any action under this Section 6 to which it has not agreed in
     writing.

          (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is
     unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
     subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute
     to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the
     losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b)
     above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
     benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on
     the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation
     provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
     proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
     referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company
     on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the
     statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
     liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The
     relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the
     Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as
     the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses)
     received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and
     commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the
     table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be
     determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or
     alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
     omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
     Company or the Underwriters and the parties' relevant intent, knowledge,
     access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue
     statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it
     would not be just and

                                       24

<PAGE>

     equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were to be
     determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as
     one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which
     does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the
     first sentence of this subsection (d).  The amount paid by an indemnified
     party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to
     in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any
     legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in
     connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim
     which is the subject of this subsection (d).  Notwithstanding the
     provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to
     contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at
     which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were
     offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such
     Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
     alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty
     of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
     Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty
     of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters' obligations in
     this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their
     respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

          (e)  The obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary under this
     Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any
     Subsidiary may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
     conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
     meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this
     Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability that the respective
     Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
     conditions, to each director of the Company (including any person who, with
     his consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a
     director of the Company), to each officer of the Company who has signed the
     Registration Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company
     within the meaning of the Act.

     7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY.  All
representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in
certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the agreements of the Underwriters
and the Company (and any Subsidiary) contained in Section 6 hereof, shall remain
operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by
or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof, or the
Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons and shall
survive delivery of, and payment for, the Securities to and by the Underwriters
hereunder.

     8.   SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS.

          (a) If any Underwriter shall fail to take up and pay for the principal
     amount of Firm Notes agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased hereunder,
     upon tender of such Firm Notes in accordance with the terms hereof, and the
     principal amount of Firm Notes not purchased does not in either case
     aggregate more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount

                                       25

<PAGE>

     of Firm Notes set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters
     shall be obligated, severally, in proportion to the respective principal
     amount of Firm Notes which they are obligated to purchase hereunder, to
     take up and pay for the principal amount of Firm Notes that the withdrawing
     or defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

          (b)  If any Underwriter shall fail to take up and pay for the
     principal amount of Firm Notes agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased
     hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Notes in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and the principal amount of Firm Notes not purchased aggregates
     more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Firm Notes set forth in
     Schedule I hereto, and arrangements for the purchase of such Firm Notes by
     other persons reasonably satisfactory to the Company are not made within 36
     hours thereafter, this Agreement shall terminate.  In the event of any such
     termination the Company shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter
     (except to the extent provided in Section 4(h) and Section 6 hereof) nor
     shall any Underwriter (other than an Underwriter who shall have failed,
     otherwise than for some material reason permitted under this Agreement, to
     purchase the principal amount of Firm Notes agreed by such Underwriter to
     be purchased hereunder) be under any liability to the Company (except to
     the extent provided in Section 6 hereof).  Nothing contained herein shall
     relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

          If Firm Notes to which a default relates are to be purchased by non-
     defaulting Underwriters or by any other party or parties, the non-
     defaulting Underwriters or the Company shall have the right to postpone the
     First Closing Date for not more than seven business days in order that the
     necessary changes in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and any other
     documents, as well as any other arrangements, may be effected.  As used
     herein, the term "Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an
     Underwriter under this Section 8.

     9.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.

          (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 a.m., Minneapolis
     time, on the first business day following the date hereof, or at such
     earlier time after the effective date of the Registration Statement as the
     Underwriters in their discretion shall first release the Securities for
     sale to the public.  For the purpose of this Section, the Securities shall
     be deemed to have been released for sale to the public upon release by the
     Underwriters of the publication of a newspaper advertisement relating
     thereto or upon release by the Underwriters of telexes offering the
     Securities for sale to securities dealers, whichever shall first occur.  By
     giving notice as hereinafter specified before the time this Agreement
     becomes effective, the Underwriters or the Company may prevent this
     Agreement from becoming effective without liability of any party to any
     other party, except that the provisions of Section 4(h) and Section 6
     hereof shall at all times be effective.

          (b)  The Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement
     by giving notice as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the
     First Closing Date, and the option

                                       26

<PAGE>

     referred to in Section 3(b), if exercised, may be canceled at any time
     prior to the First Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have failed,
     refused or been unable, at or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any
     agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition
     of the Underwriters' obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading
     on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange shall have
     been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall
     have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have
     been required, on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock
     Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other
     governmental authority having jurisdiction, (v) a banking moratorium shall
     have been declared by Federal, New York, Texas or Minnesota authorities, or
     (vi) there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial
     markets in the United States or an outbreak of major hostilities (or an
     escalation thereof) in which the United States is involved, a declaration
     of war by Congress, any other substantial national or international
     calamity or any other event or occurrence of a similar character shall have
     occurred since the execution of this Agreement that, in the Underwriters'
     judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the
     completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities.  Any such
     termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party
     except that the provisions of Section 4(h) and Section 6 hereof shall at
     all times be effective.

          (c)  If the Underwriters elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming
     effective or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the
     Company shall be notified promptly by the Underwriters by telephone or
     telegram, confirmed by letter.  If the Company elects to prevent this
     Agreement from becoming effective, the Underwriters shall be notified by
     the Company by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

     10.  INFORMATION FURNISHED BY UNDERWRITERS. The statements set forth in the
last paragraph of the cover page, in the last paragraph of page 3, and under the
caption "Underwriting" in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus
constitute the written information furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters
referred to in Section 2 and Section 6 hereof.

     11.  NOTICES. Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications
hereunder shall be in writing or by telegraph and, if to the Underwriters, shall
be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the Underwriters c/o Piper Jaffray Inc.,
Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, with
a copy to Patrick Delaney, Esq., Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P., 4200 IDS Center,
Minneapolis, MN 55402, except that notices given to an Underwriter pursuant to
Section 6 hereof shall be sent to such Underwriter at the addresses of such
Underwriters appearing in the Agreement Among Underwriters entered into in
connection with the offer and sale of the Notes; if to the Company, shall be
mailed, telegraphed or delivered to it at 1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway, Dallas,
Texas 75201 Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Michael M. Boone,
Esq., Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., 3100 NationsBank Plaza, 901 Main Street, Dallas,
Texas 75202.  All notices given by telegram shall be promptly confirmed by
letter.  Any party to this Agreement may change such address for notices by
sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new address for
such purpose.

                                       27

<PAGE>

     12.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors
referred to in Section 6. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or
equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision
herein contained.  The term "successors and assigns" as herein used shall not
include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities from any of
the Underwriters.

     13.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

     Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this
letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the Company
and the Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   AMRESCO, INC.


                                   By
                                      ----------------------------------
                                      Its
                                          ------------------------------

CONFIRMED
as of the date first
above mentioned

By:  PIPER JAFFRAY INC.


By
  ----------------------------
   Managing Director
   Acting on behalf of itself
   and the other Underwriters

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I

                                                       Principal Amount
Underwriter                                            of Firm Notes(1)
- -----------                                            ----------------

Piper Jaffray Inc. . . . . . . . . .                     $

J. C. Bradford & Co. . . . . . . . .

Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.. . . .

                                                        --------------

          Total. . . . . . . .                           $50,000,000
                                                         -----------
                                                         -----------

- ------------

(1)  The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional $7,500,000 in aggregate
     principal amount of Notes, to the extent the option to purchase Option
     Notes described in Section 3(b) of the Agreement is exercised, in the
     proportions and in the manner described in the Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                              ACCOUNTANTS' LETTERS


     1.   A letter from Deloitte & Touche, LLP dated and delivered on the date
this Agreement is executed and a similar certificate or letter dated and
delivered on each Closing Date, confirming that they are independent public
accountants within the meaning of the Act and the published rules and
regulations thereunder, shall be issued to the Underwriters stating that:

          (a) in their opinion, the consolidated financial statements and
     schedules audited by them and included in the Prospectus and the
     Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the
     applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published
     rules and regulations thereunder; the financial statements of the Company
     as and for the ____ month period ended ______________ [THE LATEST UNAUDITED
     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO THE
     PROSPECTUS] (the "Latest Balance Sheet Date") were reviewed by them in
     accordance with the standards established by the American Institute of
     Certified Public Accountants and based upon their review they are not aware
     of any material modifications that should be made to such financial
     statements for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting
     principles, and such financial statements comply as to form in all material
     respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the
     applicable rules and regulations thereunder;

          (c) on the basis of a limited review of unaudited consolidated
     financial statements, including a reading of the latest available financial
     statements, a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the Board of
     Directors of the Company, and discussions with officials of the Company
     responsible for financial and accounting matters as to transactions and
     events subsequent to the Latest Balance Sheet Date, and such other
     inquiries and procedures as they may specify, nothing has come to their
     attention which, in their judgment, would indicate,

               (i)  that the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
          Company included or incorporated by reference in the Registration
          Statement and Prospectus do not comply in form in all material
          respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and of
          the related published rules and regulations, or that such unaudited
          consolidated financial information contained or incorporated by
          reference in the Registration Statement was not prepared in conformity
          with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
          substantially consistent, in all material respects, with those
          followed in the preparation of the audited financial statements of the
          Company included therein;

               (ii)  at the date of the latest balance sheet read by them and at
          a subsequent specified date not more than five business days prior to
          the date of such letter there was any decrease in the common stock or
          increase in long-term debt of the Company as compared with amounts
          shown in the unaudited consolidated balance sheet dated as of the
          Latest Balance Sheet Date, included in the Registration Statement,
          except for changes which the Registration Statement discloses have
          occurred or may occur;

<PAGE>

               (iii)  at the date of the latest balance sheet read by them and
          at a subsequent specified date not more than five business days prior
          to the date of such letter there were any decreases, as compared with
          amounts shown in the balance sheet dated as of the Latest Balance
          Sheet Date included in the Registration Statement, in total assets,
          stockholders' equity of the Company, except for decreases which the
          Registration Statement discloses have occurred or may occur or which
          are described in such letter;

               (iv)  for the period from the Latest Balance Sheet Date to the
          date of the latest statement of operations read by them there were any
          decreases, as compared with the corresponding period of the preceding
          year, in revenues or the total or per share amounts of net income of
          the Company, except for decreases which the Registration Statement
          discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such
          letter;

               (v)  for the period from the date of the latest statement of
          operations to a subsequent specified date not more than five business
          days prior to the date of such letter, that certain conclusions
          described in such letter were not correct, except as otherwise
          described in the Registration Statement or such letter; and

          (d)   they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares,
     and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the
     Registration Statement, which have been specified by the Underwriters prior
     to the date of this Agreement, to the extent that such amounts, numbers and
     information may be derived from the general accounting records of the
     Company, and excluding any questions requiring any interpretation by legal
     counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified
     readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do
     not constitute an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
     standards) set forth in the letter, and found them to be in agreement.


<PAGE>
                                                                   DRAFT 1/15/96





                                  AMRESCO, INC.

                                    AS ISSUER

                                       TO

                            Bank One, Columbus, N.A.

                                   AS TRUSTEE





                                    INDENTURE




                                JANUARY 15, 1996

                       % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003
                    ---

<PAGE>

                                  AMRESCO, INC.
     RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939, AS AMENDED
                   AND INDENTURE, DATED AS OF JANUARY 15, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Trust Indenture Act                                Indenture
 Section                                            Section

<S>                                               <C>

 Section 310 (a)(1)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         608
 Section 310 (a)(2)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         608
 Section 310 (a)(3)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         Inapplicable
 Section 310 (a)(4)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         Inapplicable
             (b)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         605
                       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         609
 Section 311           . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         605
 Section 312 (a)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         701
                       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         702
             (b)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         702
             (c)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         702
 Section 313 (a)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         703
             (b)(1)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         Inapplicable
             (b)(2)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         703
             (c)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         703
             (d)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         703
 Section 314 (a)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         704
                       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         1012
             (b)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         Inapplicable
             (c)(1)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         102
             (c)(2)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         102
             (c)(3)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         Inapplicable
             (d)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         Inapplicable
             (e)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         102
 Section 315 (a)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         601
                       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         603
             (b)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         602
             (c)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         601
             (d)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         601
                       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         603
             (e)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         603
                       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         607
 Section 316 (a)(1)(A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         512
             (a)(1)(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         513

                                    ii
<PAGE>

             (a)(2)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Inapplicable
             (b)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       508
             (c)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       104
 Section 317 (a)(1)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       503
             (a)(2)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       504
             (b)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1003
 Section 318 (a)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       108


______________________________________________________
NOTE:    This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to
         be a part of the Indenture.

</TABLE>


                                     iii


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                        Page

ARTICLE ONE - DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL
     APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
     Section 101.   Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
          ACQUIRED INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
          ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
          AFFILIATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
          AUTHENTICATING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
          AUTHORIZED NEWSPAPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
          BOARD OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          BOARD RESOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          BUSINESS DAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          COMMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          COMPANY REQUEST AND COMPANY ORDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          CONSOLIDATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
          CONSOLIDATED EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          CORPORATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          DEFAULT NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          DEFAULTED INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          DEPOSITORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
          EVENT OF DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
          EXCLUSIVE POWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
          GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
          GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
          HOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
          INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
          INDENTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
          INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
          INITIAL INTEREST ACCRUAL DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
          INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
          INTEREST PAYMENT DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
          ISSUE DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
          JUNIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6


                                     iv

<PAGE>

          LEGAL HOLIDAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
          MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
          MATURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
          MAXIMUM ANNUAL REPAYMENT AMOUNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
          MONEY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
          NONRECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
          NOTE OR NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
          NOTE REGISTER AND NOTE REGISTRAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
          OFFICE OR AGENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
          OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
          OPINION OF COUNSEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
          OUTSTANDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
          PAYING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          PERMITTED PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          PERSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          PLACE OF PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          PREDECESSOR NOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          REDEMPTION DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          REDEMPTION PRICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          REGULAR RECORD DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
          REPAYMENT DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          REPAYMENT PRICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          RESPONSIBLE OFFICER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          RESTRICTED PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          SENIOR AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          SENIOR EVENT OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          SENIOR RECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          SPECIAL RECORD DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          STATED MATURITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          SUBSIDIARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
          TRANSACTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
          TRUST INDENTURE ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
          TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
          UNITED STATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
          VICE PRESIDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
          VOTING STOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     Section 102.   COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS . . . . . . . 11
     Section 103.   FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE . . . . . . 12
     Section 104.   ACTS OF HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     Section 105.   NOTICES, ETC. TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY . . . . . . . 14
     Section 106.   NOTICE TO HOLDERS OF NOTES; WAIVER . . . . . . . . 15


                                        v

<PAGE>
     Section 107.   LANGUAGE OF NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     Section 108.   CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT. . . . . . . . . 15
     Section 109.   EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . 15
     Section 110.   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     Section 111.   SEPARABILITY CLAUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Section 112.   BENEFITS OF INDENTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Section 113.   GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Section 114.   LEGAL HOLIDAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Section 115.   SCHEDULES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Section 116.   COUNTERPARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ARTICLE TWO - FORM OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Section 201.   FORMS GENERALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Section 202.   FORM OF FACE OF NOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     Section 203.   FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     Section 204.   FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION. . 23
     Section 205.   NOTES IN GLOBAL FORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

ARTICLE THREE - THE NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     Section 301.   TITLE AND TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     Section 302.   CURRENCY; DENOMINATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     Section 303.   EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING . . 25
     Section 304.   TEMPORARY NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     Section 305.   REGISTRATION, TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE. . . . . . . . 26
     Section 306.   MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN NOTES. . . . 28
     Section 307.   PAYMENT OF INTEREST; RIGHTS TO INTEREST PRESERVED. 29
     Section 308.   PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     Section 309.   CANCELLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 310.   AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL ISSUE. . . 31
     Section 311.   COMPUTATION OF INTEREST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

ARTICLE FOUR - SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     Section 401.   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE. . . . . . 32
     Section 402.   APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

ARTICLE FIVE - REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     Section 501.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     Section 502.   ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND
                    ANNULMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     Section 503.   COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR
                    ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     Section 504.   TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM . . . . . . . . . 37
     Section 505.   TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF
                    NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     Section 506.   APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED . . . . . . . . . . 38
     Section 507.   LIMITATIONS ON SUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

                                       vi

<PAGE>

     Section 508.   UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE
                    PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
     Section 509.   RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES . . . . . . . . 40
     Section 510.   RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE . . . . . . . . . . 40
     Section 511.   DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     Section 512.   CONTROL BY HOLDERS OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     Section 513.   WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
     Section 514.   UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
     Section 515.   WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS . . . . . . . . . 41

ARTICLE SIX - THE TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     Section 601.   CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. . . . . . . . 42
     Section 602.   NOTICE OF DEFAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
     Section 603.   CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
     Section 604.   NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF
                    NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
     Section 605.   MAY HOLD NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     Section 606.   MONEY HELD IN TRUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     Section 607.   COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT . . . . . . . . . . 45
     Section 608.   CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY. . . . . . 46
     Section 609.   RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR. 46
     Section 610.   ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR . . . . . . 48
     Section 611.   MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION
                    TO BUSINESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
     Section 612.   APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT. . . . . . . . 48

ARTICLE SEVEN - HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY. . . 50
     Section 701.   COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF
                    HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     Section 702.   PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO
                    HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     Section 703.   REPORTS BY TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
     Section 704.   REPORTS BY COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

ARTICLE EIGHT - CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALES. . . . . . . . . . . . 52
     Section 801.   COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN
                    TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
     Section 802.   SUCCESSOR PERSON SUBSTITUTED FOR COMPANY . . . . . 53

ARTICLE NINE - SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
     Section 901.   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF
                    HOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     Section 902.   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS .  54
     Section 903.   EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES. . . . . . .  55
     Section 904.   EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES . . . . . . . .  55
     Section 905.   REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES . .  55
     Section 906.   EFFECT ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . .  56
     Section 907.   RECORD DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56

                                     vii

<PAGE>

ARTICLE TEN - COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     Section 1001.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST. . . . . . . .  56
     Section 1002.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY. . . . . . . . .  56
     Section 1003.  MONEY FOR NOTE PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST. . .  57
     Section 1004.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     Section 1005.  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     Section 1006.  RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, REDEMPTIONS AND
                    OTHER PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     Section 1007.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED. .  59
     Section 1008.  INSURANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 1009.  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS. . . . . . . .  60
     Section 1010.  BOOKS AND RECORDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     Section 1011.  STATEMENT BY OFFICERS AS TO DEFAULT. . . . . . .  61
     Section 1012.  WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . .  61
     Section 1013.  LIMITATION ON RANKING OF FUTURE INDEBTEDNESS . .  61
     Section 1014.  LIMITATIONS ON RESTRICTING SUBSIDIARY DIVIDENDS.  62
     Section 1015.  LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES . . .  62
     Section 1016.  MINIMUM INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. . . . . . . . .  63
     Section 1017.  EXCEPTIONS TO COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . .  63

ARTICLE ELEVEN - REDEMPTION OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     Section 1101.  RIGHT OF REDEMPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     Section 1102.  ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE. . . . . .  64
     Section 1103.  SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED . .  64
     Section 1104.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     Section 1105.  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE. . . . . . . . . . .  65
     Section 1106.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE . . . . . . . .  65
     Section 1107.  NOTES REDEEMED IN PART . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66

ARTICLE TWELVE - REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS. . . . . . . . .  66
     Section 1201.  REPAYMENT OPTION UPON DEATH OF HOLDER. . . . . .  66
     Section 1202.  DEPOSIT OF REPAYMENT PRICE . . . . . . . . . . .  68
     Section 1203.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REPAYMENT DATE. . . . . . . . .  69
     Section 1204.  NOTES REPAID IN PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69

ARTICLE THIRTEEN - SUBORDINATION OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     Section 1301.  NOTES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . .  70
     Section 1302.  SUBROGATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     Section 1303.  OBLIGATION OF COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL. . . . . . .  73
     Section 1304.  PAYMENTS ON NOTES PERMITTED. . . . . . . . . . .  74
     Section 1305.  EFFECTUATION OF SUBORDINATION BY TRUSTEE . . . .  74
     Section 1306.  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE AND KNOWLEDGE OF TRUSTEE . . .  74
     Section 1307.  TRUSTEE MAY HOLD SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . .  74
     Section 1308.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS NOT
                    IMPAIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75

                                     viii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE FOURTEEN - RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     Section 1401.  RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE. . . . . . . . . . .  75
     Section 1402.  NOTICE; METHOD OF EXERCISING REPURCHASE RIGHT. .  75
     Section 1403.  DEPOSIT OF REPURCHASE PRICE. . . . . . . . . . .  77
     Section 1404.  NOTES NOT REPURCHASED ON REPURCHASE DATE . . . .  77
     Section 1405.  NOTES REPURCHASED IN PART. . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     Section 1406.  PRIORITY OF REPURCHASE RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . .  77
     Section 1407.  DEFINITION OF REPURCHASE EVENT . . . . . . . . .  77



                                      ix

<PAGE>

     INDENTURE, dated as of January 15, 1996 (the "Indenture"), between AMRESCO,
INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware (hereinafter called the "Company"), having executive offices located at
1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway, Suite 1700, Dallas, Texas 75201 and Bank One,
Columbus, N.A., a national banking corporation duly organized and existing under
the laws of United States (hereinafter called the "Trustee"), having its
principal corporate trust office at 100 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43215.

                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

     The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance of its __% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2003 (hereinafter called the "Notes"), to be issued in such amount and to have
such provisions as are hereinafter set forth.  All things necessary to make this
Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have
been done.

     This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission promulgated thereunder that are required to be part of this Indenture
and, to the extent applicable, shall be governed by such provisions.

     NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by
the Holders (as hereinafter defined) thereof, it is mutually covenanted and
agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders from time to time
of the Notes, as follows:


                                   ARTICLE ONE

             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

     SECTION 101.  DEFINITIONS.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture or unless the
context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture:

          (1)  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
     them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

          (2)  all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
     Indenture Act (as hereinafter defined), either directly or by reference
     therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

                                       1

<PAGE>


          (3)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
     meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally
     accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements
     of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
     Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
     Accounting Standards Board in effect from time to time ("GAAP") and, except
     as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "GAAP" with respect to any
     computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean GAAP at the date of
     such computation;

          (4)  the words "herein", "hereof", "hereto" and "hereunder" and other
     words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any
     particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

          (5)  the word "or" is always used inclusively (for example, the phrase
     "A or B" means "A or B or both", not "either A or B but not both").

     Certain terms used principally in certain Articles hereof are defined in
those Articles.

     "ACQUIRED INDEBTEDNESS" means indebtedness of a Person existing at the
time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or assumed in connection
with the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of assets
from such Person, and not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of,
such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition.

     "ACT", when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in
Section 104.

     "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control", when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

     "AUTHENTICATING AGENT" means any Person authorized by the Trustee
pursuant to Section 612 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.

     "AUTHORIZED NEWSPAPER" means a newspaper, in an official language of the
place of publication or in the English language, customarily published on
each day that is a Business Day in the place of publication, whether or not
published on days that are Legal Holidays in the place of publication, and of
general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used
or in the financial community of each such place.  Where successive
publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive
publications may be made in the same or in

                                       2

<PAGE>

different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and
in each case on any day that is a Business Day in the place of publication.

     "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the board of directors of the Company or any
duly authorized committee of that board.

     "BOARD RESOLUTION" means a copy of one or more resolutions, certified by
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly
adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the
date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

    "BUSINESS DAY", with respect to any Place of Payment or other location,
means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a
Legal Holiday in such Place of Payment or other location.

     "CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, the obligations
of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other
agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which
obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease
obligations on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of
this Indenture, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the
capitalized amount thereof at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or, if
at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not
existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust
Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

   "COMPANY" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant
to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company"
shall mean such successor Person.

   "COMPANY REQUEST" and "COMPANY ORDER" mean, respectively, a written
request or order, as the case may be, signed in the name of the Company by
the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant
Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, or by
another officer of the Company duly authorized to sign by a Board Resolution,
and delivered to the Trustee.

   "CONSOLIDATED" when used in conjunction with any other defined term means
the aggregate amount of the items included within the defined term of the
Company on a consolidated basis, eliminating inter-company items.

   "CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION" means Subordinated Indebtedness plus
Consolidated Net Worth.

                                       3

<PAGE>


   "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, for any period, determined in accordance with
GAAP on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries, the sum of
Consolidated Net Income before taxes and non-recurring gains or losses, plus
depreciation, plus amortization, plus interest expense, each as deducted in
determining such consolidated net income before taxes.

   "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, the interest
expense which is required to be shown as such on the financial statements of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, prepared in
accordance with GAAP.

   "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the amount of
consolidated net income (loss) of the Company determined in accordance with
GAAP; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall not be included in Consolidated Net
Income (1) any net income (loss) of a Subsidiary for any period during which
it was not a Consolidated Subsidiary or (2) any net income (loss) of
businesses, properties or assets  acquired or disposed of (by way of merger,
consolidation, purchase, sale or otherwise) by the Company or any Subsidiary
for any period prior to the acquisition thereof or subsequent to the
disposition thereof.

   "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means the excess, as determined in accordance
with GAAP, after making appropriate deductions for any minority interest in
the net worth of Consolidated Subsidiaries, of (1) the assets of the Company
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries over (2) the liabilities of the Company and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any write-up in the
book value of any assets owned subsequent to the date of this Indenture
(other than a write-up required for assets acquired in connection with the
purchase of a Person or business and taken at the time of such acquisition)
shall not be taken into account.

   "CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of the Company the financial
statements of which are consolidated with the financial statements of the
Company.

   "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the principal corporate trust office of the
Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
administered, which office at the date of original execution of this
Indenture is located at 100 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43215.

   "CORPORATION" includes corporations, associations, companies, joint stock
companies, limited liability companies or business trusts.

   "DEFAULT NOTICE" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

   "DEFAULTED INTEREST" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

   "DEPOSITORY" means, with respect to any Note issued in the form of one or
more global Notes, the Person designated as Depository by the Company in or
pursuant to this Indenture, which Person must be, to the extent required by
applicable law or regulation, a clearing agency


                                       4

<PAGE>

registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any
successor to such Person.  If at any time there is more than one such Person,
"Depository" shall mean, with respect to any Notes, the qualifying entity
which has been appointed with respect to such Notes.

   "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

   "EXCLUSIVE POWER" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

   "GAAP" has the meaning specified in Section 101(3).

   "GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" means direct obligations of the United States of
America, or any Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of such government, in each case where the payment or
payments thereunder are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit
obligation by such government and which are not callable or redeemable at the
option of the issuer or issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository
receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any
such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal
of or other amount with respect to any such Government Obligation held by
such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt,
PROVIDED that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to
make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository
receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the
Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of
or other amount with respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such
depository receipt.

   "HOLDER", when used with respect to the Notes, means the Person in whose
name such Note is registered in the Note Register.

   "INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED" means any of the following obligations
of the Company or any Subsidiary which by its terms matures at, or is
extendable or renewable at the sole option of the obligor without requiring
the consent of the obligee to, a date more than 360 days after the date of
the creation or incurrence of such obligation: (1) any obligations,
contingent or otherwise, for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property, assets, securities or services (including, without
limitation, any interest accruing subsequent to an event of default), (2) all
obligations (including the Notes) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or
other similar instruments, (3) all indebtedness created or arising under any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
acquired (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under
such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of
such property), except any such obligation that constitutes a trade payable
and an accrued liability arising in the ordinary course of business, if and
to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability
upon a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (4) all Capitalized
Lease Obligations, (5) liabilities of the Company actually due and payable
under bankers acceptances and letters of credit, (6) all indebtedness of the
type referred to in Clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above secured by (or for
which the holder of such

                                       5

<PAGE>



indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
by) any lien upon or security interest in property of the Company or any
Subsidiary (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights),
even though the Company or any Subsidiary has not assumed or become liable
for the payment of such indebtedness, and (7) any guarantee or endorsement
(other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) or
discount with recourse of, or other agreement, contingent or otherwise, to
purchase, repurchase, or otherwise acquire, to supply, or advance funds or
become liable with respect to, any indebtedness or any obligation of the type
referred to in any of the foregoing Clauses (1) through (6), regardless of
whether such obligation would appear on a balance sheet.

   "INDENTURE" means this instrument as it may from time to time be
supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered
into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

   "INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS" means a nationally recognized firm of
accountants that, with respect to the Company, are independent public
accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, who may
be the independent public accountants regularly retained by the Company or
who may be other independent public accountants.  Such accountants or firm
shall be entitled to rely upon any Opinion of Counsel as to the
interpretation of any legal matters relating to the Indenture or certificates
required to be provided hereunder.

   "INITIAL INTEREST ACCRUAL DATE" as to any Note means the date from which
interest shall begin to accrue in connection with the original issuance of
such Note, which shall be the date as of which such Note originally issued by
the Company to the initial purchaser thereof shall be dated, which shall be
the date upon which it was originally sold to such initial purchaser as
designated by the Company Order requesting authentication and delivery
thereof.

   "INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" means, for any date of determination, the ratio
of (1) Consolidated EBITDA for the immediately preceding twelve calendar
months to (2) Consolidated Interest Expense for the immediately preceding
twelve calendar months.

   "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
interest on the Notes.

   "ISSUE DATE" means the date on which the Notes are originally issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

   "JUNIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means the principal amount of, and interest on, any
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed, whether now outstanding or hereafter
created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, PROVIDED that in the instrument
creating or evidencing such Indebtedness for Money Borrowed or pursuant to
which such Indebtedness for Money Borrowed is outstanding it is provided that
(1) such indebtedness is junior in right of payment to the Notes; (2) no
payments

                                       6

<PAGE>

with respect to such indebtedness may be made at any time that an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (3) no payments other than
the payment of interest may be made with respect to such indebtedness at any
time the Notes are Outstanding; PROVIDED FURTHER that the Company's 8%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2005, in the current aggregate
outstanding principal amount of $45,000,000, shall be considered "Junior
Indebtedness" and shall be subordinate to the Notes in right of payment and
in rights upon liquidation.

   "LEGAL HOLIDAY" with respect to any Place of Payment or other location,
means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust
companies in such Place of Payment or other location are not authorized or
obligated to be open.

   "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means Holliday Fenoglio, Inc., AMRESCO Management,
Inc., AMRESCO Residential Mortgage, Inc., AMRESCO Advisors, Inc., AMRESCO
Residential Credit Corporation, AMRESCO Capital Corporation, AMRESCO New
England, Inc., Oak Cliff Financial, Inc. and any other Subsidiary whose
assets or revenues comprise at least five percent (5%) of the assets or
revenues of the Company and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of
the end of, or for the, Company's most recently completed fiscal quarter, as
determined from time to time.

   "MATURITY" means the date on which the principal of the Notes or an
installment of principal becomes due and payable as provided in this
Indenture, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration,
notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment or otherwise, and
includes any Redemption Date.

   "MAXIMUM ANNUAL REPAYMENT AMOUNT" means $300,000.

   "MONEY", with respect to any payment, deposit or other transfer pursuant
to or contemplated by the terms hereof, means United States dollars or other
equivalent unit of legal tender for payment of public or private debts in the
United States of America.

   "NONRECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness for Money Borrowed of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is (A) (i) specifically advanced to
finance the acquisition of assets classified on the Company's balance sheet
as "assets held for sale" and (ii) either (a) secured by the assets to which
such indebtedness relates without recourse to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or (b) issued under a loan agreement that requires each advance
to be repaid upon sale of the assets to which such advance specifically
relates within no more than one (1) year from the date of such advance or (B)
advanced to a Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries formed for the sole purpose
of acquring or holding a portfolio of assets (i) against which a loan is
obtained that is made without recourse to, and with no cross-collaterization
against the assets of, the Company or any other Subsidiary, and (ii) upon
complete or partial liquidation of which the loan must be correspondingly
completely or partially repaid, as the case may be .

                                       7

<PAGE>




   "NOTE" or "NOTES" means any note or notes, as the case may be,
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

   "NOTE REGISTER" AND "NOTE REGISTRAR" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 305.

   "OFFICE OR AGENCY" means an office or agency of the Company maintained or
designated in a Place of Payment for the Notes pursuant to Section 1002 or
any other office or agency of the Company maintained or designated for, the
payment or surrender of the Notes pursuant to Section 1002 or, to the extent
designated or required by Section 1002 in lieu of such office or agency, the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

   "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the
Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer,
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, that complies with
the requirements of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act and is
delivered to the Trustee.

   "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an
employee of or counsel for the Company or other counsel who shall be
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that complies with the requirements of
Section 314 (e) of the Trust Indenture Act.

   "OUTSTANDING", when used with respect to any Notes, means, as of the date
of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture, except:

     (1)  any Note theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Note Registrar or
          delivered to the Trustee or the Note Registrar for cancellation;

     (2)  any Note or portion thereof for whose payment at the Maturity thereof
          Money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited pursuant
          hereto with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company)
          in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the
          Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of the
          Notes, PROVIDED that, if the Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such
          redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or
          provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

     (3)  any Note with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance
          pursuant to Clauses (1)(b) and (3) of Section 401 hereof; and

     (4)  any Note which has been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange
          for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and
          delivered pursuant to this Indenture, unless there shall have been
          presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory

                                       8

<PAGE>

          to it that such Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands
          such Note is a valid obligation of the Company;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by
the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the
Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in making any such determination or relying upon any such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which
the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned
which shall have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if
the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee (a) the pledgee's
right so to act with respect to such Notes and (b) that the pledgee is not
the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the
Company or such other obligor.

   "PAYING AGENT" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of or interest on any Note on behalf of the Company.

   "PERMITTED PAYMENTS" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

   "PERSON" means any individual, Corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

   "PLACE OF PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 301.

   "PREDECESSOR NOTE" of a Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a
portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for
the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under
Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a lost, destroyed, mutilated or
stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed,
mutilated or stolen Note.

   "REDEMPTION DATE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be
redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to Article Eleven
of this Indenture.

   "REDEMPTION PRICE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be
redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to Article
Eleven of this Indenture.

   "REGULAR RECORD DATE" for the interest payable on any Note on any Interest
Payment Date therefor means the date, if any, specified in or pursuant to
this Indenture as the "Regular Record Date".

                                      9

<PAGE>



   "REPAYMENT DATE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be repaid
pursuant to Article Twelve, means the date fixed for such repayment pursuant
to Article Twelve of this Indenture.

   "REPAYMENT PRICE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be
repaid pursuant to Article Twelve, means the price at which it is to be
repaid pursuant to Article Twelve of this Indenture.

   "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means any officer of the Trustee at its Corporate
Trust Office and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such
officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

   "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning specified in Section 1006.

   "SENIOR AGENT"   has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

   "SENIOR EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

   "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means the principal amount of, and interest on and
all other amounts due on or in connection with (1) any Indebtedness for Money
Borrowed, whether now outstanding or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or
guaranteed, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness
for Money Borrowed or pursuant to which such Indebtedness for Money Borrowed
is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness is subordinate in right
of payment or in rights upon liquidation to any other Indebtedness for Money
Borrowed and (2) renewals, extensions and refundings of any such indebtedness.

   "SENIOR RECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS" means Senior Indebtedness of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, minus Nonrecourse Indebtedness
of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.

   "SPECIAL RECORD DATE" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on any
Note means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

   "STATED MATURITY" with respect to any Note or any installment of principal
thereof or interest thereon means the date established by this Indenture as
the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of
principal or interest is due and payable.

   "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means all Indebtedness for Money Borrowed
except Senior Indebtedness.

                                       10

<PAGE>


   "SUBSIDIARY" means any Corporation of which at the time of determination
the Company or one or more Subsidiaries owns or controls directly or
indirectly more than 50% of the shares of Voting Stock;

   "TRANSACTION" has the meaning specified in Section 1015.

   "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
and any reference herein to the Trust Indenture Act or a particular provision
thereof shall mean such Act or provision, as the case may be, as amended or
replaced from time to time or as supplemented from time to time by rules or
regulations adopted by the Commission under or in furtherance of the purposes
of such Act or provision, as the case may be.

   "TRUSTEE" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant
to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee"
shall mean each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

   "UNITED STATES", except as otherwise provided herein, means the United
States of America (including the states thereof and the District of
Columbia), its territories and possessions and other areas subject to its
jurisdiction.

   "VICE PRESIDENT", when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee,
means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "Vice President".

   "VOTING STOCK" means stock of a Corporation of the class or classes having
general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a
majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Corporation
PROVIDED that, for the purposes hereof, stock which carries only the right to
vote conditionally on the happening of an event shall not be considered
Voting Stock whether or not such event shall have happened.

     SECTION 102.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS.

     Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any,
provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except
that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing
of such documents or any of them is specifically required by any provision of
this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional
certificate or opinion need be furnished.


                                      11

<PAGE>


     Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

          (1)  a statement that each individual signing such certificate or
     opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein
     relating thereto;

          (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
     or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

          (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, such
     individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
     enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not
     such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

          (4)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
     individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

     SECTION 103.  FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.

     In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

     Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which such officer's certificate or opinion is
based are erroneous.  Any such certificate of counsel or Opinion of Counsel or
representation of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual
matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or
officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such
factual matters is in the possession of the Company unless such counsel knows,
or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or
opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

     Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture or any Note, they may, but need not, be
consolidated and form one instrument.


                                       12

<PAGE>


          SECTION 104.  ACTS OF HOLDERS.

          (1)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
     waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
     Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
     substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent
     duly appointed in writing.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided,
     such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are
     delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
     Company.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein
     and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
     Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any
     such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the
     holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of
     this Indenture and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act)
     conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the
     Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

          Without limiting the generality of this Section, unless otherwise
     provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, a Holder, including a Depository
     that is a Holder of a global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy, or
     proxies, duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization,
     direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in or pursuant
     to this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depository
     that is a Holder of a global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the
     beneficial owners of interests in any such global Note through such
     Depository's standing instructions and customary practices.

          The Trustee shall fix a record date for the purpose of determining the
     Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any permanent global Note
     held by a Depository entitled under the procedures of such Depository to
     make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any
     request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
     action provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be made, given or taken
     by Holders.  If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record
     date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall
     be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization,
     direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such
     Holders remain Holders after such record date.  No such request, demand,
     authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be
     valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such
     record date.

          (2)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
     instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the
     Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as
     the Trustee may determine; and the Trustee may in any instance require
     further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this
     Section.

                                       13

<PAGE>


          (3)  The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held
     by any Person, and the date of the commencement and the date of the
     termination of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.

          (4)  If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of any Notes any
     request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
     Act, the Company may at its option (but is not obligated to), by Board
     Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders
     of Notes entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction,
     notice, consent, waiver or other Act.  If such a record date is fixed, such
     request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
     Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of
     Notes of record at the close of business on such record date shall be
     deemed to be Holders for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the
     requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or
     consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
     consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes
     shall be computed as of such record date; PROVIDED that no such
     authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders of Notes on such record
     date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to
     the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record
     date.

          (5)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
     waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
     Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the
     registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof
     in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Note
     Registrar, any Paying Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or
     not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

     SECTION 105.  NOTICES, ETC. TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be
made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

          (1)  the Trustee by any Holder or the Company shall be sufficient for
     every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or
     with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

          (2)  the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for
     every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in
     writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile and
     U.S. mail, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to the
     attention of its Chief Financial Officer at the address of its principal
     office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other
     address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

                                       14

<PAGE>


     SECTION 106.  NOTICE TO HOLDERS OF NOTES; WAIVER.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, where this
Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Notes of any event, such notice
shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Notes if in writing and mailed, first-
class postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Note affected by such event, at such
Holder's address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest
date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such
notice.

     In any case where notice to Holders of Notes is given by mail, neither the
failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any
particular Holder of a Note shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Holders of Notes.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner
herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given or
provided.  In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by
reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail,
then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before
or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.
Waivers of notice by Holders of Notes shall be filed with the Trustee, but such
filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver.

     SECTION 107.  LANGUAGE OF NOTICES.

     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election or
waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English
language.

     SECTION 108.  CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

     If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any duties
under any required provision of the Trust Indenture Act imposed hereon by
Section 318(d) thereof, such required provision shall control.

     SECTION 109.  EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

     The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     SECTION 110.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

     All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind
its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.


                                       15

<PAGE>


     SECTION 111.  SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, either wholly or partially, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby, and such provisions shall be given effect to the fullest
extent permitted by law.

     SECTION 112.  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.

     Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give
to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Note Registrar, any Paying
Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their respective successors hereunder and
the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under this Indenture.

     SECTION 113.  GOVERNING LAW.

     This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements made or
instruments entered into and, in each case, performed in said state, without
regard to principles of conflict of laws.

     SECTION 114.  LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

     In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment
Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall be a Legal Holiday at any Place of
Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture) payment
need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the
next succeeding day that is a Business Day at such Place of Payment with the
same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date,
Repayment Date or at the Stated Maturity, and no interest shall accrue on the
amount payable on such date or at such time for the period from and after such
Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or Stated Maturity, as
the case may be.

     SECTION 115.  SCHEDULES.

     Any Schedules attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with
the same effect as if herein set forth in full.

     SECTION 116.  COUNTERPARTS.

     This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one
and the same instrument.

                                       16

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                  FORM OF NOTES

     SECTION 201.  FORMS GENERALLY.

     Each Note issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be in substantially the
forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto and may have such letters,
numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed
thereon as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation
of any stock exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the
officers executing such Note as evidenced by their execution of such Note.  The
Notes shall be issuable in global and registered form only without coupons.  Any
portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an
appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

     Definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by
any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved
borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the
officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of
such Notes.



                                       17

<PAGE>


      SECTION 202.  FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

                                  AMRESCO, INC.

                      __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2003


$________________________                               NO._____________________


     AMRESCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (herein called the "Company"), for
value received, hereby promises to pay to _____________________
______________________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of
________________________ Dollars on January 15, 2003 and to pay interest thereon
at the rate of __% per annum from the Initial Interest Accrual Date or from the
most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly
provided for, on the fifteenth (15th) day of each month commencing March 15,
1996 (each an "Interest Payment Date"), until the principal hereof is paid or
made available for payment.

     The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any
Interest Payment Date will, except as provided in the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record
Date for such interest, which shall be the tenth (10th) day, whether or not a
Business Day, of the month of the respective Interest Payment Date.  Any such
interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be
payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and either may be paid to the
Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered
at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such
defaulted interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to
the Holders not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be
paid at any time in any other lawful manner, all as more fully provided in the
Indenture.  Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made
at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in Borough of
Manhattan, New York, New York and Columbus, Ohio, or in such other office or
agency as may be established by the Company pursuant to the Indenture (initially
the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee in Columbus, Ohio (the
"Corporate Trust Office")), in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that payment of interest on any Interest
Payment Date other than at Maturity may be made at the option of the Company by
check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall
appear in the Note Register.  Payments of principal and interest at maturity
will be made against presentation of this Note at the Corporate Trust Office (or
such other office as may be established pursuant to the Indenture), by check.


                                       18

<PAGE>


     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth
on the reverse side hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have
the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

     Unless the Certificate of Authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee or an Authenticating Agent under the Indenture referred to on the
reverse hereof by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this
Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed in its
name by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chief Executive Officer, its
President, its Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents and its corporate seal,
or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or imprinted hereon, attested by the
manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or one of its Assistant
Secretaries.

Date:

                              AMRESCO, INC.

[Corporate Seal]
                              By:_______________________________________
                                 Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:
____________________________________
Secretary


                                       19

<PAGE>





      SECTION 203.  FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE.

                                  AMRESCO, INC.

                      __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2003

     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company
designated as its __% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 (herein called the
"Notes') limited in aggregate principal amount to $50,000,000 (except for such
additional principal amounts, not to exceed $7,500,000, of Notes issued to cover
over-allotments in the initial public offering of the Notes) issued and to be
issued under an Indenture dated as of January 15, 1996 (herein called the
"Indenture"), between the Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A., as Trustee
(herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor Trustee under
the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto
reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights thereunder of
the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and the terms upon which
the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

     The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes, including the
principal thereof and interest thereon (including post-default interest), (1) is
expressly subordinated, to the extent and to the manner set forth in the
Indenture, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the
Company's obligations to holders of Senior Indebtedness and (2) is unsecured by
any collateral, including the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
or Affiliates.  Each Holder of Notes, by acceptance thereof, (a) agrees to and
shall be bound by such provisions of the Indenture and all other provisions of
the Indenture; (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee to take such action on
such Holder's behalf as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
Subordination of the Notes as provided in the Indenture; and (c) appoints the
Trustee as such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

     The Notes may not be redeemed by the Company prior to January 15, 2001.  On
or after January 15, 2001, the Notes may be redeemed, at the option of the
Company, in whole at any time or from time to time in part in increments of
$1,000, at 100% of the principal amount thereof, without premium, together with
interest thereon accrued to such Redemption Date.  If fewer than all Notes are
redeemed, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed by such method as the
Trustee may deem fair and appropriate.

     Notice of redemption shall be given to the Holders of Notes to be redeemed
by mailing a notice of such redemption not less than 30 or more than 60 days
prior to the Redemption Date at their addresses as they shall appear on the Note
Register, all as provided in the Indenture.

     If this Note (or a portion hereof) is duly called for redemption and funds
for payment are duly provided, this Note (or such portion hereof) shall cease to
bear interest from and after such Redemption Date.


                                       20

<PAGE>



     Upon the death of the Holder of this Note (if such person is a natural
Person), and upon the further receipt of a written request for repayment from a
duly authorized representative of the deceased Holder, along with a certified
copy of the Holder's death certificate, the Company will repay the principal
amount of this Note (up to $30,000 in principal amount per Holder in any
calendar year), together with interest accrued to the Repayment Date, within 30
days following receipt of such request (which shall be accompanied by the Notes
to be repaid and evidence of such representative's authority to act on behalf of
the Holder), in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, if (1) this
Note has been registered in the Holder's name since its issue date or for a
period of at least six months prior to the date of the Holders's death,
whichever is less, (2) either the Company or the Trustee receives such written
request for repayment within one year after the Holder's death or, in the case
of subsequent requests for repayment, within one year of the preceding request,
provided that if either the Company or the Trustee receives such a written
request it will promptly notify the other, (3) the aggregate principal amount of
Notes repaid during the then current calendar year on account of the deaths of
all Holders does not exceed the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount (if such
aggregate principal amount exceeds the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount, the
Company shall repay such Notes up to the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount in
principal amount in the order in which requests for repayment were received),
(4) the Company is not and, after giving effect to such repayment, would not be
in default under any Senior Indebtedness, and (5) the Company is not subject to
any law, regulation, agreement or administrative directive preventing such
repayment.

     In accordance with the terms of the Indenture, upon the occurrence of a
Repurchase Event, the Holder of this Note shall have the right, at such Holder's
option, to require the Company to purchase, and upon exercise of such right, the
Company shall purchase, all or any part of this Note on the date that is 30 days
after the date the Company gives notice of the Repurchase Event at a price equal
to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid
interest.

     Interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on the Redemption Date or
Repayment Date will be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more
Predecessor Notes, of record at the close of business on the relevant Regular
Record Date referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.
In the event of redemption or repayment of this Note in part only, a new Note or
Notes for the unredeemed or unrepaid portion hereof shall be issued in the name
of the Holder hereof upon the surrender hereof.

     Except as may be provided in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with
respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare
the principal of all the Notes due and payable in the manner and with the effect
provided in the Indenture.  The Indenture provides that such declaration and its
consequences may, in certain events, be annulled by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes.

                                       21

<PAGE>


     The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The
Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified
percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding,
on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with
certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the
Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future
Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such
consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

     No reference herein to the Indenture and no provisions of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

     As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set
forth, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register of the
Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office
or agency of the Company to be maintained for that purpose in the Borough of
Manhattan, New York, New York and Columbus, Ohio or at such other office or
agency as may be established by the Company for such purpose pursuant to the
Indenture (initially the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee in
Columbus, Ohio), duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, and duly executed by the Holder
hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one
or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate
principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $1,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral
multiple of $1,000.  As provided in the Indenture, and subject to certain
limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate
principal amount of Notes in authorized denominations, as requested by the
Holder surrendering the same.

     No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

     Prior to the due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer or
exchange, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee
may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof
for all purposes, whether or not this Note

                                     22

<PAGE>


be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any such agent shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.

     Each Holder of a Note covenants and agrees by such Holder's acceptance
thereof to comply with and be bound by the foregoing provisions.

     All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

     SECTION 204.  FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

     Subject to Section 612, the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall
be in substantially the following form:

     This is one of the Notes described herein.


                                Bank One, Columbus, N.A. as Trustee

Authentication
Date:_____________              By______________________________________
                                 Authorized Signatory

     SECTION 205.  NOTES IN GLOBAL FORM.

     Notes may be issuable in global form (i.e., in the name of the nominee of a
Depository for purposes of book entry transfer), such that any such Note may
provide that it or any number of such Notes shall represent the aggregate amount
of all Outstanding Notes (or such lesser amount as is permitted by the terms
thereto from time to time endorsed thereon) and may also provide that the
aggregate amount of Outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time
be increased or reduced to reflect exchanges.  Any endorsement of any Note in
global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, or
changes in the rights of Holders, of Outstanding Notes represented thereby shall
be made in such manner and by such Person or Persons as shall be specified
therein or in the Company Order to be delivered pursuant to Section 303 or 304
with respect thereto.  Subject to the provisions of Section 303 and, if
applicable, Section 304, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any Note in
permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or
Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order.  If a Company
Order pursuant to Section 303 or 304 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered,
any instructions by the Company with respect to a Note in global form shall be
in writing but need not be accompanied by or contained in an Officers'
Certificate and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

                                      23

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                    THE NOTES

     SECTION 301.  TITLE AND TERMS.

     The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is limited to $50,000,000 (except for such
additional principal amounts, not to exceed $7,500,000, of Notes issued to cover
over-allotments in the initial public offering of the Notes), except for Notes
authenticated and delivered upon transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of
other Notes pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306, 905, 1107 and 1204.

     The Notes shall be known and designated as the "__% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2003 of the Company".  The Stated Maturity of all principal shall be
___________, 2003, and they shall bear interest from the date and at the rate
per annum specified in, and such interest shall be payable on the dates
specified in, the form of Note set forth in Sections 202 and 203, until the
principal thereof is paid or made  available for payment.

     The principal of and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the Office
or Agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York and
Columbus, Ohio ("PLACE OF PAYMENT") maintained for such purposes pursuant to
Section 1002; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, at the option of the Company, payment of
interest may be made (subject to collection) by check mailed to the address of
the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Note Register.

     The Notes shall be redeemable prior to their Stated Maturity as provided in
Article Eleven.

     The Notes may be repayable prior to their Stated Maturity as provided in
Article Twelve upon the death of a Noteholder or as provided in Article Fourteen
upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Event.

     The Notes shall be subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness,
whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, as
provided in Article Thirteen.

     SECTION 302.  CURRENCY; DENOMINATIONS.

     The principal of and interest on the Notes shall be payable in United
States dollars or other equivalent unit of legal tender for payment of public or
private debts in the United States of America.  Notes shall be issuable in
registered form only without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral
multiple thereof.

                                      24

<PAGE>


     SECTION 303.  EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING.

     Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the
Board, one of its Vice Chairmen of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its
President, its Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents under its corporate seal
reproduced thereon and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant
Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual
or facsimile.

     Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at
any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

     At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this
Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes, executed by the Company, to the
Trustee for authentication and, PROVIDED that a Company Order for the
authentication and delivery of such Notes has been delivered to the Trustee, the
Trustee, in accordance with the Company Order and subject to the provisions
hereof, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

     The Company may establish by Company Order that the Notes are to be issued
in whole or in part in the form of one or more global Notes.  If so established,
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section
and the Company Order with respect to such Notes, authenticate and deliver one
or more global Notes in permanent form that (i) shall represent and shall be
denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes to be represented by such global Note or Notes, (ii) shall be
registered in the name of the Depository for such global Note or Notes or the
nominee of such Depository, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such
Depository or pursuant to such Depository's instruction and (iv) shall bear a
legend substantially to the following effect: "Unless and until it is exchanged
in whole or in part for Notes in certificated form, this Note may not be
transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository
or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the
Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or
a nominee of such successor Depository" or to such other effect as the
Depository and the Trustee may agree.

     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

     No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid
or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate
of authentication substantially in the form provided for in Section 204 or 612
executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its
authorized officers or by an Authenticating Agent.  Such certificate upon any
Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has
been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.


                                       25

<PAGE>


     SECTION 304.  TEMPORARY NOTES.

     Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Company may execute and
deliver to the Trustee and, upon Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver, in the manner provided in Section 303, temporary Notes in lieu
thereof which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise
produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the
definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form and with
such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
the officers of the Company executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.  Such temporary Notes may be in
global form.

     Except in the case of temporary Notes in global form, which shall be
exchanged in accordance with the provisions thereof, if temporary Notes are
issued, the Company shall cause definitive Notes to be prepared without
unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive Notes, such temporary
Notes shall be exchangeable for such definitive Notes upon surrender of such
temporary Notes at an Office or Agency for such Notes, without charge to any
Holder thereof.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary
Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver
in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized
denominations.  Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture with
respect to a temporary global Note, until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall
in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
definitive Notes.

     SECTION 305.  REGISTRATION, TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

     The Company shall cause to be kept a register (herein sometimes referred to
as the "NOTE REGISTER") at an Office or Agency maintained pursuant to Section
1002 in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the
Company shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of transfers of the
Notes.  The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as Note Registrar for the
Notes.  In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Note Registrar it shall
have the right to examine the Note Register at all reasonable times.

     Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the Office or
Agency of the Company, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes, denominated as authorized in this Indenture,
of a like aggregate principal amount bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.

     At the option of the Holder, Notes (except a global Note representing all
of the Outstanding Notes) may be exchanged for other Notes, in any authorized
denominations, and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the
Notes to be exchanged at such Office or Agency.  Whenever any Notes are so
surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and

                                      26

<PAGE>

the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder
making the exchange is entitled to receive.

     Whenever any Notes are surrendered for exchange as contemplated by the
immediately preceding two paragraphs, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange
is entitled to receive.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in or pursuant
to this Indenture, any global Note shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes
only if (i) the Depository is at any time unwilling, unable or ineligible to
continue as Depository and a successor depository is not appointed by the
Company within 60 days of the date the Company is so informed in writing, (ii)
the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order to the effect
that such global Note shall be so exchangeable, or (iii) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes.  If the beneficial owners
of interests in a global Note are entitled to exchange such interests for
definitive Notes of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of any
authorized form and denomination as specified as contemplated by Section 304,
then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date
on which such interests may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee definitive Notes in such form and denominations as are required by or
pursuant to this Indenture, containing identical terms and in aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of such global Note, executed by
the Company.  On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so
exchanged, such global Note shall be surrendered from time to time by the
Depository, and in accordance with instructions given to the Trustee and the
Depository (which instructions shall be in writing but need not be contained in
or accompanied by an Officers' Certificate or be accompanied by an Opinion of
Counsel), as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the
Trustee, as the Company's agent for such purpose, to be exchanged; provided,
however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before any such selection of Notes for redemption of
the same series and containing identical terms to be redeemed and ending on the
relevant Redemption Date.  Promptly following any such exchange in part, such
global Note shall be returned by the Trustee to such Depository in accordance
with the instructions of the Company referred to above.  If a Note is issued in
exchange for any portion of a global Note after the close of business at the
Office or Agency for such Note where such exchange occurs on or after (i) any
Regular Record Date for such Note and before the opening of business at such
Office or Agency on the next Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record
Date for such Note and before the opening of business at such Office or Agency
on the related proposed date for payment of interest or Defaulted Interest, as
the case may be, interest shall not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or
proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Note, but
shall be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as
the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion
of such global Note shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture.


                                      27

<PAGE>

     All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Company evidencing the same debt and
entitling the Holders thereof to the same benefits under this Indenture as the
Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange or redemption shall (if so required by the Company or the Note
Registrar for such Note) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note
Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly
authorized in writing.

     No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges
pursuant to Section 304, 905 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

     The Company shall not be required (1) to issue, register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
calendar days before the day of the selection for redemption of Notes under
Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of
the relevant notice of redemption, or (2) to register the transfer of or
exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except in the
case of any Note to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed,
or (3) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note which, in
accordance with its terms, has been surrendered for repayment at the option of
the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Note not to be so repaid.

     SECTION 306.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN NOTES.

     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of this Section, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note containing identical
terms and of like principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding.

     If there be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (1) evidence to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (2) such
Note or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent
of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the
Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser (or any
equivalent person under any applicable statute, rule or regulation or
interpretation then in effect), the Company shall execute and, upon the
Company's request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or
in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note containing
identical terms and of like principal amount and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.

                                      28

<PAGE>

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, in case any
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due
and payable or redeemed by the Company pursuant to Article Eleven hereof, the
Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

     Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Company may
require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including
the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

     Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed,
lost or stolen Note shall constitute an additional original contractual
obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note
shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other
Notes duly issued hereunder.

     The provisions of this Section, as amended or supplemented pursuant to this
Indenture, shall be exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all
other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

     SECTION 307.  PAYMENT OF INTEREST; RIGHTS TO INTEREST PRESERVED.

     Any interest on any Note which shall be payable and is punctually paid or
duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in
whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered as of the
close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

     Any interest on any Note which shall be payable, but shall not be
punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for such Note
(herein called "DEFAULTED INTEREST") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the
Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been a
Holder on such date; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at
its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below.

          (1)  The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest
     to the Person in whose name such Note (or a Predecessor Note thereof) shall
     be registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the
     payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following
     manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
     Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on such Note and the date of the
     proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the
     Trustee an amount of Money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be
     paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements
     satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the
     proposed payment, such Money when so deposited to be held in trust for the
     benefit of the Person entitled to such Defaulted

                                      29

<PAGE>

     Interest as in this Clause  provided.  Thereupon, the Trustee shall fix a
     Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall
     be not more than 15 days and  not less than 10 days prior to the date of
     the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the
     Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly
     notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the
     expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such
     Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed,
     first-class postage prepaid, to the Holder of such Note (or a Predecessor
     Note thereof) at such Holder's address as it appears in the Note Register
     not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  The Trustee may,
     in its discretion, in the name and at the expense of the Company cause a
     similar notice to be published at least once in an Authorized
     Newspaper of general circulation in each Place of Payment, but such
     publication shall not be a condition precedent to the establishment
     of such Special Record Date and the failure of a Holder to observe
     such published notice shall not entitle such Holder to additional
     benefits or interest with respect to such Holder's Notes.  Notice of
     the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special
     Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted
     Interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or a
     Predecessor Note thereof) shall be registered at the close of
     business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable
     pursuant to the following Clause (2).

          (2)  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any
     other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
     securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice
     as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company
     to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such
     payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

     At the option of the Company, interest on the Notes may be paid (i) by
mailing a check to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address
shall appear in the Note Register, or (ii) by wire transfer to an account
maintained by the Person entitled thereto as specified in the Note Register.

     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 305, each
Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in
exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest
accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

     SECTION 308.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.

     Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer or
exchange, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the
Note Register as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment
of principal of and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payment with
respect to such Note

                                      30

<PAGE>

shall be overdue, and neither the Company, nor the Trustee or any agent of
the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     No holder of any beneficial interest in any global Note held on its behalf
by a Depository shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such
global Note, and such Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, and
any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such global Note for all
purposes whatsoever.  None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the
Note Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests of a global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

     SECTION 309.  CANCELLATION.

     All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment pursuant to
Article Twelve, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to
any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such
Notes, as well as Notes surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such
purpose, shall be canceled promptly by the Trustee.  The Company may at any time
deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and
delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner
whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be canceled promptly by the
Trustee.  No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any
Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by
this Indenture.  All canceled Notes held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by
the Trustee (who shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the
Company), unless by a Company Order the Company directs their return to it.

     SECTION 310.  AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL ISSUE.

     Forthwith upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time
to time thereafter, Notes up to the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000
(plus such additional principal amounts, not to exceed $7,500,000, of Notes
issued to cover over allotments in the initial public offering of the Notes) may
be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and
shall thereupon be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon Company
Order, without any further action by the Company.

     SECTION 311.  COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.

     Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months.  Interest shall be payable through and excluding any
Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable through and including any
Redemption Date or Repayment Date.


                                      31

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE FOUR

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     SECTION 401.  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

     Upon the direction of the Company by a Company Order, this Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect and the Trustee, on receipt of such Company Order,
at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

          (1)  either

               (a)  all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other
          than (i) Notes which have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
          and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and
          (ii) Notes for whose payment Money has theretofore been deposited in
          trust with the Trustee or segregated and held in trust by the Company
          and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as
          provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for
          cancellation; or

               (b)  as to all Notes not so theretofore delivered to the Trustee
          for cancellation the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
          deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds and/or obligations in trust
          for such purpose, Money and/or Government Obligations which through
          the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance
          with their terms, without consideration of any reinvestment thereof,
          will provide not later than the opening of business on the due dates
          of any payment of principal and interest with respect thereto, or a
          combination thereof, Money in an amount sufficient to pay and
          discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore
          delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including the principal
          thereof and interest thereon, to the date of such deposit (in the case
          of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Maturity
          thereof, as the case may be;

          (2)  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
     hereunder by the Company, including amounts owing to the Trustee; and

          (3)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee a certificate of
     Independent Public Accountants certifying as to the sufficiency of the
     amounts deposited pursuant to subclause (b) of Clause (1) of this Section
     for payment of the principal and interest on the dates such payments are
     due, and an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
     that all conditions precedent herein providing for or relating to the
     satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.


                                      32

<PAGE>

     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of
the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if Money and/or
Government Obligations shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (b) of Clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee
under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive.

     SECTION 402.  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

     Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all Money
and Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401
and all Money received by the Trustee in respect of Government Obligations
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for
whose payment such Money has or Government Obligations have been deposited with
or received by the Trustee; but such Money and Government Obligations need not
be segregated from other funds of the Trustee except to the extent required by
law.


                                   ARTICLE FIVE

                                    REMEDIES

     SECTION 501.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT", wherever used herein, means any one of the following
events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be
voluntary or be effected by operation of law pursuant to any judgment, decree or
order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
governmental body):

          (1)  default in the payment of any interest on any Note when such
     interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a
     period of 10 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the
     provisions of Article Thirteen; or

          (2)  default in the payment of the principal of any Note when it
     becomes due and payable at its Maturity or upon redemption or repayment,
     whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article
     Thirteen; or

          (3)  default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or
     warranty of the Company in this Indenture or the Notes (other than a
     covenant or warranty a default in the performance or the breach of which is
     elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such
     default or breach for a period of 30 days after there has

                                      33

<PAGE>

     been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee
     or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in
     principal amount of the Outstanding Notes a written notice specifying such
     default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such
     notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

          (4)  default in the payment at stated maturity of any indebtedness of
     the Company or any Subsidiary for money borrowed in principal amount due at
     stated maturity in excess of $1,000,000, and such default shall continue,
     without being cured, waived or consented to and without such indebtedness
     being discharged, for a period of 30 days beyond any applicable period of
     grace; or

          (5)  the occurrence of an event of default as defined in any mortgage,
     indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there
     may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness of the Company or any
     Subsidiary for money borrowed (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
     Company), whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be
     created, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such event of default shall constitute
     an Event of Default hereunder unless the effect of such event of default is
     to cause the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its expressed
     maturity, which together with the principal amount of any such other
     indebtedness so caused to be accelerated, aggregates $1,000,000 or more at
     any one point in time and such default shall not have been cured or waived
     and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled; or

          (6)  the entry by a court or agency or supervisory authority having
     competent jurisdiction of:

               (a)  a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or
          any Material Subsidiary in an involuntary proceeding under any
          applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law
          and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a
          period of 60 consecutive days; or

               (b)  a decree or order adjudging the Company or any Material
          Subsidiary to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking
          reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company
          or any Material Subsidiary and such decree or order shall remain
          unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

               (c)  a decree or order appointing any Person to act as a
          custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or other similar
          official of the Company or any Material Subsidiary or of any
          substantial part of the property of the Company or any Material
          Subsidiary, as the case may be, or ordering the winding up or
          liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any Material Subsidiary
          and such

                                      34

<PAGE>

          decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a
          period of 60 consecutive days; or

          (7)  the commencement by the Company or any Material Subsidiary of a
     voluntary proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or other similar law or of a voluntary proceeding seeking to
     be adjudicated insolvent or the consent by the Company or any Material
     Subsidiary to the entry of a decree or order for relief in an involuntary
     proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
     other similar law or to the commencement of any insolvency proceedings
     against it, or the filing by the Company or any Material Subsidiary of a
     petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any
     applicable law, or the consent by the Company or any Material Subsidiary to
     the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession
     by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or similar official
     of the Company or any Material Subsidiary or any substantial part of the
     property of the Company or any Material Subsidiary or the making by the
     Company or any Material Subsidiary of an assignment for the benefit of
     creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Material
     Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action; or

          (8)  a final judgment, judicial decree or order for the payment of
     money in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any
     Subsidiary and such judgment, decree or order shall continue unsatisfied
     for a period of 30 days without a stay of execution.

     SECTION 502.  ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
declare the principal of all the Notes, and the interest accrued thereon, to be
due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the
Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such amount
shall become immediately due and payable.

     At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and
before a judgment or decree for payment of the Money due has been obtained by
the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of not less
than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice
to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if

          (1)  the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum of Money
     sufficient to pay

               (a)  all overdue installments of any interest on all Notes,


                                      35

<PAGE>

               (b)  the principal of any Notes which have become due otherwise
          than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the
          rate borne by such Notes,

               (c)  to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
          interest upon overdue installments of any interest at the rate borne
          by such Notes, and

               (d)  all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
          reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
          Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

          (2)  all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the
     principal of and interest on Notes which shall have become due solely by
     such declaration of acceleration, shall have been cured or waived as
     provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

     SECTION 503.  COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY
TRUSTEE.

     The Company covenants that if

          (1)  default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on
     any Note when such interest shall have become due and payable and such
     default continues for a period of 10 days, or

          (2)  default is made in the payment of the principal of any Note at
     its Maturity, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the
     Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount of
     money then due and payable with respect to such Notes, with interest upon
     the overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest
     shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest at
     the rate borne by such Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount
     of Money as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
     collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
     and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

     If the Company fails to pay the Money it is required to pay the Trustee
pursuant to the preceding paragraph forthwith upon the demand of the Trustee,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the Money so due and unpaid, and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other obligor upon such Notes and collect the Money
adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the
property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated.



                                      36

<PAGE>

     If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and
the rights of the Holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as
the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights,
whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this
Indenture or such Notes or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein or
therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

     The rights and remedies under this Section 503 are in addition to the other
rights and remedies available under this Article 5 or otherwise legally
available.

     SECTION 504.  TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

     In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes
or the property of the Company or such other obligor or their creditors, the
Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due
and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective
of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment
of any overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

          (1)  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal
     and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such
     other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
     the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
     compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
     agents or counsel) and of the Holders of Notes allowed in such judicial
     proceeding, and

          (2)  to collect and receive any Money or other property payable or
     deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by
each Holder of Notes to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that
the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders
of Notes, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

     Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Note any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote
in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Note in any such proceeding.

                                      37

<PAGE>

     SECTION 505.  TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF NOTES.

     All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Notes
may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of
the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any
such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery or judgment, after provision for
the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, shall be for the ratable benefit of each
and every Holder of a Note in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

     SECTION 506.  APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED.

     Any Money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and,
in case of the distribution of such Money on account of principal or interest,
upon presentation of the Notes, and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

          FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any
     predecessor Trustee under Section 607;

          SECOND:  In the case the principal of the Notes shall not have become
     due and payable, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the
     Notes for interest in respect of which or for the benefit of which such
     Money has been collected, in the order of the Maturity of the installments
     of such interest, with interest, to the extent that such interest is lawful
     and has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of
     interest at the rate borne by the Notes, such payments to be made ratably,
     without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate
     amounts due and payable on such Notes for interest;

          THIRD:  In the case the principal of the Notes shall have become due
     and payable, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the
     Notes for principal and interest in respect of which or for the benefit of
     which such Money has been collected, with interest, to the extent that such
     interest is lawful and has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue
     installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes, such payments to
     be made ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
     the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal and
     interest, respectively; and

          FOURTH:  The balance, if any, to the Company.

                                      38

<PAGE>

     SECTION 507.  LIMITATIONS ON SUITS.

     No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of
a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

          (1)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of
     a continuing Event of Default;

          (2)  the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
     Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to
     institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name
     as Trustee hereunder;

          (3)  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity
     satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, fees, expenses and
     liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request (including
     reasonable fees of counsel);

          (4)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request
     and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

          (5)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
     given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority
     in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture or any Note to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any
other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any
other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner
herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.


     SECTION 508.  UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL AND
INTEREST.

     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any
Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on
such Note on the respective Stated Maturity or Maturities therefor specified in
such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case
of repayment at the option of such Holder, on the date such repayment is due)
and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right
shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.


                                      39

<PAGE>

     SECTION 509.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

     If the Trustee or any Holder of a Note has instituted any proceeding to
enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to
the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the
Trustee and each such Holder shall, subject to any determination in such
proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions
hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and each such
Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

     SECTION 510.  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

     Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 306,
no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to each
and every Holder of a Note is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right and remedy, to the extent permitted by law, shall be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

     SECTION 511.  DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.

     No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any
such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to
the Trustee or to any Holder of a Note may be exercised from time to time, and
as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by such Holder, as the
case may be.

     SECTION 512.  CONTROL BY HOLDERS OF NOTES.

     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes
shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes, PROVIDED that

          (1)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or
     with this Indenture,

          (2)  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
     Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

                                      40

<PAGE>

          (3)  subject to Section 601, the Trustee need not take any action
     which might be unjustly prejudicial to the rights of the other Holders of
     Notes not joining in such action.

     SECTION 513.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

     The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes may waive any past
default hereunder and its consequences, except a default

          (1)  in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, or

          (2)  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article
     Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of
     each Outstanding Note.

     Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereon.

     SECTION 514.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

     All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by his
acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its
discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under
this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such
suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in
its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and
good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the
provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the
Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any
Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 25% in principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the
enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest
on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note
(or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

     SECTION 515.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.

     The Company covenants that (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) it
will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company expressly waives (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) all benefit or advantage of any such law and
covenants that

                                      41

<PAGE>


it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every
such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                   ARTICLE SIX

                                   THE TRUSTEE

     SECTION 601.  CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

     (1)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

          (a)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties, and only such
     duties, as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied
     covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
     Trustee; and

          (b)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
     the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in
     the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof
     are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall
     be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they
     conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (2)  In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person's own affairs.

     (3)  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that

          (a)  this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of
     Subsection (1) of this Section;

          (b)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
     good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the
     Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

          (c)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
     or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction
     of the Holders of a


                                      42

<PAGE>


     majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, relating to the
     time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
     available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
     upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes, provided
     such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
     Indenture; and

          (d)  no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
     expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
     the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any
     of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing
     that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
     liability is not reasonably assured to it.

     (4)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

     SECTION 602.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

     Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder, the
Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes, in the manner and to the extent
provided in Section 313 (c) of the Trust Indenture Act, notice of such default
hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or
waived; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, except in the case of a default in the payment
of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in
withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive
committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the
Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the
interest of the Holders of Notes; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that in the case of any
default of the character specified in Section 501 (3) with respect to Notes, no
such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the
occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term "default" means
any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an
Event of Default.

     SECTION 603.  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

     Subject to Sections 315(a) through 315(d) of the Trust Indenture Act:

          (1)  the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or
     refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
     bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document reasonably
     believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the
     proper party or parties;

                                      43

<PAGE>

          (2)  any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
     sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or a Company Order and any
     resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a
     Board Resolution;

          (3)  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee
     shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to
     taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless
     other evidence shall be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence
     of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate and/or Opinion
     of Counsel;

          (4)  the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
     such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
     authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
     omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

          (5)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
     rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
     of any of the Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such
     Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
     against the costs, fees, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred
     by it, including reasonable fees of counsel, in complying with such request
     or direction;

          (6)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
     facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
     bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its
     discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts
     or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make
     such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine,
     during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and
     premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; and

          (7)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
     perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
     attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
     negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by
     it hereunder.

     SECTION 604.  NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF NOTES.

     The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee's
certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company
and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility
for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity
or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee
represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture,
authenticate the

                                      44

<PAGE>

Notes and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by
it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to
the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth
therein.  Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be
accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the
proceeds thereof.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for any statement
made in any prospectus or similar document used to sell the Notes.

     SECTION 605.  MAY HOLD NOTES.

     The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar
or any other Person that may be an agent of the Trustee or the Company, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and,
subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise
deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other Person.

     SECTION 606.  MONEY HELD IN TRUST.

     Except as provided in Section 402 and Section 1003, Money held by the
Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law and shall be held uninvested.  The Trustee shall be under
no liability for interest on any Money received by it hereunder except as
otherwise agreed with the Company.

     SECTION 607.  COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

     The Company agrees:

          (1)  to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation
     for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation
     shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation
     of a trustee of an express trust);

          (2)  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the
     Trustee upon its request for all reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements
     and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any
     provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the
     expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such
     expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to the Trustee's
     negligence or bad faith; and

          (3)  to indemnify the Trustee and its agents for, and to hold them
     harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without
     negligence or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with
     the acceptance or administration of the trust hereunder, including the
     costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim or

                                      45

<PAGE>


     liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their
     powers or duties hereunder.

     As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under
this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes upon all property
and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust
for the payment of principal of and interest on Notes. "Trustee" for the
purposes of this Section includes any predecessor Trustee, but negligence or bad
faith of any Trustee shall not be attributed to any other Trustee.

     When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an
Event of Default specified in Section 501(6) or Section 501(7), the expenses
(including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of its
counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law.

     The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and
indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the
Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances
shall constitute an additional obligation hereunder and shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of
the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee.

     SECTION 608.  CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.

     There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to
exercise corporate trust powers, or any other person permitted by the Trust
Indenture Act to act as trustee under an indenture qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act and that has a combined capital and surplus (computed in
accordance with Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act) of at least
$50,000,000.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in
the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

     SECTION 609.  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

          (1)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
     successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
     acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to Section 610.

          (2)  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice
     thereof to the Company.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor
     Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the
     Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
     resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
     appointment of a successor Trustee.


                                      46

<PAGE>

          (3)  The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a
     majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the
     Trustee and the Company.

          (4)  If at any time:

               (a)  the Trustee shall fail to comply with the obligations
               imposed upon it under Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act
               after written request therefor by the Company or any Holder of a
               Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six
               months, or

               (b)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be
               adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or
               of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall
               take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or
               affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
               liquidation,

     then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by or pursuant to a Board
     Resolution, may remove the Trustee, or (ii) subject to Section 315 (e) of
     the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide
     Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and
     all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
     for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (5)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of
     acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause,
     the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a
     successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of
     Section 610.  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or
     incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall
     be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
     Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the
     successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
     appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610,
     become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed
     by the Company.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by
     the Company or the Holders of Notes and accepted appointment in the manner
     required by Section 610, any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide
     Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and
     all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
     for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (6)  The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each
     removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by
     mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
     to the Holders of Notes as their names and

                                      47

<PAGE>


     addresses appear in the Note Register.  Each notice shall include the name
     of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

     SECTION 610.  ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.

     Upon the appointment hereunder of any successor Trustee, such successor
Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and
the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such
successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become
vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties hereunder of the retiring
Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or such successor Trustee, such
retiring Trustee, upon payment of all of its charges, shall execute and deliver
an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and
trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to
such successor Trustee all property and Money held by such retiring Trustee
hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section
607.

     Upon request of any Person appointed hereunder as a successor Trustee, the
Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly
vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and
trusts referred to in this Section.

     No Person shall accept its appointment hereunder as a successor Trustee
unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Person shall be qualified
and eligible under this Article.

     SECTION 611.  MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS.

     Any Corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
Corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated but
not delivered by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion
or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication
and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor
Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

     SECTION 612.  APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

     The Trustee may appoint one or more Authenticating Agents acceptable to the
Company with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of
the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued upon original issue, exchange,
registration of transfer, partial redemption or pursuant to Section 306, and
Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and
shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the
Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the
authentication and delivery of


                                      48

<PAGE>


Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such
reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of
the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication
executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.

     Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as
provided in this Indenture, shall at all times be a Corporation that would be
permitted by the Trust Indenture Act to act as trustee under an indenture
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, is authorized under applicable law and
by its charter to act as an Authenticating Agent and has a combined capital and
surplus (computed in accordance with Section 310(a) (2) of the Trust Indenture
Act) of at least $50,000,000.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

     Any Corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any Corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or
corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of
such Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Corporation shall be
otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

     An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Trustee and the Company.  The Trustee may at any time terminate
the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating Agent and the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of
such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Notes,
if any, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register. Any successor
Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor
Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of
this Section.

     The Company agrees to pay each Authenticating Agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.  If the Trustee
makes such payments, it shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments,
subject to the provisions of Section 607.

     The provisions of Sections 308, 604 and 605 shall be applicable to each
Authenticating Agent.

     If an Authenticating Agent is appointed pursuant to this Section, the Notes
may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee's
certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the
following form:


                                      49

<PAGE>


This is one of the Notes described herein.

                         ________________________________________________
                         As Authenticating Agent

                         By_____________________________________________
                           Authorized Signatory
Authentication Date

____________________

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

     SECTION 701.  COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF HOLDERS.

     In accordance with Section 312 (a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Company
shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

          (1)  semi-annually on __________ and __________ of each year, a list,
     in each case in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the
     names and addresses of Holders as of the applicable date, and

          (2)  at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within
     30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of
     similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the
     time such list is furnished,

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar no such
list shall be required to be furnished for Notes for which the Trustee acts as
Note Registrar.

     SECTION 702.  PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO HOLDERS.

     The Trustee shall comply with the obligations imposed upon it pursuant to
Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act.

     Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the
Company and the Trustee that neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent
or any Note Registrar shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of
any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in
accordance with Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act, regardless of the source
from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held
accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under
Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.


                                      50


<PAGE>


     SECTION 703.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

          (1)  Within 60 days after May 15 of each year, if required by Section
     313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall transmit, pursuant to
     Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as of such
     May 15 with respect to any of the events specified in said Section 313 (a)
     which may have occurred since the later of the immediately preceding May 15
     and the date of this Indenture.

          (2)  The Trustee shall transmit the reports required by Section 313(a)
     of the Trust Indenture Act at the times specified therein.

          (3)  Reports pursuant to this Section shall be transmitted in the
     manner and to the Persons required by Sections 313(c) and 313(d) of the
     Trust Indenture Act.

     SECTION 704.  REPORTS BY COMPANY.

     The Company, pursuant to Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, shall:

          (1)  file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is
     required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports
     and of the information documents and other reports (or copies of such
     portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by
     rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file
     with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file
     information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then
     it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules
     and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the
     supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be
     required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in
     respect of a Note listed and registered on a national securities exchange
     as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;
     provided that notwithstanding the requirements of such rules and
     regulations, so long as any Note is Outstanding the Company shall file with
     the Trustee at a minimum (a) as soon as practicable, but in any event no
     more than ninety (90) days, after the end of each fiscal year, copies of a
     balance sheet and statements of income and retained earnings of the Company
     as of the end of and for such fiscal year, audited by Independent Public
     Accountants, and (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event no more than
     forty-five (45) days, after the end of each quarterly fiscal period, except
     for the last quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year, a summary
     statement (which need not be audited) of income and retained earnings of
     the Company for such period;

          (2)  file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with
     rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such
     additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by
     the Company, as the case may be,


                                      51

<PAGE>

     with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required
     from time to time by such rules and regulations;

          (3)  transmit to the Holders of Notes within 30 days after the filing
     thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in
     Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any
     information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company
     pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by
     rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission;
     provided that notwithstanding the requirements of such rules and
     regulations, so long as any Note is Outstanding the Company shall transmit
     to the Holders of Notes, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the
     Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the
     Trust Indenture Act, the information, documents and other reports required
     to be filed by the Company pursuant to paragraph (1) of this Section;
     PROVIDED FURTHER that in lieu of any Annual Report on Form 10-K or
     Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company may transmit an annual or
     quarterly report, respectively, containing financial statements and an
     undertaking to transmit such Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as the case may be, to
     any Holder upon request; and

          (4)  furnish to the Trustee the Officers' Certificates and notices
     required by Section 1011 hereof.


                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                         CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALES

     SECTION 801.  COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

     Nothing contained in this Indenture shall prevent any consolidation or
merger of the Company with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not
affiliated with the Company), or successive consolidations or mergers in which
the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall
prevent any conveyance, transfer or lease of the property of the Company as an
entirety or substantially as an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not
affiliated with the Company); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

          (1)  in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another
     Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially
     as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or
     into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance
     or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company
     substantially as an entirety shall be a Person organized and existing under
     the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District
     of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental
     hereto, executed by the successor Person and delivered to the Trustee, in
     form satisfactory to the Trustee,

                                      52

<PAGE>
     the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the
     Notes and the performance of every other covenant of this Indenture on
     the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

          (2)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no event
     which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

          (3)  either the Company or the successor Person shall have delivered
     to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating
     that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such
     supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions
     precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been
     complied with.

     For purposes of this Section and Section 802, a conveyance, transfer, sale
or lease of the properties and assets of the Company "substantially as an
entirety" shall mean a conveyance, transfer or lease of properties and assets of
the Company representing 80% or more of the fair value (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors) of all the Company's properties and assets on
the date of such conveyance, transfer, sale or lease.

     SECTION 802.  SUCCESSOR PERSON SUBSTITUTED FOR COMPANY.

     Upon any consolidation or merger or any conveyance, transfer or lease of
the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety to any
Person in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance,
transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein;
and thereafter, except in the case of a lease to another Person, the predecessor
Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture
and the Notes.


                                  ARTICLE NINE

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     SECTION 901.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

     Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company (when authorized by
or pursuant to a Board Resolution) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to
time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, which shall
conform with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect and
be in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:


                                      53

<PAGE>

          (1)  to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and
     the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein
     and in the Notes; or

          (2)  to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to
     change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or
     interest on Notes or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Notes in
     uncertificated form, provided any such action shall not adversely affect
     the interests of the Holders of Notes in any material respect; or

          (3)  to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision
     herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision
     herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
     questions arising under this Indenture which shall not adversely affect the
     interests of the Holders of Notes in any material respect; or

          (4)  to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such
     extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and
     discharge of any Notes pursuant to Article Four; provided that any such
     action shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holder of a Note in
     any material respect; or

          (5)  to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
     Holders of the Notes (as shall be specified in such supplemental indenture
     or indentures) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
     Company; or

          (6)  to evidence and provide acceptance of the appointment of a
     successor Trustee hereunder.

     SECTION 902.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

     With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company
and the Trustee, the Company (when authorized by or pursuant to a Board
Resolution), and the Trustee may enter into one or more indentures supplemental
hereto (which shall conform with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as
then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in
any manner the rights of the Holders of Notes under this Indenture; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holder
of each Outstanding Note, shall

          (1)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
     installment of interest on, any Note, or reduce the principal amount
     payable upon the redemption thereof or otherwise, or change the rate of
     interest thereon, or adversely affect the right of repayment at the option
     of any Holder as contemplated by Article Twelve, or change the Place of
     Payment, currency in which the principal of or interest on, is payable, or
     impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment
     on or after the Stated

                                      54

<PAGE>

     Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the
     Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the Holder,
     on or after the date for repayment), or

          (2)  reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding
     Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
     supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required
     for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or
     certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this
     Indenture, or

          (3)  modify any of the provisions of this Section, or Section 513 or
     Section 1012, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that
     certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived
     without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note.

     It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders of Notes under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture,
but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

     SECTION 903.  EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     As a condition to executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by,
any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications
thereby of the trust created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive, and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) shall be fully
protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental
indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.

     SECTION 904.  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this
Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of a Note theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall
be bound thereby.

     SECTION 905.  REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee,
bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in
such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine, new Notes so
modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any
such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

                                      55

<PAGE>

     SECTION 906.  EFFECT ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

     No supplemental indenture shall directly or indirectly modify the
provisions of Article Thirteen in any manner which might terminate or impair the
rights and benefits of subordination provided to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness pursuant to Article Thirteen.

     SECTION 907.  RECORD DATE.

     If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may,
but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining
the Holders entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture, agreement or
instrument or any waiver, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of any such
record date.  If a record date is fixed those Persons who were Holders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be
entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, agreement or instrument or
waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons
continue to be Holders after such record date.  The record date shall be a date
no more than 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in
connection therewith and no later than the date such solicitation is completed.
No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than six months after such
record date.  Subject to applicable law, until any supplemental indenture,
agreement, instrument or waiver becomes effective, or a consent to it by a
Holder of a Note shall cease to be valid and effective as set forth in the
preceding sentence, such consent is a continuing consent by the Holder and every
subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as
the consenting Holder's Note.


                                   ARTICLE TEN

                                    COVENANTS

     SECTION 1001. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.

     The Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on
the Notes in accordance with the terms thereof and this Indenture.

     SECTION 1002. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

     The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment an Office or Agency
where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be
surrendered for registration, transfer or exchange and where notices and demands
to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.
The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and
any change in the location, of such Office or Agency.  The Company hereby
initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as its Office or
Agency for

                                      56

<PAGE>


each of the foregoing purposes.  If at any time the Company shall fail to
maintain any such required Office or Agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

     SECTION 1003. MONEY FOR NOTE PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

     If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on
or before each due date of the principal of or interest on the Notes, segregate
and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum of Money
sufficient to pay the principal or interest so becoming due until such sums
shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and
shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

     Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it shall, on or
prior to each due date of the principal of or interest on the Notes, deposit
with any Paying Agent a sum of Money sufficient to pay the principal or interest
so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will
promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

     The Company shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the
Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying
Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section,
that such Paying Agent shall:

          (1)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of or
     interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto
     until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as
     provided in this Indenture;

          (2)  give the Trustee notice of any Event of Default by the Company
     (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of
     principal or interest on the Notes; and

          (3)  at any time during the continuance of any such Event of Default,
     upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all
     sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

     The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the
same terms as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying
Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying
Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such Money.



                                      57

<PAGE>

     Any Money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any
Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest
shall have become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company
Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust;
and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor,
look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee
or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust Money, and all liability of the
Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

     SECTION 1004. CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

     Subject to Article Eight, the Company shall do or cause to be done all
things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the
corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the
Company and its Material Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing
shall not obligate the Company to preserve any such right or franchise if the
Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in
the conduct of the business of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries and
that the loss thereof will not have a material adverse effect on the business or
financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     SECTION 1005. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.

     The Company will:

          (1)  cause its properties and the properties of its Material
     Subsidiaries (other than properties obtained by the Company or any Material
     Subsidiary through foreclosure or other resolution of any loan) used or
     useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Material
     Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and
     working order and supplied with all necessary facilities and equipment and
     will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements,
     betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company
     may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith
     may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Company or a Material
     Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its
     properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company,
     desirable in the conduct of its business and will not have a material
     adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

          (2)  take all appropriate steps to preserve, protect and maintain the
     trademarks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and permits used in the
     conduct of the business of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Company or a
     Material Subsidiary from selling, abandoning or otherwise disposing of any
     such trademark, trade name, copyright, license or permit if such sale,

                                      58

<PAGE>
     abandonment or disposition is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in
     the conduct of its business and will not have a material adverse effect on
     the business or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole; and

          (3)  The Company and each of its Material Subsidiaries shall comply
     with all statutes, laws, ordinances, or government rules and regulations to
     which it is subject, noncompliance with which would materially adversely
     affect the business or financial condition of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     SECTION 1006. RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, REDEMPTIONS AND OTHER PAYMENTS.

     The Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividend, either in cash or
property, on any shares of its capital stock (except dividends or other
distributions payable solely in shares of capital stock of the Company), (ii)
purchase, redeem or retire any shares of its capital stock or any warrants,
rights or options to purchase or acquire any shares of its capital stock or
(iii) make any other payment or distribution, either directly or indirectly
through any Subsidiary, in respect of the Company's capital stock (such
dividends, purchases, redemptions, retirements, payments and distributions being
herein collectively called "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS") if, after giving effect
thereto,

          (1)  an Event of Default would have occurred; or

          (2)  (A) the sum of (i) such Restricted Payments plus (ii) the
               aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made during the
               period after December 31, 1995 would exceed (B) the sum of (i)
               $10 million plus (ii) 50% of the Company's Consolidated Net
               Income for each fiscal year commencing subsequent to December 31,
               1995 (with 100% reduction for a loss in any fiscal year), plus
               (iii) the cumulative net proceeds received by the Company from
               the issuance or sale after December 31, 1995 of capital stock of
               the Company (including in such net proceeds the face amount of
               any indebtedness that has been converted into common stock of the
               Company after December 31, 1995).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may  make  a  previously-declared
Restricted Payment if the, declaration of such Restricted Payment was permitted
under this Section when made.  For purposes of this Section, the amount of any
Restricted Payment payable in property shall be deemed to be the fair market
value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     SECTION 1007. LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED.

     Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will create, incur, assume,
guarantee or become liable with respect to any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed
if, immediately after giving effect

                                      59

<PAGE>

to any such creation, incurrence, assumption or guarantee (including giving
effect to the retirement of any existing indebtedness from the proceeds of
such additional Indebtedness for Money Borrowed):

     (1)  The aggregate amount of Senior Recourse Indebtedness outstanding would
          exceed 450% of the Company's Consolidated Capitalization; or

     (2)  The aggregate amount of Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding would
          exceed 100% of the Company's Consolidated Net Worth.

     SECTION 1008. INSURANCE.

     The Company shall carry and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to
carry and maintain, insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually
carried by similarly-situated companies engaged in similar operations and owning
similar properties in similar geographic areas in which the Company or such
Subsidiary operates, PROVIDED that such insurance is generally available at
commercially reasonable rates, and further PROVIDED that the Company may self-
insure, or insure through captive insurers or insurance cooperatives to the
extent consistent with prudent business practices.  Such insurance shall be in
such amounts, contain such terms, be in such forms and be for such periods as
are customary for such similarly-situated companies in the Company's industry or
insurance markets reasonably accessible by the Company.  The Company will
provide and will cause each Subsidiary to provide such information and documents
reasonably requested by the Trustee from time to time with respect to the
Company's provision for insurance.  The obligations evidenced by this covenant
shall be interpreted to reflect changes in insurance practices related to the
method in which insurance risks are covered in the North American and European
markets or in any other market in which the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, reasonably places coverage.

     SECTION 1009. PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS.

     The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before
the same shall become delinquent, (1) all material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or
upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary and (2)
all material lawful claims for labor, material and supplies which, if unpaid,
might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or
cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose
amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which disputed amounts adequate reserves have
been established in accordance with GAAP.


                                      60

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1010. BOOKS AND RECORDS.

     The Company shall, and shall cause each Material Subsidiary to, at all
times keep proper books of record and account in which proper entries shall be
made in accordance with GAAP and, to the extent applicable, regulatory
accounting principles.

     SECTION 1011. STATEMENT BY OFFICERS AS TO DEFAULT.

          (1)  The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 45 days after
     the end of each calendar quarter, an Officers' Certificate, stating whether
     or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in
     default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions
     and conditions of this Indenture, (other than a term, provision or
     condition specifically dealt with in Clause (2) of this Section 1011)
     setting forth the arithmetical computations required to show compliance
     with the provisions of Sections 1006, 1007 and 1015 during the previous
     twelve month period, and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying
     all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have
     knowledge.

          (2)  The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within five days after
     any officer eligible hereunder to sign an Officers' Certificate becomes
     aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which after
     notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default pursuant
     to Clause (4) of Section 501, or the occurrence of any Repurchase Event
     pursuant to Article Fourteen hereof.

     SECTION 1012. WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

     The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term,
provision or condition set forth in Sections 1004 through 1007 and 1013 through
1015 with respect to the Notes if before the time for such compliance the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by
Act of such Holders, either shall waive such compliance in such instance or
generally shall have waived compliance with such term, provision or condition,
but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition
except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become
effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in
respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and
effect.

     SECTION 1013. LIMITATION ON RANKING OF FUTURE INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur, create, assume or
guarantee any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed which is expressly subordinate in
right of payment  to any Senior Indebtedness, other than Junior Indebtedness or
indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes in right of payment.  For
purposes of this Section 1013, the incurrence of Senior

                                      61

<PAGE>


Indebtedness which is unsecured shall not, because of its unsecured status,
be deemed to be subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness
which is secured.

     SECTION 1014. LIMITATIONS ON RESTRICTING SUBSIDIARY DIVIDENDS.

     The Company shall not and shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Company
to, create or otherwise cause to become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (a)
pay dividends or make any other distribution on its capital stock, (b) pay any
indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company or (c)
make loans, advances, or capital contributions to the Company or any other
Subsidiary of the Company except (i) as set forth in the instrument evidencing
or the agreement governing Acquired Indebtedness of any acquired entity which
becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, PROVIDED, that any restriction or
encumbrance under such instrument or agreement existed at the time of
acquisition, was not put in place in anticipation of such acquisition, and is
not applicable to any Person, other than the Person or property or assets of the
Person so acquired; (ii) by agreements and transactions permitted under Section
1006; (iii) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any
lease or license of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) any
encumbrance or restriction arising under applicable law; (v) any encumbrance or
restriction arising under indebtedness or other agreements existing on the date
of original issuance of the Notes; (vi) any restrictions, with respect to a
Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered
into for the sale or disposition of the stock, business, assets or properties of
such Subsidiary; (vii) any encumbrance or restriction arising under the terms of
purchase money obligations, but only to the extent such purchase money
obligations restrict or prohibit the transfer of the property so acquired;
(viii) any encumbrance or restriction arising under customary non-assignment
provisions in installment purchase contracts; (ix) any encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to transfer any of its property
acquired after the date hereof to the Company or any Subsidiary that is required
by a lender to, or purchaser of any indebtedness of, such Subsidiary in
connection with a financing of the acquisition of such property (including with
respect to the purchase of asset portfolios and pursuant to the underwriting or
origination of mortgage loans) by such Subsidiary; and (x) any encumbrance or
restriction pursuant to any agreement that extends, refinances, renews or
replaces any agreement described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (ix).

     SECTION 1015. LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Material
Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction (or series of related transactions),
including, without limitation, any loan, advance, guarantee or capital
contribution to, or for the benefit of, or any sale, purchase, lease, exchange
or other disposition of any property or the rendering of any service, or any
other direct or indirect payment, transfer or other disposition (a
"Transaction"), involving payments in excess of $60,000, with any Affiliate of
the Company (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary), on terms and conditions less
favorable to the Company or such Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, than
would be available at such time in a comparable Transaction in arm's length
dealings with


                                      62

<PAGE>

an unrelated Person as determined by the Board of Directors, such approval to
be evidenced by a Board Resolution.

     The provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to:

          (1)  Restricted Payments otherwise permitted pursuant to this
     Indenture;

          (2)  fees and compensation (including amounts paid pursuant to
     employee benefit plans) paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of,
     officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any
     Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors or the senior
     management thereof in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment;
     or

          (3)  payments for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course
     of business on an arms-length basis.

     SECTION 1016. MINIMUM INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO.

     The Company will not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than
1.25 to 1.00.

     SECTION 1017. EXCEPTIONS TO COVENANTS.

     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, take or
permit to be taken any action or fail to take any action which is permitted by
any of the covenants contained in this Indenture if such action or omission
would result in the breach of any other covenant contained in this Indenture.


                                  ARTICLE ELEVEN

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

     SECTION 1101. RIGHT OF REDEMPTION.

     The Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to
January 15, 2001.  The Company may, at its option, redeem all or any part of the
Notes at any time on or after January 15, 2001, at the Redemption Price of 100%
of the principal amount thereof, without premium, together with interest accrued
to the Redemption Date.  Redemption of Notes at the option of the Company as
permitted hereby shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Notes and
this Article.

                                      63

<PAGE>


     SECTION 1102. ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

     The election of the Company to redeem any Notes shall be evidenced by or
pursuant to a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of
the Company of less than all of the Notes, the Company shall, at least 45 days
prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall
be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and
of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

     SECTION 1103. SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

     If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the particular Notes to be
redeemed shall be selected not less than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date by
the Trustee from the Outstanding Notes, by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of
portions of the principal amount of Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such
partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note
not redeemed to less than the minimum denomination for a Note established
herein.

     The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Note Registrar (if
other than itself) in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the
case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof
to be redeemed.

     For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires,
all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of
any Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the
principal of such Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

     SECTION 1104. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

     Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 106,
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to the
Holders of Notes to be redeemed. Failure to give notice by mailing in the manner
herein provided to the Holder of any Notes designated for redemption as a whole
or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the
validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Notes or portion
thereof.

     Any notice that is mailed to the Holder of any Notes in the manner herein
provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not
such Holder receives the notice.

     All notices of redemption shall state:

          (1)  the Redemption Date,


                                      64

<PAGE>

          (2)  the Redemption Price,

          (3)  if fewer than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
     identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal
     amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,

          (4)  in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice
     which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption
     Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder of such Note will receive,
     without charge to such Holder, a new Note or Notes of authorized
     denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

          (5)  that, on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price shall become
     due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof to be redeemed and
     that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

          (6)  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for
     payment of the Redemption Price, and

          (7)  the CUSIP number of such Notes, if any (or any other numbers
     used by a Depository to identify such Notes).

     Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Company
shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in
the name and at the expense of the Company.

     SECTION 1105. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

     On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) Money, in funds
available for payment by the Trustee on the Redemption Date, in an amount
sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date
shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on, all the Notes or
portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

     SECTION 1106. NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

     Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be
redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption
Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes
shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in
accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the
Redemption Price, together with any accrued interest to the Redemption Date;
PROVIDED,


                                      65

<PAGE>


HOWEVER, that installments of interest on Notes whose Stated Maturity is on
or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such
Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of
business on the Regular Record Dates therefor according to their terms and
the provisions of Section 307.

     If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
thereof for redemption, the principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the
Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Note.

     SECTION 1107. NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

     Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at any
Office or Agency for such Note (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires,
due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such
Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without
service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested
by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the
unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.  If a Note in
global form is so surrendered, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Depository for such Note in global form as shall
be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, without
service charge, a new Note in global form in a denomination equal to and in
exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note in global form
so surrendered.

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE

                       REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

     SECTION 1201. REPAYMENT OPTION UPON DEATH OF HOLDER.

          (1)  Upon the death of any Holder of Notes who is a natural Person,
     and upon the further receipt by the Company or the Trustee of a written
     request for repayment and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
     subsection (2) below, the Company shall be required to pay, in accordance
     with the terms of this Article, the Repayment Price of, and (except if the
     Repayment Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on
     all or such portion (which portion shall be an integral multiple of $1,000
     in excess of the minimum authorized denomination) of the Note or Notes held
     by the deceased Holder at the date of such Holder's death as requested,
     provided that the Company shall not be required to make repayment payments
     aggregating more than $30,000 in principal amount (plus accrued interest)
     in any calendar year on a Note or Notes held by any one deceased Holder or
     aggregating more than the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount in principal
     amount (plus accrued interest) in any calendar year on Notes held by any
     number of deceased Holders.  The "REPAYMENT PRICE" of any Note repaid
     pursuant to this

                                      66

<PAGE>


     Article shall be 100% of the principal amount thereof. Subject to
     subsection (2) below, repayment of such Notes shall be made in the
     order in which requests therefor are received (subject to the aforesaid
     Maximum Annual Repayment Amount limitation) within 30 days following
     receipt by the Company or the Trustee of the following:

               (a)  a written request for repayment of the Note or Notes signed
          by a duly authorized representative of the Holder, which request shall
          set forth the name of the deceased Holder, the date of death of the
          deceased Holder, and the principal amount of the Note or Notes to be
          repaid; and

               (b)  the certificates representing the Note or Notes to be
          repaid; and

               (c)  evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee of the
          death of such deceased Holder and the authority of the representative
          to such extent as may be required by the Trustee.

     Notes not repaid in any calendar year because of the Maximum Annual
Repayment Amount may be held by the Trustee at the request of the authorized
representative of the deceased Holder and repaid in subsequent years in the
order in which such Notes are received.

          (2)  A Note or Notes held by the deceased Holder shall not be
     entitled to repayment pursuant to this Section unless all of the following
     conditions are met:

               (a)  the Notes to be repaid shall have been registered on the
          Note Register in the name of the deceased Holder since the issue date
          of such Notes or for a period of at least six months prior to the date
          of the deceased Holder's death, whichever is less; and

               (b)  the Company or the Trustee shall have received a written
          request for repayment within one year after the date of the deceased
          Holder's death or, in the case of requests for a subsequent repayment
          of a Note or Notes held by such deceased Holder, within one year after
          any such preceding request; and

               (c)  the Company shall not, after giving effect to such
          repayment, have made repayment payments aggregating more than the
          Maximum Annual Repayment Amount in principal amount (plus accrued
          interest) of Notes within any twelve month period; and

               (d)  the Company shall not, after giving effect to such
          repayment, be in default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness; and

               (e)  the Company shall not be subject to any law, regulation,
          agreement or administrative directive preventing such repayment.


                                      67

<PAGE>

          (3)  Authorized representatives of a Holder shall include the
     following: executors, administrators or other legal representatives of an
     estate; trustees of a trust; joint owners of Notes owned in joint tenancy
     or tenancy by the entirety; custodians; conservators; guardians; attorneys-
     in-fact; and other Persons generally recognized as having legal authority
     to act on behalf of another.

          (4)  For purposes of this Section, the death of a natural Person
     owning a Note or Notes in joint tenancy or tenancy by the entirety with
     another or others shall be deemed the death of the Holder of the Note or
     Notes, and the entire principal amount of the Note or Notes so held shall
     be subject to repayment, together with accrued interest thereon to the
     Repayment Date, in accordance with the provisions of this Article.  For
     purposes of this Section, the death of a natural Person owning a Note or
     Notes by tenancy in common shall be deemed the death of a Holder of Note or
     Notes only with respect to the deceased Holder's interest in the Note or
     Notes so held by tenancy in common; except that in the event a Note or
     Notes are held by husband and wife as tenants in common, the death of
     either shall be deemed the death of the Holder of the Note or Notes, and
     the entire principal amount of the Note or Notes so held shall be subject
     to repayment in accordance with the provisions of this Article.  A natural
     Person who, during such Person's lifetime, was entitled to substantially
     all of the beneficial interests of ownership of Notes will, upon such
     Person's death, be deemed the Holder thereof for purposes of this Section,
     regardless of the registered holder, if such beneficial interest can be
     established to the satisfaction of the Trustee.  Such beneficial interest
     will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee ownership, ownership
     under the Uniform Transfers (or Gifts) to Minors Act, community property or
     other joint ownership arrangements between a husband and wife, and trust
     arrangements where one Person has substantially all of the beneficial
     ownership interests in Notes during such Person's lifetime.  Beneficial
     interests shall include the power to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of
     Notes and the right to receive the proceeds therefrom, as well as principal
     thereof and interest thereon.

          (5)  If Notes are issued in global form (i.e., in the name of the
     nominee of a Depository for purposes of book-entry transfer) the Company or
     the Trustee may adopt appropriate procedures to allow beneficial owners of
     Notes to obtain payment in accordance with the requirements of the
     Depository in the event of a request for repayment of the Notes pursuant to
     this Section.

     SECTION 1202. DEPOSIT OF REPAYMENT PRICE.

     Within 30 days after the receipt by the Company or the Trustee of any
request for repayment of a Note or Notes or any portion thereof duly made
pursuant to Section 1201, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a
Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate
and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of Money sufficient to
pay the Repayment Price of, and (except if the Repayment Date shall be an

                                      68

<PAGE>

Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on all the Notes or portions thereof
which are to be repaid on that date.

     SECTION 1203. NOTES PAYABLE ON REPAYMENT DATE.

     A written request having been made as aforesaid, the Note or Notes so to be
repaid shall, on the Repayment Date, become due and payable at the Repayment
Price, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the
payment of the Repayment Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to
bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for repayment in accordance with
said request, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Repayment Price,
together with any accrued interest to the Repayment Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that installments of interest on Notes whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to
the Repayment Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more
Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the Regular
Record Dates therefor according to their terms and the provisions of Section
307.

     If any Note to be repaid shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for
repayment, the principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the Repayment
Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Note.

     SECTION 1204. NOTES REPAID IN PART.

     Any Note which is to be repaid only in part shall be surrendered at any
office or Agency for such Note (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires,
due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such
Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without
service charge, a new Note or Notes, containing identical terms and provisions,
of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate
principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpaid portion of the
principal of the Note so surrendered.  If a Note in global form is so
surrendered, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver to the Depository for such Note in global form as shall be specified in
the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, without service charge, a
new Note in global form in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the
unpaid portion of the principal of the Note in global form so surrendered.


                                      69

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE THIRTEEN

                             SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

      SECTION 1301. NOTES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

          (1)  The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Notes, by
     such Holder's acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, and for
     purposes of Section 508 consents, that the indebtedness represented by the
     Notes and the payment of the principal of and interest on each and all of
     the Notes is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner
     hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of
     all Senior Indebtedness.

          (2)  The Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Notes hereby agree
     that, until all Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, the Holders of
     Notes shall be permitted to retain only the following payments of principal
     and interest paid by the Company in respect of Notes (all such payments
     being referred to herein as "PERMITTED PAYMENTS"), and all such payments
     that are not Permitted Payments will be turned over by the Trustee or the
     Holders of Notes to the holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or any
     agent therefor (a "SENIOR AGENT") for the benefit of the holder or holders
     of Senior Indebtedness:

               (a)  principal payment of the Notes, whether (i) at the Stated
          Maturity, (ii) at the Company's option as provided in Article Eleven,
          (iii) as a result of the death of one or more Holders as provided in
          Section 1201 or (iv) following exercise by a Holder of the repurchase
          rights provided in Section 1401; provided that all such principal
          payments are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 1301(3)
          hereof; and

               (b)  payments of interest in respect of the Notes; provided that
          all such principal payments are subject to the restrictions set forth
          in Section 1301(3) hereof.

          (3)  From and after the receipt by the Trustee of a written notice
     (the "Default Notice") from the holder or holders of not less than 51% in
     principal amount of the outstanding Senior Indebtedness or any Senior Agent
     specifying that an event of default under any Senior Indebtedness (a
     "Senior Event of Default") has occurred, the Company may not make any
     principal payments described in Section 1301(2)(a) or interest payments
     described in Section 1301(2)(b) to the Holders of Notes and neither the
     Trustee nor the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
     Outstanding Notes may accelerate the maturity of such Notes as provided in
     Section 502, until the first to occur of the following:

               (a)  such Senior Event of Default is cured, or


                                      70

<PAGE>

               (b)  such Senior Event of Default is waived by the holders of
          such Senior Indebtedness or the Senior Agent, or

               (c)  the expiration of 180 days after the date the Default Notice
          is received by the Trustee, if the maturity of such Senior
          Indebtedness has not been accelerated at such time.

          Upon payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness, payment of principal
     and interest may be made to the Holders of Notes.

          (4)  Upon a payment or distribution to creditors of the Company in a
     liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or in a bankruptcy,
     reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to
     the Company or its property or an assignment for the benefit of creditors
     or any marshaling of the Company's assets and liabilities:

               (a)  the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall first be
          entitled to receive payment of the full amount due thereon in respect
          of principal and interest, or adequate provision shall be made for
          such payment, before the Holders of any of the Notes are entitled to
          receive any payment on account of the principal of or interest on the
          indebtedness evidenced by the Notes;

               (b)  any payment by, or distribution of assets of, the Company of
          any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (other
          than securities of the Company as reorganized or readjusted or
          securities of the Company or any other Corporation provided for by a
          plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is
          subordinate, at least to the extent provided in this Article with
          respect to the Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness,
          provided that the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness are not
          impaired by such reorganization or readjustment), to which the Holders
          of any of the Notes or the Trustee would be entitled except for the
          provisions of this Article shall be paid or delivered by the person
          making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy,
          a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the
          holders of Senior Indebtedness or any Senior Agent, ratably according
          to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the Senior
          Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to
          make payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid after
          giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution (or provision
          therefor) to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any
          payment or distribution is made to the Holders of the indebtedness
          evidenced by the Notes or to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

               (c)  in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any
          payment by, or distribution of assets of, the Company of any kind or
          character, whether in

                                      71

<PAGE>

          cash, property or securities (other than securities of the Company
          as reorganized or readjusted or securities of the Company or any
          other Corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or
          readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the
          extent provided in this Article with respect to the Notes, to the
          payment of all Senior Indebtedness, provided that the rights of the
          holders of Senior Indebtedness are not impaired by such
          reorganization or readjustment), shall be received by the Trustee
          or the Holders of any of the Notes before all Senior Indebtedness
          is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over to
          the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or any Senior Agent,
          ratably as aforesaid, for application to the payment of all Senior
          Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness
          shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent
          payment or distribution (or provision therefor) to the holders of
          such Senior Indebtedness.

          (5)  The Holders and the Trustee acknowledge that the holders of
     Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of Notes, respectively, are entitled to
     exercise certain rights and powers with respect to the Company from time to
     time, whether before or after an occurrence of an Event of Default, and the
     exercise of any such right or power by one creditor may preclude the
     exercise of a similar right or power by one or more other creditors (any
     such right or power being herein called an "Exclusive Power").  To the
     extent that any holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or any Senior
     Agent actually exercises any Exclusive Power, then the Trustee and the
     Holders of Notes agree to refrain from exercising any substantially similar
     Exclusive Power to the extent necessary to permit the holders of Senior
     Indebtedness to benefit from their actions.

          (6)  Any renewal or extension of the time of payment of any
     Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the exercise by the holders of Senior
     Indebtedness of the Company or any Senior Agent of any of their rights
     under any instrument creating or evidencing Senior Indebtedness of the
     Company, including without limiting the waiver of default thereunder, may
     be made or done all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the
     Notes or the Trustee.  No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification,
     extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action
     in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of, or of
     any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any indenture or other
     instrument under which any Senior Indebtedness of the Company is
     outstanding or of such Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether or not
     such relief is in accordance with the provisions of any applicable
     document, shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this
     Article Thirteen or of the Notes relating to the subordination thereof.

          (7)  Notices to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be made to each
     holder of Senior Indebtedness or, if holders of Senior Indebtedness have
     appointed a Senior Agent, then to such Senior Agent, and shall be made in
     the manner specified in the document evidencing such holder's Senior
     Indebtedness if such a manner is so specified therein.


                                      72

<PAGE>


          (8)  References in this Article Thirteen to "payment in full of all
     Senior Indebtedness" shall mean payment in cash unless the holders of such
     Senior Indebtedness or the Senior Agent consent to payment through other
     means, including but not limited to restructed notes or in-kind payments.

     SECTION 1302. SUBROGATION.

     Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of
the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or Notes of
the Company applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all amounts owing on
the Notes shall be paid in full, and, as between the Company, its creditors
other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, no such
payment or distribution made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness by virtue of
this Article which otherwise would have been made to the Holders of the Notes
shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company on account of the Senior
Indebtedness, and no such payments or distributions to the Holders of the Notes
of cash, property or Notes otherwise distributable to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders
of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment
by the Company on account of the Notes, it being understood that the provisions
of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the
relative rights of the Holders of the Notes, on the one hand, and the holders of
Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

     SECTION 1303. OBLIGATION OF COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL.

     Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the
Notes is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors
other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the
Holders of the Notes the principal of and interest on the Notes as and when the
same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended
to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes and creditors
of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything
herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note from exercising
all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this
Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or Notes of the Company
received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

     Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in
this Article, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely
upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which
any such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding
affecting the affairs of the Company is pending or upon a certificate of the
trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors,
liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any payment or distribution,
delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Notes, for the purpose of
ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such


                                      73

<PAGE>

payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and
other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable
thereon, the amount paid or distributed thereon and all other facts
pertinent thereto or to this Article.

     SECTION 1304. PAYMENTS ON NOTES PERMITTED.

     Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture, or in any
of the Notes, shall affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the
Company from making, payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes in
accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, except as otherwise provided
in this Article.

     SECTION 1305. EFFECTUATION OF SUBORDINATION BY TRUSTEE.

     Each Holder of Notes, by such Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes and
directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this
Article and appoints the Trustee such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all
such purposes.

     SECTION 1306. NOTICE TO TRUSTEE AND KNOWLEDGE OF TRUSTEE.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall not be charged with knowledge of the
existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of Moneys
to or by the Trustee, or the taking of any other action by the Trustee, unless
and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the
Company, any Holder of Notes, any Paying Agent of the Company or the holder or
representative of any class of Senior Indebtedness.

     The Company shall give written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to
the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee
in respect of the Notes. Prior to the receipt of such notice, the Trustee shall
be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist.

     SECTION 1307. TRUSTEE MAY HOLD SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article
with respect to any Senior Indebtedness at the time held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture
shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

                                      74

<PAGE>


     SECTION 1308. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS NOT IMPAIRED.

     No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to
enforce the subordination herein shall at any time or in any way be prejudiced
or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any
non-compliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be
otherwise charged with.


                                 ARTICLE FOURTEEN

                           RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE

     SECTION 1401. RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE.

     In the event that there shall occur a Repurchase Event (as defined in
Section 1407), then each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder's option,
to require the Company to purchase, and upon the exercise of such right, the
Company shall purchase, all or any part of such Holder's Notes on the date (the
"Repurchase Date") that is 30 days after the date the Company gives notice of
the Repurchase Event as contemplated in Section 1402(a) at a price (the
"Repurchase Price") equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest to the Repurchase Date.  Such right to require the
repurchase of Notes shall not continue after a discharge of the Company from its
obligations with respect to the Notes in accordance with Article Four.

     SECTION 1402. NOTICE; METHOD OF EXERCISING REPURCHASE RIGHT.

               (1)  On or before the 15th day after the Repurchase Event, the
          Company, or, upon Company Request transmitted to the Trustee within 5
          days of such Repurchase Event, the Trustee (in the name and at the
          expense of the Company), shall give notice of the occurrence of the
          Repurchase Event and of the repurchase right set forth herein arising
          as a result thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each
          Holder of the Notes at such Holder's address appearing n the Note
          Register.  The Company shall also deliver a copy of such notice of a
          repurchase right to the Trustee.

               Each notice of a repurchase right shall state:

               (a)  that the notice is being made pursuant to Section 1401 and a
                    description of the circumstances triggering the repurchase
                    right,

               (b)  the Repurchase Date,


                                      75

<PAGE>

               (c)  the date by which the repurchase right must be exercised,

               (d)  the Repurchase Price,

               (e)  the instructions a Holder must follow to exercise a
                    repurchase right, and

               No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notice shall
          limit any Holder's right to exercise a repurchase right.  The Trustee
          shall have no affirmative obligation to determine if there shall have
          occurred a Repurchase Event.

               (2)  To exercise the repurchase right, a Holder shall deliver to
          the Company (or an agent designated by the Company for such purpose in
          the notice referred to in (1) above) and to the Trustee on or before
          the fifteenth (15th ) day prior to the Repurchase Date (i) written
          notice of the Holder's exercise of such right, which notice shall set
          forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note or
          Notes (or portion of a Note) to be repurchased, and a statement that
          an election to exercise the repurchase right is being made thereby,
          and (ii) the Note or Notes with respect to which the repurchase right
          is being exercised, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company.  Such
          written notice shall be irrevocable following the close of business on
          the fifth (5th) day prior to the Repurchase Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
          that the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may consent to
          the withdrawal of any Notes after such date and prior to the
          Repurchase Date.  If the Repurchase Date falls between any Regular
          Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, Notes to be
          repurchased must be accompanied by a check from the Holder of an
          amount equal to the interest thereon which the registered Holder
          thereof is to receive on such Interest Payment Date.  Upon receipt of
          any such check, the Trustee shall forward such check to the Company.

               (3)  In the event a repurchase right shall be exercised in
          accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall on the Repurchase
          Date pay or cause to be paid in cash to the Holder thereof the
          Repurchase Price of the Note or Notes as to which the repurchase right
          had been exercised.  In the event that a repurchase right is exercised
          with respect to less than the entire principal amount of a surrendered
          Note, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and the
          trustee shall authenticate for issuance in the name of the Holder a
          new Note or Notes in the aggregate principal amount of the
          unrepurchased portion of such surrendered Note.

                                      76

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1403. DEPOSIT OF REPURCHASE PRICE.

     On or before the Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of
money, which shall be good funds on the Repurchase Date, sufficient to pay the
Repurchase Price of the Notes which are to be repurchased on the Repurchase
Date.

     SECTION 1404. NOTES NOT REPURCHASED ON REPURCHASE DATE.

     If a Note surrendered for repurchase shall not be so paid on the Repurchase
Date, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest to the extent permitted by
applicable law from the Repurchase Date at a rate per annum borne by such Note.

     SECTION 1405. NOTES REPURCHASED IN PART.

     Any Note which is to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered at
any office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose pursuant to
Section 1002 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement
by, or written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and
the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized
in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or
Notes of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate
principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the
principal of the Note so surrendered.

     SECTION 1406. PRIORITY OF REPURCHASE RIGHTS.

     If the Repurchase Event is effected with respect to Junior Indebtedness,
the Holders of the Notes requiring the Company to repurchase Notes must be paid
in full pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Article Fourteen prior to
any payments being made to the Holders of Junior Indebtedness.  If the
Repurchase Event is effected with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes, the Holders of the Notes requiring the Company to
repurchase Notes must be paid concurrently with the Holders of the pari passu
Subordinated Indebtedness.

     SECTION 1407. DEFINITION OF REPURCHASE EVENT.

     For purposes of this article, a "Repurchase Event" shall have occurred upon
the occurrence of any event requiring that the Company repurchase, or make an
offer to repurchase, any Subordinated Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or
issued in the future, other than the Notes, including, without limitation, the
repurchase options contained in the Section 1010 and Article Fourteen of the
Indenture dated as of November 27, 1995 between the Company and First
Interstate Bank of Texas, National Association, issued with respect
to the Company's 8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2005.

                                  *  *  *  *  *

     This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.



                                      77

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed, and their respective corporate seals, if any, to be hereunto
affixed, all as of the day and year first above written.



[SEAL]                        AMRESCO, INC.



                                  By______________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

Attest:


________________________________



[SEAL]                            BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, N.A., AS TRUSTEE



                                  By_______________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

Attest:

_______________________________




<PAGE>

                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

   
We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement No. 33-65329 of AMRESCO, INC. of our report dated February 6, 1995
on AMRESCO, INC. and of our report dated March 26, 1993 on AMRESCO
(predecessor businesses), included and incorporated by reference in the
Annual Report on Form 10-K of AMRESCO, INC. for the year ended December 31,
1994, and to the use of our report dated February 6, 1995 on AMRESCO, INC.
and of our report dated March 26, 1993 on AMRESCO (predecessor businesses),
appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We
also consent to the reference to us under the headings "Summary Financial and
Other Data" and "Independent Accountants" in such Prospectus.
    

   
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Dallas, Texas
    

   
January 16, 1996
    





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission